2014 cadillac elr owner manual mback of the manual. it is an alphabetical list of what is in the...

Black plate (1,1)Cadillac ELR Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-6081525) -2014 - Second Edition - 1/22/14

2014 Cadillac ELR Owner Manual M

In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2Initial Drive Information . . . . . . . . 1-4Vehicle Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15Battery and Efficiency. . . . . . . . 1-19Performance andMaintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24

Keys, Doors, andWindows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1Keys and Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13Vehicle Security. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15Exterior Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17Interior Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19

Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . 3-1Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19Child Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32

Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . 4-1

Instruments and Controls . . . . 5-1Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2Warning Lights, Gauges, andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7

Information Displays . . . . . . . . . . 5-27Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40Vehicle Personalization . . . . . . . 5-51Universal Remote System . . . . 5-59

Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6Lighting Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7

Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . 7-1Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1

Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1Climate Control Systems . . . . . . 8-1Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8

Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . 9-1Driving Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2Starting and Operating . . . . . . . 9-16Electric Vehicle OperatingModes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-21

Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-27Electric Drive Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-28Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-29Ride Control Systems . . . . . . . . 9-33Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-36Driver Assistance Systems . . . 9-47Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-58Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-66Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-71Conversions and Add-Ons . . . 9-71

Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1General Information . . . . . . . . . . 10-2Vehicle Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-27Electrical System . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28Wheels and Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 10-42


2014 Cadillac ELR Owner Manual M

Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-70Towing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 10-76Appearance Care . . . . . . . . . . . 10-80

Service and Maintenance . . . 11-1General Information . . . . . . . . . . 11-1Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 11-2Special ApplicationServices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-8

Additional Maintenanceand Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-9

Recommended Fluids,Lubricants, and Parts . . . . . . 11-12

Maintenance Records . . . . . . . 11-14

Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1Vehicle Identification . . . . . . . . . 12-1Vehicle Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2

Customer Information . . . . . . . 13-1Customer Information . . . . . . . . 13-1Reporting Safety Defects . . . . 13-12Vehicle Data Recording andPrivacy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13

OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1OnStar Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1OnStar Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2OnStar AdditionalInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-5

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . i-1


Introduction iii

The names, logos, emblems,slogans, vehicle model names, andvehicle body designs appearing inthis manual including, but not limitedto, GM, the GM logo, CADILLAC,the CADILLAC Crest and Wreath,and ELR are trademarks and/orservice marks of General MotorsLLC, its subsidiaries, affiliates,or licensors.

This manual describes features thatmay or may not be on your specificvehicle either because they areoptions that you did not purchase ordue to changes subsequent to theprinting of this owner manual.Please refer to the purchasedocumentation relating to your

specific vehicle to confirm each ofthe features found on your vehicle.For vehicles first sold in Canada,substitute the name “GeneralMotors of Canada Limited” forCadillac Motor Car Divisionwherever it appears in this manual.

Keep this manual in the vehicle forquick reference.

Canadian Vehicle Owners

Propriétaires Canadiens

A French language manual can beobtained from your dealer, atwww.helminc.com, or from:

On peut obtenir un exemplaire dece guide en français auprès duconcessionnaire ou à l'adressesavant:

Helm, IncorporatedAttention: Customer Service47911 Halyard DrivePlymouth, MI 48170

Using this ManualTo quickly locate information aboutthe vehicle, use the Index in theback of the manual. It is analphabetical list of what is in themanual and the page number whereit can be found.

Danger, Warnings, andCautions

{ Danger

Text marked{ Danger providesinformation on risk of fatal injury.Disregarding this information mayendanger life.

Litho in U.S.A.Part No. 22900400 B Second Printing ©2014 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved.


iv Introduction

{ Warning

Text marked{ Warning providesinformation on risk of accident orinjury. Disregarding thisinformation may lead to injury.

{ Caution

Text marked{ Caution providesinformation that may indicate ahazard that could result in injuryor death. It could also result inpossible damage to the vehicle.

A circle with a slash through it is asafety symbol which means “DoNot,” “Do not do this,” or “Do not letthis happen.”

SymbolsThe vehicle has components andlabels that use symbols instead oftext. Symbols are shown along withthe text describing the operation orinformation relating to a specificcomponent, control, message,gauge, or indicator.

M : This symbol is shown whenyou need to see your owner manualfor additional instructions orinformation.

* : This symbol is shown whenyou need to see a service manualfor additional instructions orinformation.

Vehicle Symbol Chart

Here are some additional symbolsthat may be found on the vehicleand what they mean. For moreinformation on the symbol, refer tothe Index.

9 : Airbag Readiness Light

# : Air Conditioning

! : Antilock Brake System (ABS)

i / g : Audio Steering WheelControls or OnStar®

I : Brake System WarningLight

" : Charging System (12-VoltBattery)

I : Cruise Control

f : Electric Parking Brake

d : Electronic StabilityControl (ESC)

B : Engine Coolant Temperature

O : Exterior Lamps

y : Fault

g : First Responder


Introduction v

. : Fuel Gauge

+ : Fuses

3 : Headlamp High/Low-BeamChanger

( : Heated Steering Wheel

_ : High Voltage

I : LATCH System ChildRestraints

* : Malfunction Indicator Lamp

: : Oil Pressure

O : Power

/ : Remote Vehicle Start

> : Safety Belt Reminders

g : StabiliTrak® Disable

7 : Tire Pressure Monitor

i : Traction Control System (TCS)Disable

r : Vehicle Ready

M : Windshield Washer Fluid


vi Introduction

2 NOTES


In Brief 1-1

In Brief

Instrument PanelInstrument Panel Overview . . . . 1-2

Initial Drive InformationInitial Drive Information . . . . . . . . 1-4Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4

Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5Trunk Release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9Heated Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9Head RestraintAdjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10

Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10Passenger SensingSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10

Mirror Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11

Steering WheelAdjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12

Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . 1-13Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14

Vehicle FeaturesSteering Wheel Controls . . . . . 1-15Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . 1-16Driver InformationCenter (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16

Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17

Lane DepartureWarning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17

Side Blind ZoneAlert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17

Rear VisionCamera (RVC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17

Ultrasonic Parking Assist . . . . 1-17

Active Emergency BrakingSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17

Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18Universal Remote System . . . 1-18

Battery and EfficiencyHigh Voltage SafetyInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19

Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19Fueling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23Regenerative Braking . . . . . . . . 1-23Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24

Performance and MaintenanceTraction Control/ElectronicStability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24

Tire Pressure Monitor . . . . . . . . 1-25Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . 1-25Driving for Better EnergyEfficiency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-25

Roadside Service . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-27OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-28


1-2 In Brief

Instrument Panel

Instrument Panel Overview


In Brief 1-3

1. Air Vents on page 8-7.

2. Exterior Lamp Controls onpage 6-1.

Turn Signal Lever. See Turn andLane-Change Signals onpage 6-5.

3. Regen on Demand Paddles. SeeRegenerative Braking onpage 9-32.

4. Instrument Cluster on page 5-7.

Driver Information Center (DIC)Display. See Driver InformationCenter (DIC) on page 5-38.

5. Power Button on page 9-16.

6. Windshield Wiper/Washer onpage 5-3.

7. Hazard Warning Flashers onpage 6-5.

Lane Departure Warning (LDW)on page 9-56.

8. Charging Status Indicator (CSI).See Charging Status Feedbackon page 9-60.

9. Light Sensor. See AutomaticHeadlamp System on page 6-4.

10. Infotainment on page 7-1.

11. Glove Box Button. See GloveBox on page 4-1.

Parking Assist Button. SeeDriver Assistance Systems onpage 9-47.

12. Electric Parking Brake onpage 9-30.

13. Instrument Panel IlluminationControl on page 6-6.

14. Data Link Connector (DLC)(Out of View). See MalfunctionIndicator Lamp on page 5-17.

15. Hood Release. See Hood onpage 10-6.

16. Cruise Control on page 9-36.

Adaptive Cruise Control onpage 9-39 (If Equipped).

Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System on page 9-50 (IfEquipped).

Heated Steering Wheel onpage 5-2.

17. Steering Wheel Adjustment onpage 5-2.

18. Horn on page 5-3.

19. Steering Wheel Controls onpage 5-2.

Driver Information Center (DIC)Controls. See DriverInformation Center (DIC) onpage 5-38.

20. Heated Front Seats onpage 3-8 (If Equipped).


1-4 In Brief

21. Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control on page 9-33.

MODE Button. See DriverMode Control on page 9-35 (IfEquipped).

22. Shift Lever. See Electric DriveUnit on page 9-28.

23. Dual Automatic Climate ControlSystem on page 8-1.

Initial DriveInformationThis section provides a briefoverview about some of theimportant features that may or maynot be on your specific vehicle.

For more detailed information, referto each of the features which can befound later in this owner manual.

Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) SystemThe Keyless Access system allowsfor vehicle entry when thetransmitter is within range. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation on page 2-2.

The RKE transmitter may work up to60 m (197 ft) away from the vehicle.

Press the key release button toextend the key. The key can beused for the trunk.

K : Press once to unlock the driverdoor. Press a second time withinfive seconds to unlock all doors.

Q : Press to lock all doors.

Lock and unlock feedback can bepersonalized. See VehiclePersonalization on page 5-51.

/ : Press and release Q and thenimmediately press and hold/ for atleast four seconds to start thevehicle’s heating or air conditioning


In Brief 1-5

systems and rear window defoggerfrom outside the vehicle using theRKE transmitter. See Remote Starton page 2-8.

L : Press and release to initiatevehicle locator. Press and hold forthree seconds to sound the panicalarm. Press again to cancel thepanic alarm.

i : Press and hold to releasethe trunk.

See Keys on page 2-1 and RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation on page 2-2.

Remote StartUse remote start to heat or cool theinterior when the vehicle is pluggedin to maximize electric range byutilizing electricity from the electricaloutlet. Normal operation of thesystem will return after the vehiclehas been turned on.

Activating Remote Start

1. Aim the transmitter at thevehicle.

2. Press and release Q on theRKE transmitter; the doorswill lock.

3. Immediately press and hold /until the turn signal lamps flash,or for at least four seconds.Pressing/ again during aremote start will turn thefeature off.

After entering the vehicle during aremote start, press the POWER Obutton on the center stack with thebrake pedal applied to operate asnormal.

Canceling Remote Start

To cancel a remote start, do any ofthe following:. Aim the transmitter at the

vehicle.

. Press and hold/ until theparking lamps turn off.

. Turn on the hazard warningflashers.

. Press the POWER O button onthe center stack, with the brakepedal applied, then press thePOWER O button again to turnthe vehicle off.

See Remote Start on page 2-8.

Door LocksTo lock or unlock the doors from theoutside, press Q or K on the RKEtransmitter. See Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) System Operation onpage 2-2.


1-6 In Brief

For Keyless Access, the RKEtransmitter must be within 1 m (3 ft)of the door handle sensor (1). Gripand press to open.

To lock or unlock the door from theinside, press the power door lockswitch (2).

To open the door press the doorlatch button (3). If the vehicle isstationary, the door latch buttonunlatches an unlocked door.

See Door Locks on page 2-10.

If the vehicle has lost battery power,the doors can be opened manually.See Power Door Locks onpage 2-11.

Trunk Release

To open the trunk the vehicle mustbe off or the shift lever must be inP (Park).

. Press| on the driver door.

. Press and holdi on theRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter.

. Press the touch pad on the rearof the trunk above the licenseplate when all doors areunlocked.

For Keyless Access, the trunk canbe opened while the vehicle islocked by pressing the touch padabove the license plate when theRKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft)of the rear of the vehicle. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation on page 2-2.

Close the trunk by pulling on thehandle. Do not use the handle as atie-down. See Trunk on page 2-13.

Windows


In Brief 1-7

The driver power window switchescontrol all the windows. Thepassenger switch only controls thatwindow.

Press the switch to lower thewindow. Pull the switch to raise it.See Power Windows on page 2-19.

Seat Adjustment

Power Seats

To adjust the seat:. Move the seat forward or

rearward by sliding the controlforward or rearward.

. Raise or lower the front part ofthe seat cushion by moving thefront of the control up or down.

. Raise or lower the seat bymoving the rear of the control upor down.

See Power Seat Adjustment onpage 3-4.

Lumbar Adjustment

Lumbar Support

To adjust the lumbar support:. Press and hold the control

forward to increase or rearwardto decrease lumbar support.

. Press and hold the control up toraise or down to lower the heightof the lumbar support.


1-8 In Brief

Seatback Bolster Support

If equipped, to adjust the bolstersupport:. Press and hold the control up to

increase seatback bolstersupport.

. Press and hold the control downto decrease seatback bolstersupport.

See Lumbar Adjustment onpage 3-4.

Reclining Seatbacks

To adjust the seatback:. Tilt the top of the control

rearward to recline.. Tilt the top of the control forward

to raise.

See Reclining Seatbacks onpage 3-5.

Easy Entry Seat

1. Seat Adjustment Switch

2. Folding Seatback Handle

The front seats can be moved out ofthe way to make it easier to get inand out of the rear seat.

To fold the seatback, lift thehandle (2) on top of the seatback.The seatback will fold forward.

To move the seat forward, pressand hold the front of the switch (1)on the outboard side of the upper


In Brief 1-9

seatback. To move the seatrearward, press and hold the rear ofthe switch (1).

See Easy Entry Seat on page 3-3.

Memory Features

The SET, "1," "2," andB (Exit)buttons on the driver door are usedto manually save and recall memorysettings for the driver seat, outsidemirrors, and power tilt andtelescoping steering column.

See Memory Seats on page 3-6 andVehicle Personalization onpage 5-51.

Heated Seats

The buttons are near the climatecontrols on the center stack. Tooperate, the ignition must be in ON/RUN/START.

Press J or z to heat the driver orpassenger seat cushion andseatback.

Press the button once for thehighest setting. With each press ofthe button, the seat will change tothe next lower setting, and then tothe off setting. The indicator lightsnext to the buttons indicate three forthe highest setting and one for thelowest. If the heated seats are onhigh, the level may automatically belowered after approximately30 minutes.

See Heated Front Seats onpage 3-8.

Auto Heated Seats

The controls can be accessed whilethe vehicle is on by pressing theCLIMATE button on the centerstack.

Press the touch screen J AUTO orz AUTO button. The button colorwill change to green when thisfeature is on.

When the vehicle is on, this featurewill automatically activate theheated seats at the level required bythe vehicle’s interior temperature.


1-10 In Brief

The active high, medium, low, or offheated seat level will be indicatedby the manual heated seat buttonson the center stack. Use the touchscreen button or the manual heatedseat buttons on the center stack toturn auto heated seats off.

If the passenger seat is unoccupied,the auto heated seats feature willnot activate that seat.

The auto heated seats feature canbe programmed to always beenabled when the vehicle is on. SeeVehicle Personalization onpage 5-51 and Climate Controls onpage 1-14.

Head RestraintAdjustmentDo not drive until the head restraintsfor all occupants are installed andadjusted properly.

To achieve a comfortable seatingposition, change the seatbackrecline angle as little as necessary

while keeping the seat and the headrestraint height in the properposition.

See Head Restraints on page 3-2and Power Seat Adjustment onpage 3-4.

Safety Belts

Refer to the following sections forimportant information on how to usesafety belts properly:. Safety Belts on page 3-11.

. How to Wear Safety BeltsProperly on page 3-13.

. Lap-Shoulder Belt on page 3-14.

. Lower Anchors and Tethers forChildren (LATCH System) onpage 3-39.

Passenger SensingSystem

United States

Canada


In Brief 1-11

The passenger sensing system willturn off the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag and kneeairbag under certain conditions. Noother airbag is affected by thepassenger sensing system. SeePassenger Sensing System onpage 3-25.

The passenger airbag statusindicator lights on the overheadconsole when the vehicle is started.See Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator on page 5-16.

Mirror Adjustment

Exterior

Mirrors can be folded inward towardthe vehicle to prevent damage whengoing through an automatic carwash. Push the mirror outward toreturn it to the original position.

See Folding Mirrors on page 2-18.

Controls for the outside powermirrors are on the driver door.

To adjust a mirror:

1. Move the selector switch to L(Left) or R (Right) to choose thedriver or passenger mirror.

2. Press the arrows on the controlpad to move each mirror in thedesired direction.

3. Return the selector switch to thecenter position.

See Power Mirrors on page 2-17.

The rear window defogger alsoheats the outside mirrors. SeeHeated Mirrors on page 2-18.

Interior

Adjust the rearview mirror for a clearview of the area behind the vehicle.The mirror will automatically reducethe glare of headlamps from behind.The dimming feature comes onwhen the vehicle is started. SeeAutomatic Dimming Rearview Mirroron page 2-18.


1-12 In Brief

Steering WheelAdjustment

Press the control to move the tiltand telescoping steering wheel upand down or forward and rearward.

Do not adjust the steering wheelwhile driving.

To set the power tilt wheel memoryposition, see Memory Seats onpage 3-6.

Interior LightingDome Lamps

There are front and rear domelamps in the overhead console andheadliner.

To change the dome lamp settings,press:

OFF: Turns the lamps off, evenwhen a door is open.

DOOR: The lamps come on whena door is opened.

ON: Turns the lamps on.

Reading Lamps

There are front and rear readinglamps on the overhead console andthe headliner. These lamps come onwhen any door is opened. Tomanually turn the reading lamps onor off:

Front Reading Lamps


In Brief 1-13

Rear Reading Lamps

Pressm orn next to eachreading lamp.

For more information on interiorlighting, see Instrument PanelIllumination Control on page 6-6.

Exterior Lighting

The exterior lamp control is on theturn signal lever.

Turn the control to the followingpositions:

O : Turns off the exterior lamps.The knob returns to the AUTOposition after it is released. Turn toO again to reactivate the AUTOmode. In Canada, the headlampswill automatically reactivate whenthe electric drive unit is shifted outof P (Park).

AUTO: Automatically turns theexterior lamps on and off,depending on outside lighting.

; : Turns on the parking lampsincluding all lamps, except theheadlamps.

5 : Turns on the headlampstogether with the parking lamps andinstrument panel lights.

See Exterior Lamp Controls onpage 6-1 and Daytime RunningLamps (DRL) on page 6-4.

Windshield Wiper/Washer

With the ignition in ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/START,move the lever to select the wiperspeed.

HI: Use for fast wipes.

LO: Use for slow wipes.

INT: Move the windshield wiperlever to INT. Turn thex INT bandon the wiper lever to adjust thesensitivity. To turn the Rainsense


1-14 In Brief

feature on or off, see “Rain SenseWipers” under VehiclePersonalization on page 5-51.

OFF: Use to turn the wipers off.

1X : For a single wipe, briefly movethe lever down. For several wipes,hold the lever down.

nL : Pull the lever toward you tospray windshield washer fluid andactivate the wipers.

See Windshield Wiper/Washer onpage 5-3.

Climate ControlsThe climate control buttons and the touch screen are used to adjust theheating, cooling, and ventilation.

Climate Control Buttons

1. Driver and PassengerTemperature Controls

2. Fan Control

3. OFF (Fan)

4. Driver and Passenger HeatedSeats

5. AUTO (Automatic Operation)

6. Defrost

7. Rear Window Defogger

8. Recirculation


In Brief 1-15

Climate Touch Screen Controls

1. Outside Air Temperature Display


3. Fan Control

4. Climate Modes: MIN, ECO, MAX

5. SYNC (SynchronizedTemperature)

6. Climate Control Selection(Application Tray Button)

7. Climate Power Gauge

8. Driver and Passenger AutoHeated Seats

9. Air Delivery Mode Controls

See Dual Automatic Climate ControlSystem on page 8-1.

Vehicle Features

Steering Wheel ControlsThe infotainment system can beoperated by using the steeringwheel controls. See "SteeringWheel Controls" in the infotainmentmanual.

Cruise Control


1-16 In Brief

J : Press to turn the system onand off. A white cruise controlindicator appears in the instrumentcluster when cruise is turned on.

+RES: Press the control up brieflyto make the vehicle resume to apreviously set speed or press andhold to accelerate. If cruise controlis already active, use to increasevehicle speed. To increase speed by1 km/h or 1 mph, press +RES up tothe first detent. To increase speed tothe next 5 km/h or 5 mph mark onthe speedometer, press +RES up tothe second detent.

SET−: Press the control downbriefly to set the speed and activatecruise control. If cruise control isalready active, use to decreasevehicle speed. To decrease speedby 1 km/h or 1 mph, press SET−down to the first detent. To decreasespeed to the next 5 km/h or 5 mphmark on the speedometer, pressSET− down to the second detent.

* : Press to disengage cruisecontrol without erasing the setspeed from memory.

See Cruise Control on page 9-36 orAdaptive Cruise Control onpage 9-39 (if equipped).

Infotainment SystemSee the infotainment manual forinformation on the radio, audioplayers, phone, navigation system,and voice or speech recognition.It also includes information onsettings.

Driver InformationCenter (DIC)The DIC display is in the instrumentcluster. It shows the status of manyvehicle systems.

y orz : Move SEL up or down togo to the previous or next selection.

S or T : Press to move betweenthe interactive display zones in thecluster. Press S to go back to theprevious menu.

SEL: Press to open a menu orselect a menu item. Press and holdto reset values on certain screens.

See Driver Information Center (DIC)on page 5-38.


In Brief 1-17

Forward Collision Alert(FCA) SystemFCA may help avoid or reduce theharm caused by front-end crashes.FCA provides a green indicatorwhen a vehicle is detected ahead.This indicator displays amber if youfollow a vehicle much too closely.When approaching a vehicle aheadtoo quickly, FCA provides a flashingred alert on the windshield andrapidly beeps or pulses thedriver seat.

See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System on page 9-50.

Lane DepartureWarning (LDW)LDW is intended to help avoidunintentional lane departures atspeeds of 56 km/h (35 mph) orgreater. LDW uses a camera sensorto detect the lane markings. TheLDW indicator, @, appears green ifa lane marking is detected. If thevehicle departs the lane, the

indicator will change to amber andflash. In addition, beeps will sound,or the driver seat will pulse.

See Lane Departure Warning (LDW)on page 9-56.

Side Blind ZoneAlert (SBZA)If equipped, SBZA will detectvehicles in the next lane over in thevehicle's side blind zone area.When this happens, the SBZAdisplay will light up in thecorresponding outside side mirrorand will flash if the turn signal is on.

See Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA)on page 9-54.

Rear VisionCamera (RVC)RVC displays a view of the areabehind the vehicle on the centerstack display when the vehicle isshifted into R (Reverse).

See Assistance Systems for Parkingor Backing on page 9-47.

Ultrasonic Parking AssistUltrasonic Front and Rear ParkAssist (UFRPA) uses sensors onthe front and rear bumper to assistwith parking and avoiding objects.It operates at speeds less than8 km/h (5 mph). UFRPA may displaya warning triangle on the RearVision Camera screen and a graphicon the instrument cluster to providethe object distance. In addition,multiple beeps or seat pulses mayoccur if very close to an object.

See Driver Assistance Systems onpage 9-47.

Active EmergencyBraking SystemIf the vehicle has Adaptive CruiseControl (ACC) it also has the ActiveEmergency Braking System, whichincludes the Automatic CollisionPreparation (ACP) System. Thesesystems can automatically brake the


1-18 In Brief

vehicle to help avoid or lessen theseverity of crashes while movingforward.

See Active Emergency BrakingSystem on page 9-53.

Power OutletsThe accessory power outlets can beused to plug in electrical equipment,such as a cell phone or MP3 player.

The vehicle has two accessorypower outlets:. Inside the front center console.. Inside the center console bin

behind the shift lever.

Lift the cover to access theaccessory power outlet.

See Power Outlets on page 5-6.

Universal Remote System

This system provides a way toreplace up to three remote controltransmitters used to activatedevices such as garage dooropeners, security systems, andhome automation devices.

Read the instructions completelybefore attempting to program theUniversal Remote system. Becauseof the steps involved, it may behelpful to have another personavailable to assist with programmingthe Universal Remote system.

See Universal Remote System onpage 5-59.


In Brief 1-19

Battery and Efficiency

High Voltage SafetyInformation

{ Warning

Exposure to high voltage cancause shock, burns, and evendeath. The high voltagecomponents in the vehicle canonly be serviced by technicianswith special training.

High voltage components areidentified by labels. Do notremove, open, take apart,or modify these components.High voltage cable or wiring hasorange covering. Do not probe,tamper with, cut, or modify highvoltage cable or wiring.

This vehicle has a high voltagebattery and a standard 12-voltbattery.

If the vehicle is in a crash, thesensing system may shut down thehigh voltage system. When thisoccurs, the high voltage battery isdisconnected and the vehicle willnot start. The SERVICE VEHICLESOON message in the DriverInformation Center (DIC) will bedisplayed. Before the vehicle can beoperated again, it must be servicedat your dealer.

{ Warning

Damage to the high voltagebattery or high voltage systemcan create a risk of electric shock,overheating, or fire.

If the vehicle is damaged from acrash, flood, fire, or other event itmay be necessary to have thevehicle inspected. ContactCustomer Assistance as soon aspossible to determine whether aninspection is needed. SeeCustomer Assistance Offices onpage 13-3.

See Battery on page 10-23 forimportant safety information. If anairbag has inflated, see What WillYou See after an Airbag Inflates? onpage 3-24.

Only a trained service technicianwith the proper knowledge and toolsshould inspect, test, or replace thehigh voltage battery. See yourdealer if the high voltage batteryneeds service.

See Battery on page 10-23.

ChargingThis section explains the processfor charging the high voltage battery.Do not allow the vehicle to remain intemperature extremes for longperiods without being driven orplugged in. It is recommended thatthe vehicle be plugged in whentemperatures are below 0°C (32°F)and above 32°C (90°F) to maximizehigh voltage battery life.

When using a 120-volt AC electricaloutlet, it will take approximately12.5 hours to charge the vehicle


1-20 In Brief

with the 12 amp AC current settingor 18 hours using the default 8 ampAC current setting. When using a240-volt charging station, it will takeapproximately five hours to chargethe vehicle. Charge times will varywith outside temperature. There arethree ways to program how thevehicle is charged. SeeProgrammable Charging onpage 5-29.

The charging system may run fansand pumps that result in soundsfrom the vehicle while it is turnedoff. Additional unexpected clickingsounds may be caused by theelectrical devices used whilecharging.

While the charge cord is pluggedinto the vehicle, the vehicle cannotbe driven.

Charging

Start Charge

1. Make sure the vehicle is parkedand turned off.

2. Push the rearward edge of thecharge port door in and releaseto open the door.

In cold weather conditions, icemay form around the charge portdoor. Remove ice from the areabefore attempting to open orclose the charge port door.

3. Open the rear trunk, lift the leftload support floor cover, andremove the charge cord. Pull upon the charge cord handle torelease. The vehicle plug isstored as shown.

4. Plug the charge cord into theelectrical outlet. See ElectricalRequirements for BatteryCharging on page 9-66. Verifythe charge cord status. See thecharge cord user guide. SeeCharge Cord on page 9-64.Select the appropriate chargelevel using the Select ChargeLevel Preference screen on thecenter stack. See “Charge LevelSelection” under ProgrammableCharging on page 5-29.


In Brief 1-21

5. Plug in the vehicle plug of thecharge cord into the charge porton the vehicle. Verify that thecharging status indicatorilluminates on top of theinstrument panel and a hornchirp occurs. See ChargingStatus Feedback on page 9-60.

Charge Cord Theft Alert

This vehicle has a Charge CordTheft Alert. To enable this feature,see "Charge Cord Theft Alert" inVehicle Personalization onpage 5-51. The system can bearmed and disarmed using the doorlock function on the RKEtransmitter.

End Charge

1. Unlock the vehicle with the RKEtransmitter to disarm the chargecord theft alert.

2. Disconnect the vehicle plug ofthe charge cord from the vehicle.

3. Close the charge port door bypressing firmly on the rearwardedge of the door surface.

4. Unplug the charge cord from theelectrical outlet.

5. Place the charge cord into thestorage compartment.

Charge Cord

See Radio Frequency Statement onpage 13-15.

A portable charge cord used tocharge the vehicle high voltagebattery is stored under the loadsupport floor covering in the trunk.

Important Information AboutPortable Electric Vehicle Charging. Charging an electric vehicle can

stress a building’s electricalsystem more than a typicalhousehold appliance.

. Before you plug in to anyelectrical outlet, have a qualifiedelectrician inspect and verify theelectrical system (electricaloutlet, wiring, junctions, andprotection devices) forheavy-duty service at a 12 ampcontinuous load.

. Electrical outlets may wear outwith normal usage or bedamaged over time, makingthem unsuitable for electricvehicle charging.

. Check the electrical outlet/plugwhile charging and discontinueuse if the electrical outlet/plug ishot, then have the electricaloutlet serviced by a qualifiedelectrician.


1-22 In Brief

. When outdoors, plug into anelectrical outlet that isweather-proof while in use.

. Mount the charging cord toreduce strain on the electricaloutlet/plug.

{ Warning

Improper use of portable electricvehicle charge cords may causea fire, electrical shock, or burns,and may result in damage toproperty, serious injury, or death.

. Do not use extension cords,multi-outlet power strips,splitters, grounding adaptors,surge protectors, or similardevices.

. Do not use an electrical outletthat is worn or damaged,or one that will not hold theplug firmly in place.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Do not use an electrical outletthat is not properly grounded.

. Do not use an electrical outletthat is on a circuit with otherelectrical loads.

See the charge cord user guide.

Charge Cord Status Indicators

See “Charge Cord Status Indicators”in the charge cord user guide.

Charge Level Selection

Charge level selection can be madeusing the Select Charge LevelPreference setting on the centerstack. See “Charge Level Selection”under Programmable Charging onpage 5-29.

{ Warning

Using a charge level that exceedsthe electrical circuit or electricaloutlet capacity may start a fire ordamage the electrical circuit. Usethe lowest charge level until aqualified electrician inspects yourelectrical circuit capacity. Use thelowest charge level if theelectrical circuit or electrical outletcapacity is not known.


In Brief 1-23

FuelingThe fuel system on this vehiclerequires a refueling process tocontrol evaporative emissions. Torefuel the vehicle:

1. Press the fuel door button on thedriver door for one second.A WAIT TO REFUEL messagedisplays on the DriverInformation Center.

2. When the READY TO REFUELmessage displays, the fuel dooron the passenger side willunlock. Push the rearward edgeof the fuel door in and release toopen the door.

3. Turn the fuel capcounterclockwise to remove.While refueling, hang the fuelcap tether from the hook on theinside of the fuel door. Completerefueling within 30 minutes ofpressing the fuel door button onthe driver door. If refueling morethan 30 minutes, press the fueldoor button again.

4. After refueling, reinstall the fuelcap by turning it clockwise until itclicks. Close the fuel door.

See Filling the Tank on page 9-68.

Regenerative BrakingRegenerative braking takes some ofthe energy from the moving vehicleand turns it back into electricalenergy. This energy is then stored inthe high voltage battery system,contributing to increased energyefficiency.

Regen on Demand™

This feature will slow the vehicle byrecapturing energy using thesteering wheel paddles.

See Regenerative Braking onpage 9-32.


1-24 In Brief

Service

{ Warning

Never try to do your own serviceon high voltage components. Youcan be injured and the vehiclecan be damaged if you try to doyour own service work. Serviceand repair of these high voltagecomponents should only beperformed by a trained servicetechnician with the properknowledge and tools. See DoingYour Own Service Work onpage 10-5.

Performance andMaintenance

Traction Control/Electronic StabilityControlThe Traction Control System (TCS)limits wheel spin. The system turnson automatically every time thevehicle is started.

StabiliTrak assists with directionalcontrol of the vehicle in difficultdriving conditions. The system turnson automatically every time thevehicle is started.. To turn off TCS, press and

release the TCS/StabiliTrakbuttonY on the center console.i illuminates in the instrumentcluster. The appropriate DICmessage is displayed. See RideControl System Messages onpage 5-48.

. Press the TCS/StabiliTrak buttonY again to turn traction controlback on.

. To turn off both TCS andStabiliTrak, press and hold theTCS/StabiliTrak buttonY on the

center console until g and iilluminate in the instrumentcluster. The appropriate DICmessage displays. See RideControl System Messages onpage 5-48.

. Press the TCS/StabiliTrak buttonY again to turn on bothsystems.

See Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control on page 9-33.


In Brief 1-25

Tire Pressure MonitorThis vehicle may have a TirePressure Monitor System (TPMS).

The low tire pressure warning lightalerts to a significant loss inpressure of one of the vehicle'stires. If the warning light comes on,stop as soon as possible and inflatethe tires to the recommendedpressure shown on the Tire andLoading Information label. SeeVehicle Load Limits on page 9-12.The warning light will remain on untilthe tire pressure is corrected.

The low tire pressure warning lightmay come on in cool weather whenthe vehicle is first started, and thenturn off as the vehicle is driven. Thismay be an early indicator that the

tire pressures are getting low andthe tires need to be inflated to theproper pressure.

The TPMS does not replace normalmonthly tire maintenance. Maintainthe correct tire pressures.

See Tire Pressure Monitor Systemon page 10-49.

Engine Oil Life SystemThe engine oil life system calculatesengine oil life based on vehicle useand displays the CHANGE ENGINEOIL SOON message when it is timeto change the engine oil and filter.The oil life system should be resetto 100% only following an oilchange.

Resetting the Oil Life System

1. Display RESET OIL LIFE on theDIC menu. See DriverInformation Center (DIC) onpage 5-38.

2. Press and hold SEL for severalseconds while the Oil Lifedisplay is active to reset the OilLife system.

See Engine Oil Life System onpage 10-12.

Driving for Better EnergyEfficiencyUse the following tips to helpmaximize energy efficiency andrange.

In colder temperatures, while theseefficiency tips will help, the electricvehicle driving range may be lowerdue to higher energy usage.

Driving Style

Efficiency Gauge (InstrumentCluster)

The leaf indicator or green ringindicator should be kept green andin the center of the gauge.


1-26 In Brief

Inefficient acceleration is indicatedwhen the ring turns yellow or theleaf turns yellow and travels abovethe center of the gauge.

Aggressive braking is indicatedwhen the ring turns yellow or theleaf turns yellow and travels belowthe center of the gauge.

Acceleration/Braking/Coasting

Avoid unnecessary rapidaccelerations and decelerations.

Electric range is maximized at80 km/h (50 mph) and below. Higherspeeds use more energy and cansignificantly reduce electric range.

Use cruise control whenappropriate.

Plan ahead for decelerations andcoast whenever possible. Forexample, do not rush to trafficsignals.

Do not shift to N (Neutral) to coast.The vehicle recovers energy whilecoasting and braking in D (Drive)or L (Low).

Drive Mode and PRNDL Selection

Use Tour Mode when possible.

Sport Mode provides moreresponsive acceleration than TourMode, but can reduce efficiency.

Use Mountain Mode prior toclimbing long, steep grades inmountainous areas. Be sure toengage Mountain Mode beforestarting to climb. Mountain Modereduces electric range and power,but may be needed to maintainspeeds above 96 km/h (60 mph)when climbing grades of 5% orgreater.

Use Hold Mode on a trip where allor most of the electric charge will bedepleted. Use Hold Mode mainlyduring highway or high-speeddriving to maximize both electricvehicle miles and fuel efficiency.

Use L (Low) in heavy stop-and-gotraffic or when traveling downhill.

L (Low) requires less brake pedalapplication and provides acontrolled, efficient way to slow thevehicle down.

Climate Setting

Using the heat and air conditioningsystems decreases the energyavailable for electric driving.

Optimal energy efficiency isachieved with the heat, airconditioning, and fan turned off.

Less energy is used at low fanspeeds. When using the fan:. MIN is the most energy efficient

climate setting as long as0 isnot selected.

. ECO is for moderate airconditioning and heateroperation and is the next mostenergy efficient setting as longas0 is not selected.

. MAX mode provides the mostcomfort but is the least energyefficient.


In Brief 1-27

Use the auto heated seat featureinstead of climate settings. Heatingthe seat uses less energy thanheating the vehicle interior.

Use remote start to heat or cool theinterior when the vehicle is pluggedin to maximize the electric range byutilizing electricity from the electricaloutlet. Engine Assisted Heatingwhile plugged in can bepersonalized. See Remote Start onpage 2-8.

In hot weather, avoid parking indirect sunlight or use sunshadesinside the vehicle.

Turn off the front and rear windowdefog/defrost when they are nolonger needed.

Avoid driving with the windows openat highway speeds.

See Vehicle Personalization onpage 5-51.

Vehicle Charging/Maintenance

Charging

Keep the vehicle plugged in, evenwhen fully charged, to keep thebattery temperature ready for thenext drive. This is important whenoutside temperatures are extremelyhot or cold.

Maintenance

Always keep the tires properlyinflated and the vehicle properlyaligned.

The weight of excess cargo in thevehicle affects efficiency and range.Avoid carrying more than is needed.

If fuel is not regularly used, considerkeeping the fuel tank only one-thirdfull. Excess fuel weight impactsefficiency and range.

For fuel recommendations, see Fuelon page 9-66.

Avoid unnecessary use of electricalaccessories. Power used forfunctions other than propelling thevehicle will reduce electric vehiclerange.

Using a rooftop carrier will reduceefficiency due to additional weightand drag.

Roadside ServiceU.S.: 1-888-811-1926

Canada: 1-800-882-1112

TTY Users (U.S. Only):1-888-889-2438

New vehicles are automaticallyenrolled in the Roadside Serviceprogram.

See Roadside Service onpage 13-5.


1-28 In Brief

OnStar®

If equipped, this vehicle has acomprehensive, in-vehicle systemthat can connect to a live Advisorfor Emergency, Security, Navigation,Connection, and DiagnosticServices. See OnStar Overview onpage 14-1.


Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-1

Keys, Doors, andWindows

Keys and LocksKeys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2

Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2

Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . 2-13Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13

DoorsTrunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13

Vehicle SecurityVehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15Vehicle Alarm System . . . . . . . 2-15Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16Immobilizer Operation . . . . . . . 2-16

Exterior MirrorsConvex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . 2-18

Interior MirrorsInterior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . 2-18Automatic Dimming RearviewMirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18

WindowsWindows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21

Keys and Locks

Keys

{ Warning

Leaving children in a vehicle witha Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter is dangerous andchildren or others could beseriously injured or killed. Theycould operate the power windowsor other controls or make thevehicle move. The windows willfunction with the RKE transmitterin the vehicle, and children orothers could be caught in the pathof a closing window. Do not leavechildren in a vehicle with an RKEtransmitter.

The key that is part of the RKEtransmitter can be used for thetrunk.


2-2 Keys, Doors, and Windows

To remove the key, press the buttonnear the bottom of the transmitter,and pull the key out. Never pull thekey out without pressing the button.

If it becomes difficult to turn the key,inspect the key blade for debris.

See your dealer if a new key isneeded.

Contact Roadside Service if lockedout of the vehicle. See RoadsideService on page 13-5.

With an active OnStar subscription,an OnStar Advisor may remotelyunlock the vehicle. See OnStarOverview on page 14-1.

Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) SystemSee Radio Frequency Statement onpage 13-15.

If there is a decrease in the RKEoperating range:. Check the distance. The

transmitter may be too far fromthe vehicle.

. Check the location. Othervehicles or objects may beblocking the signal.

. Check the transmitter's battery.See “Battery Replacement” laterin this section.

. If the transmitter is still notworking correctly, see yourdealer or a qualified technicianfor service.

Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System OperationThe Keyless Access system allowsfor vehicle entry when thetransmitter is within range. See“Keyless Access Operation”following.

The RKE transmitter functions maywork up to 60 m (197 ft) away fromthe vehicle.

Other conditions, such as thosepreviously stated, can impact theperformance of the transmitter.



K (Unlock): Press once to unlockthe driver door. Press a second timewithin five seconds to unlock alldoors.

The hazard warning lamps will flashtwice each time the button ispressed and the anti-theft alarmsystem will be disarmed. SeeVehicle Alarm System onpage 2-15.

On vehicles with remote operatingwindows, pressing and holding Kwill open all of the vehicle'swindows. See Power Windows onpage 2-19. This feature can bedisabled by a dealer technician.

Q (Lock): Press to lock all doors.The hazard warning lamps will flashonce and the anti-theft alarm systemwill be armed. See Vehicle AlarmSystem on page 2-15.

If the driver door is open when Q ispressed, all doors lock and then thedriver door will unlock if theUnlocked Door Anti-Lockout featureis enabled through vehicle

personalization. See “UnlockedDoor Anti-Lockout” under VehiclePersonalization on page 5-51. Thismay vary based on vehiclepersonalization.

L (Vehicle Locator/PanicAlarm): Press and release toinitiate vehicle locator. The exteriorlamps flash and the horn chirpsthree times. Press and hold forthree seconds to sound the panicalarm. The horn sounds and theturn signals flash for 30 seconds.Press again to cancel the panicalarm.

/ (Remote Vehicle Start): Pressand release Q and then immediately

press and hold/ for at leastfour seconds to start the vehiclefrom outside using the RKEtransmitter. See Remote Start onpage 2-8.

i (Remote Trunk Release):Press and hold to release the trunk.

Keyless Access Operation

To lock and unlock the doors andaccess the trunk, the RKEtransmitter must be within 1 m (3 ft)of the door or trunk.

Keyless Access can beprogrammed to unlock all doors onthe first touch pad press from thedriver door. See VehiclePersonalization on page 5-51.

Keyless Unlocking from theDriver Door

When the RKE transmitter is within1 m (3 ft) of the driver door handle,pressing the touch pad button onthe driver door handle will unlockand open the driver door. See DoorLocks on page 2-10.

To customize whether the doorsautomatically unlock all doors, see“Remote Locking, Unlocking,Starting” under VehiclePersonalization on page 5-51.



Keyless Unlocking fromPassenger Door

Press the door touch pad to unlockall doors and open the passengerdoor if the RKE transmitter is within1 m (3 ft).

Passive Locking

This feature will lock the vehicleseveral seconds after all doors areclosed, if the vehicle is off and atleast one RKE transmitter has beenremoved from the interior or noneremain in the interior.

To customize whether the doorsautomatically lock when exiting thevehicle, see “Passive Door Lock”under Vehicle Personalization onpage 5-51.

Temporarily Disable PassiveLocking Feature

Temporarily disable the passivelocking by pressing and holding Kon the interior door switch with adoor open for at least four seconds,or until three chimes are heard.

Passive locking will then remaindisabled until Q on the interior dooris pressed, or until the vehicle isturned on.

To customize the doors toautomatically lock when exiting thevehicle, see “Remote Lock, Unlock,Start” under Vehicle Personalizationon page 5-51.

Keyless Trunk Opening

Press the touch pad to open if theRKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft)and the doors are locked. If thedoors are unlocked, the transmitteris not required to open the trunk.

Programming Transmitters tothe Vehicle

Only RKE transmitters programmedto this vehicle will work. If atransmitter is lost or stolen, areplacement can be purchased andprogrammed through your dealer.

The vehicle can be reprogrammedso that lost or stolen transmitters nolonger work. Each vehicle can haveup to eight transmitters programmedto it.

Programming with a RecognizedTransmitter

A new transmitter can beprogrammed to the vehicle whenthere is one recognized transmitter.

1. The vehicle must be off and boththe recognized and newtransmitters must be with you.

2. Remove the key base from therecognized RKE transmitter.

3. Place the recognized transmitterin the cupholder.



4. Insert the vehicle key into thekey cylinder above the licenseplate.

5. Open the trunk.

6. Turn the key counterclockwisefive times within 10 seconds.

7. The DIC displays READY FORREMOTE KEY 3 or 4, up to 8.

8. Remove the rubber liner toaccess the pocket. Place thenew transmitter on the indent inthe center console storage bin.

9. Press the POWER O button.

10. The DIC displays READY FORREMOTE KEY 4 or 5, up to 8.

11. Press Q or K on each newlyprogrammed transmitter tocomplete the process.

12. To program additionaltransmitters, repeatSteps 8–11.

Return the key base back intothe RKE transmitter.

13. Press and hold the POWER Obutton for at least 12 secondsto exit programming.

Programming without aRecognized Transmitter

If there are no currently recognizedtransmitters available, follow thisprocedure to program up to eighttransmitters. This feature is notavailable in Canada. This procedurewill take approximately 30 minutesto complete. The vehicle must be offand all transmitters to beprogrammed must be present.



1. Remove the key from thetransmitter and insert the vehiclekey into the key cylinder abovethe license plate.

2. Open the trunk.

3. Turn the key counterclockwisefive times within 10 seconds.

The DIC message displaysREMOTE LEARN PENDINGPLEASE WAIT.

4. Return the key base back intothe RKE transmitter.

5. Wait for 10 minutes until the DICdisplays PRESS ENGINESTART BUTTON LEARN, thenpress the POWER O button.

The DIC reads REMOTELEARN PENDING,PLEASE WAIT.

6. Repeat Step 5 two additionaltimes. After the third time allpreviously known transmitterswill no longer work with thevehicle. Remaining transmitterscan be relearned during the nextsteps. The DIC display shouldnow show READY FORREMOTE #1.

7. First remove the rubber liner toaccess the pocket. Place thenew transmitter on the indent inthe center console storage bin.

8. Press the POWER O button.When the transmitter is learned,the DIC display will show that itis ready to program the newtransmitter.

9. Remove the transmitter from thetransmitter pocket and press Qor K on the transmitter.

10. To program additionaltransmitters, repeat Steps 7–9.



11. When all additional transmittersare programmed, press andhold the POWER O button forapproximately 12 seconds toexit programming mode.

Starting the Vehicle with a LowTransmitter Battery

When you try to start the vehicle,if the transmitter battery is weak,or if there is interference with thesignal, the DIC may display NOREMOTE DETECTED or NOREMOTE KEY WAS DETECTEDPLACE KEY IN TRANSMITTERPOCKET THEN START YOURVEHICLE. See Key and LockMessages on page 5-45.

To start the vehicle:

1. Open the center console storagearea and the storage tray.

2. Place the transmitter, button sidedown, into the transmitterpocket.

3. With the vehicle in P (Park) orN (Neutral), press the brakepedal and the POWER O button.

Replace the transmitter batteryas soon as possible.

Battery Replacement

{ Caution

When replacing the battery, donot touch any of the circuitry onthe transmitter. Static from yourbody could damage thetransmitter.

Replace the battery if the REPLACEBATTERY IN REMOTE KEYmessage displays in the DIC.

1. Press the button near the bottomof the transmitter and pull thekey out.



2. Use the oval base of the keyblade to separate the two halvesof the transmitter.

3. Remove the old battery. Do notuse a metal object.

4. Insert the new battery on theback housing, positive sidefacing down. Replace with aCR2032 or equivalent battery.

5. Align the key release button andsnap the transmitter backtogether.

Remote StartThis feature starts the heating or airconditioning systems and rearwindow defogger from outside thevehicle. Use remote start to heat orcool the interior when the vehicle isplugged in to maximize the electricrange by utilizing electricity from theelectrical outlet. Normal operation ofthe system will return after thevehicle has been turned on.

/ (Remote Start): This button ison the RKE transmitter.

During remote start:. The climate control system will

typically default to the lastclimate setting. If the fan is off orif MIN was selected, the airconditioning or heat will turn onas needed. See Dual AutomaticClimate Control System onpage 8-1.

. If the heated seats have beenenabled through vehiclepersonalization, the heatedseats will turn on during colder

outside temperatures. See“Remote Start Auto Heat Seats”under Heated Front Seats onpage 3-8 and “Remote StartAuto Heat Seats” under VehiclePersonalization on page 5-51.

. The rear defogger will turn onduring colder outsidetemperatures.

. Selecting1 during colderoutside temperatures beforeshutting the vehicle off will helpwindshield clearing.

. Shutting the vehicle off in ECOMode without1 selected willminimize the impact to electricrange. Shutting the vehicle off inother modes will maximizeheating or air conditioning.

. Use remote start to heat or coolthe interior when the vehicle isplugged in to maximize theelectric range by utilizingelectricity from the electricaloutlet. Engine Assisted Heatingoperation can be personalized.



. Vehicle range may decrease ifthe vehicle is not plugged intoan electrical outlet. If the vehicleis plugged in, much of theenergy needed to support thisfeature will be provided from theelectrical outlet, not from thehigh voltage battery.

Laws in some communities mayrestrict the use of features thatremotely start the engine. Forexample, some laws may require aperson using the remote startfeature to have the vehicle in viewwhen doing so. Check localregulations for any requirements onremote starting of vehicles.

The RKE transmitter range may beshorter while the vehicle is running.

Other conditions can affect theperformance of the transmitter. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System on page 2-2.

Activating Remote Start

To heat or cool the passengercompartment using remote start:

1. Aim the RKE transmitter at thevehicle.

2. Press and release Q on theRKE transmitter; the doorswill lock.

3. Immediately press and hold /until the turn signal lamps flash,or for at least four seconds.Pressing/ again during aremote start will turn thefeature off.

Remote start will automatically shutoff after 10 minutes unless a timeextension is done.

While the remote start is active, theparking lamps will turn on andremain on.

After entering the vehicle during aremote start, press the POWER Obutton on the center stack with thebrake pedal applied to operate asnormal.

The remote start can be initiatedtwo separate times between driving.For each remote start, thepassenger compartment will beheated or cooled for 10 minutes.

Extending Engine Run Time

The vehicle run time can also beextended by another 10 minutes,if during the first 10 minutesSteps 1–3 are repeated while theengine is still running. This providesa total of 20 minutes.

The remote start can only beextended once.

When the remote start is extended,the second 10-minute period isadded on to the first 10 minutes fora total of 20 minutes.



A maximum of two remote starts,or a remote start with an extension,are allowed between ignition cycles.

The vehicle's ignition must bechanged to ON/RUN/START andthen back to OFF before the remotestart procedure can be used again.

Canceling Remote Start

To cancel a remote start, do any ofthe following:. Aim the RKE transmitter at the

vehicle

. Press and hold/ until theparking lamps turn off.

. Turn on the hazard warningflashers.

. Press the POWER O button onthe center stack, with the brakepedal applied, then press thePOWER O button again to turnthe vehicle off.

Conditions in Which RemoteStart May Not Work

Conditions in which a remote startmay not occur include:. An open hood.. Vehicle propulsion system fault

conditions, including anemission control systemmalfunction.

. High voltage battery faultconditions.

A second remote start or extensionwill not occur if the fuel level is low.

During a remote start, conditions inwhich a remote start may becanceled include:. Vehicle propulsion system or

high voltage battery faultconditions.

. Low engine oil pressure.

. Engine coolant temperature thatis too high.

Door Locks

{ Warning

Unlocked doors can bedangerous.

. Passengers, especiallychildren, can easily open thedoors and fall out of a movingvehicle. The chance of beingthrown out of the vehicle in acrash is increased if thedoors are not locked. So, allpassengers should wearsafety belts properly and thedoors should be lockedwhenever the vehicle isdriven.

. Young children who get intounlocked vehicles may beunable to get out. A child canbe overcome by extreme heatand can suffer permanentinjuries or even death fromheat stroke. Always lock thevehicle whenever leaving it.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

. Outsiders can easily enterthrough an unlocked doorwhen slowing or stopping thevehicle. Lock the doors tohelp prevent this fromhappening.

To lock or unlock the doors from theoutside press Q or K on the RKEtransmitter.

For Keyless Access, the RKEtransmitter must be within 1 m (3 ft)of the door handle sensor (1). Gripand press to open.

To lock or unlock the doors from theinside, press Q or K on the powerdoor lock switch (2).

To open the door, press the doorlatch button (3). If the vehicle isstationary, the door latch buttonunlatches an unlocked door.

See “Keyless Access Operation” inRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation on page 2-2.

Power Door Locks

Q (Lock): Press to lock the doors.The indicator light in the switch willilluminate when activated.

K (Unlock): Press to unlock thedoors.



Loss of Vehicle ElectricalPower

If the vehicle has lost battery power,open the doors manually.

From inside the vehicle, pull thedriver door manual release lever.

From inside the vehicle, pull thepassenger door manual releaselever.

From outside the vehicle, open thetrunk and pull the manual doorrelease lever.

Delayed LockingThis feature delays the locking ofthe doors until five seconds after alldoors are closed.

When Q is pressed on the powerdoor lock switch while the door isopen, a chime will sound threetimes indicating delayed locking isactive.



The doors will lock automaticallyfive seconds after all doors areclosed. If a door is reopened beforethat time, the five-second timer willreset when all doors are closedagain.

Press Q on the door lock switch or

press Q on the RKE transmitter tolock the doors immediately.

This feature can also beprogrammed. See VehiclePersonalization on page 5-51.

Automatic Door LocksThe doors will lock automaticallywhen all doors are closed, theignition is on, and the shift lever ismoved out of P (Park).

To unlock the doors:

. Press K on a door.

. Shift the vehicle into P (Park).

Automatic door unlocking can beprogrammed through the DriverInformation Center (DIC). SeeVehicle Personalization onpage 5-51.

Lockout ProtectionIf the vehicle is in ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/STARTand the power door lock switch ispressed with the driver door open,all the doors will lock and only thedriver door will unlock.

Lockout Protection can be manuallyoverridden with the driver door openby pressing and holding Q on thepower door lock switch.

If Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout isturned on and the vehicle is off, thedriver door is open, and locking isrequested, all the doors will lock andonly the driver door will unlock. TheUnlocked Door Anti-Lockout featurecan be turned on or off using thevehicle personalization menus. SeeVehicle Personalization onpage 5-51.

Doors

Trunk

{ Warning

Exhaust gases can enter thevehicle if it is driven with theliftgate or trunk/hatch open,or with any objects that passthrough the seal between thebody and the trunk/hatch orliftgate. Engine exhaust containscarbon monoxide (CO) whichcannot be seen or smelled. It cancause unconsciousness and evendeath.

If the vehicle must be driven withthe liftgate or trunk/hatch open:

. Close all of the windows.

. Fully open the air outlets onor under the instrumentpanel.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

. Adjust the climate controlsystem to a setting thatbrings in only outside air andset the fan speed to thehighest setting. See “ClimateControl Systems” in theIndex.

. If the vehicle is equipped witha power liftgate, disable thepower liftgate function.

See Engine Exhaust onpage 9-27.

Trunk Release

To open the trunk the shift levermust be in P (Park).

. Press| on the driver door.

. Press and holdi on theRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter.

. Press the touch pad on the rearof the trunk above the licenseplate when all doors areunlocked.

The trunk can be opened while thevehicle is locked by pressing thetouch pad above the license platewhile the RKE transmitter is within1 m (3 ft) of the rear of the vehicle.See “Keyless Access” in RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation on page 2-2.

Close the trunk by pulling on thehandle. Do not use the handle as atie-down.

Emergency Trunk ReleaseHandle



{ Caution

Do not use the emergency trunkrelease handle as a tie-down oranchor point when securing itemsin the trunk as it could damagethe handle.

There is a glow-in-the-darkemergency trunk release handle onthe trunk lid. This handle will glowfollowing exposure to light. Pull therelease handle to open the trunkfrom the inside.

Vehicle SecurityThis vehicle has theft-deterrentfeatures; however, they do not makethe vehicle impossible to steal.

Vehicle Alarm SystemThis vehicle has an anti-theft alarmsystem.

Arming the Alarm System

1. Close the trunk and the hood.Turn off the vehicle.

2. Lock the vehicle in one ofthree ways:. Use the RKE transmitter.. Use the Keyless Access

system.

. With a door open, press Qon the interior of the door.

3. After 30 seconds the alarmsystem will arm. Pressing Q onthe RKE transmitter a second

time will bypass the 30-seconddelay and immediately arm thealarm system.

If the driver door is opened withoutfirst unlocking with the RKEtransmitter, the horn will chirp andthe lights will flash to indicatepre-alarm. If the vehicle is notstarted, or the door is not unlockedby pressing K on the RKEtransmitter during the 10-secondpre-alarm, the alarm will beactivated.

If the charge cord theft alert isenabled, the alarm will also beactivated when there is an attemptto remove the charge cord, or if apassenger door, the trunk, or thehood is opened without firstdisarming the system. When thealarm is activated, the turn signalsflash and the horn sounds for about30 seconds. The alarm system willthen re-arm to monitor for the nextunauthorized event.



The Charge Cord Theft Alert featuremay be disabled through the vehiclepersonalization. See “Charge CordTheft Alert” under VehiclePersonalization on page 5-51.

Disarming the Alarm System

To disarm the alarm system or turnoff the alarm if it has been activated:

. Press K on the RKE transmitter.

. Unlock the vehicle using theKeyless Access system.

. Start the vehicle.

To avoid setting off the alarm byaccident:. Lock the vehicle after all

occupants have left the vehicleand all doors are closed.

. Always unlock a door with theRKE transmitter or use theKeyless Access system.

How to Detect a TamperCondition

If K is pressed on the transmitterand the horn chirps three times, aprevious alarm occurred while thesystem was armed.

If the alarm has been activated, amessage will appear on the DIC.See Security Messages onpage 5-49.

ImmobilizerSee Radio Frequency Statement onpage 13-15.

Immobilizer OperationThis vehicle has a passivetheft-deterrent system. The systemdoes not have to be manuallyarmed or disarmed.

The vehicle is automaticallyimmobilized when the vehicle isturned off.

The system is automaticallydisarmed when the vehicle isstarted with a valid RKE transmitterin the vehicle. The RKE transmitteruses electronic coding that matchesan immobilizer control unit in thevehicle and automatically disarmsthe system. Only a correcttransmitter can be used to turn thevehicle on.

The security light in the instrumentcluster comes on if there is aproblem with arming or disarmingthe theft-deterrent system.

When trying to start the vehicle, thesecurity light comes on briefly whenthe vehicle is turned on.



If the vehicle does not start and thesecurity light stays on, there is aproblem with the system. Attempt toturn the vehicle off and try it again.

Do not leave the RKE transmitter inthe vehicle.

Exterior Mirrors

Convex Mirrors

{ Warning

A convex mirror can make things,like other vehicles, look fartheraway than they really are. If youcut too sharply into the right lane,you could hit a vehicle on theright. Check the inside mirror orglance over your shoulder beforechanging lanes.

The passenger side mirror is convexshaped. A convex mirror's surface iscurved so more can be seen fromthe driver seat.

Power Mirrors

Controls for the outside powermirrors are on the driver door.

To adjust a mirror:

1. Move the selector switch to L(Left) or R (Right) to choose thedriver or passenger mirror.

2. Press the arrows on the controlpad to move each mirror in thedesired direction.

3. Return the selector switch to thecenter position.



If equipped, the vehicle may havememory mirrors. See Memory Seatson page 3-6.

Folding Mirrors

Manual Folding Mirrors

The mirrors can be folded inwardtoward the vehicle to preventdamage when going through anautomatic car wash. Push the mirroroutward to return it to the originalposition.

Heated MirrorsThe Rear Window Defogger alsoheats the outside mirrors.

= (Rear Window Defogger):Press to heat the outside mirrors.See “Rear Window Defogger” underDual Automatic Climate ControlSystem on page 8-1.

Reverse Tilt MirrorsThe passenger and/or driver mirrortilts to a preselected position whenthe vehicle is in R (Reverse). Thisfeature allows the driver to view thecurb when parallel parking. Themirror(s) return to the originalposition when the vehicle is shiftedout of R (Reverse), the ignition isturned off, or if the vehicle is drivenin (R) above a predeterminedspeed.

Turn this feature on or off throughvehicle personalization. See VehiclePersonalization on page 5-51.

Interior Mirrors

Interior Rearview MirrorsAdjust the rearview mirror for a clearview of the area behind yourvehicle.

Do not spray glass cleaner directlyon the mirror. Use a soft toweldampened with water.

Automatic DimmingRearview MirrorThe rearview mirror automaticallydims to reduce the glare of theheadlamps from behind. Thisfeature comes on when the vehicleis started.



Windows

{ Warning

Never leave a child, a helplessadult, or a pet alone in a vehicle,especially with the windowsclosed in warm or hot weather.They can be overcome by theextreme heat and sufferpermanent injuries or even deathfrom heat stroke.

Power Windows

{ Warning

Leaving children in a vehicle withthe Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter is dangerous for manyreasons; children or others couldbe badly injured or even killed.They could operate the powerwindows or other controls or evenmake the vehicle move. Thewindows will function with theRKE transmitter in the vehicleand they could be seriouslyinjured or killed if caught in thepath of a closing window. Do notleave the RKE transmitter in avehicle with children.

The power window switches are onthe driver door. The passenger dooralso has a window switch for onlythat window.

Press the switch to open thewindow. Pull the switch to close it.

The power windows work when thevehicle is on, or when RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) is active.See Retained Accessory Power(RAP) on page 9-19.



Express-Down/Up Windows

Windows with an express-down orup feature allow the window to belowered or raised without holdingthe switch.

Pull a window switch up or press itdown all the way, release it, and thewindow goes up or downautomatically. Stop the window bypressing or pulling the switch.

Express Window Anti-PinchFeature

If any object is in the path of thewindow when the express-up isactive, the window will stop at theobstruction and auto-reverse to apreset factory position. Weatherconditions such as severe icing mayalso cause the window toauto-reverse. The window will returnto normal operation once theobstruction or condition is removed.

Express Window Anti-PinchOverride

In an emergency, the anti-pinchfeature can be overridden in asupervised mode. Hold the windowswitch all the way up to the secondposition. The window will rise for aslong as the switch is held. Once theswitch is released, the expressmode is reactivated.

In this mode, the window can stillclose on an object in its path. Usecare when using the override mode.

Programming the PowerWindows

Programming the power windowsmay be necessary if the 12-voltbattery has been disconnected ordischarged.

To program the window:

1. Close all doors with the vehicleon, or when Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) is active. SeeRetained Accessory Power(RAP) on page 9-19.

2. Pull the window switch tocompletely close the window.Continue to hold the windowswitch two seconds after thewindow is closed.

3. Repeat for each window.

Remote Window Operation

The vehicle may have remoteoperating windows that will open allthe windows from outside thevehicle by pressing and holding Kon the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter.

This feature can be disabled by adealer technician.



Sun Visors

Pull the sun visor down to blockglare. If equipped, detach the sunvisor from the center mount to pivotto the side window or to extendalong the rod.



2 NOTES


Seats and Restraints 3-1

Seats andRestraints

Head RestraintsHead Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2

Front SeatsEasy Entry Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3Power Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . 3-4Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4Thigh Support Adjustment . . . . 3-5Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . 3-5Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6Heated Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8

Rear SeatsRear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10

Safety BeltsSafety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11How to Wear Safety BeltsProperly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13

Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14

Safety Belt Use DuringPregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17

Safety Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . 3-17Safety System Check . . . . . . . . 3-18Safety Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18Replacing Safety Belt SystemParts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . 3-18

Airbag SystemAirbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . 3-21When Should an AirbagInflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22

What Makes an AirbagInflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23

How Does an AirbagRestrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23

What Will You See after anAirbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24

Passenger SensingSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25

Servicing the Airbag-EquippedVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30

Adding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . 3-30

Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . 3-31Replacing Airbag SystemParts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . 3-31

Child RestraintsOlder Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32Infants and YoungChildren . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34

Child Restraint Systems . . . . . 3-36Where to Put the Restraint . . . 3-38Lower Anchors and Tethersfor Children (LATCHSystem) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-39

Replacing LATCH SystemParts After a Crash . . . . . . . . . 3-44

Securing Child Restraints(Rear Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-45

Securing Child Restraints(Front PassengerPosition) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-47


3-2 Seats and Restraints

Head Restraints

{ Warning

With head restraints that are notinstalled and adjusted properly,there is a greater chance thatoccupants will suffer a neck/spinal injury in a crash. Do notdrive until the head restraints forall occupants are installed andadjusted properly.

Adjust the head restraint so that thetop of the restraint is at the sameheight as the top of the occupant'shead. This position reduces thechance of a neck injury in a crash.

Front Seats

The vehicle's front seats haveadjustable head restraints in theoutboard seating positions.

Pull the head restraint up to raise it.Try to move the head restraint tomake sure that it is locked in place.

To lower the head restraint, pressthe button located on the side of thehead restraint, and push the headrestraint down. Try to move thehead restraint after the button isreleased to make sure that it islocked in place.

To adjust the head restraint forward,grasp the head restraint and pullforward until the desired lockingposition is reached.

To adjust the head restraintrearward, press the button locatedon the side of the head restraint,and push the head restraint



rearward until the desired lockingposition is reached. Try to move thehead restraint after the button isreleased to make sure that it islocked in place.

The front seat outboard headrestraints are not designed to beremoved.

Rear Seats

The vehicle's rear seats haveheadrests in the outboard seatingpositions that cannot be adjusted.

The rear outboard headrests are notdesigned to be removed.

Front Seats

Easy Entry Seat

1. Seat Adjustment Switch

2. Folding Seatback Handle

The front seats can be moved out ofthe way to make it easier to get inand out of the rear seat.

To fold the seatback, lift thehandle (2) on top of the seatback.The seatback will fold forward.

To move the seat forward, pressand hold the front of the switch (1)on the outboard side of the upperseatback. To move the seatrearward, press and hold the rear ofthe switch (1). Release theswitch (1) when the seat reachesthe desired position.

After entering or exiting the rearseat, return the seatback to theupright position. Lift the seatbackand push it rearward until it locksinto place. Push and pull on theseatback to make sure it is locked.

{ Warning

If either seatback is not locked, itcould move forward in a suddenstop or crash. That could causeinjury to the person sitting there.Always push and pull on theseatbacks to be sure they arelocked.



Power Seat Adjustment

{ Warning

You can lose control of thevehicle if you try to adjust a driverseat while the vehicle is moving.Adjust the driver seat only whenthe vehicle is not moving.

To adjust the seat:. Move the seat forward or

rearward by sliding the controlforward or rearward.

The seat can also be adjustedforward or rearward using theswitch on the outboard side ofthe upper seatback. See EasyEntry Seat on page 3-3.

. Raise or lower the front part ofthe seat cushion by moving thefront of the control up or down.

. Raise or lower the seat bymoving the rear of the control upor down.

To adjust the seatback, seeReclining Seatbacks on page 3-5.

To adjust the lumbar support, seeLumbar Adjustment on page 3-4.

Some vehicles are equipped with afeature that activates a vibratingpulse alert in the driver seat to helpthe driver avoid crashes. See DriverAssistance Systems on page 9-47.

Lumbar Adjustment

Lumbar Support

To adjust the lumbar support:. Press and hold the control

forward to increase or rearwardto decrease lumbar support.

. Press and hold the control up toraise or down to lower the heightof the lumbar support.



Seatback Bolster Support

If equipped, to adjust the bolstersupport:. Press and hold the control up to

increase seatback bolstersupport.

. Press and hold the control downto decrease seatback bolstersupport.

The seatback bolster support controlis also used to recline and raise theseatback. See Reclining Seatbackson page 3-5.

Thigh SupportAdjustment

If equipped, adjust the manual legextension by pulling up on the lever,and then pulling or pushing on thesupport to lengthen or shorten it.Release the lever to lock it in place.

Reclining Seatbacks

To adjust the seatback:. Tilt the top of the control

rearward to recline.. Tilt the top of the control forward

to raise.

The reclining seatback control isalso used to adjust the seatbackbolster support. See LumbarAdjustment on page 3-4.



{ Warning

Sitting in a reclined position whenthe vehicle is in motion can bedangerous. Even when buckledup, the safety belts cannot dotheir job.

The shoulder belt will not beagainst your body. Instead, it willbe in front of you. In a crash, youcould go into it, receiving neck orother injuries.

The lap belt could go up overyour abdomen. The belt forceswould be there, not at your pelvicbones. This could cause seriousinternal injuries.

For proper protection when thevehicle is in motion, have theseatback upright. Then sit wellback in the seat and wear thesafety belt properly.

Do not have a seatback reclined ifthe vehicle is moving.

Memory Seats

The SET, "1," "2," andB (Exit)buttons on the driver door are usedto manually save and recall memorysettings for the driver seat, outsidemirrors, and power tilt andtelescoping steering column.



Storing Memory Positions

To save positions to the “1” and “2”buttons:

1. Adjust the driver seat, outsidemirrors, and the power tilt andtelescoping steering column tothe desired driving positions.

2. Press and release SET, thenimmediately press and hold “1”until a beep sounds.

3. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 for asecond driver using “2.”

To save positions to theB (Exit)button and easy exit features:

1. Adjust the driver seat, power tiltand telescoping steering column,and the outside mirrors on somevehicles to the desired positionsfor getting out of the vehicle.

2. Press and release SET, thenimmediately press and holdBuntil a beep sounds.

Manually Recalling MemoryPositions

If the vehicle is OFF or not inP (Park), press and hold "1," "2," orB to manually recall the previouslystored memory positions. Releasing"1,” "2," orB before the storedpositions are reached stops therecall.

If the vehicle is ON and in P (Park),press and release “1,” “2,” orB tomanually recall the previouslystored memory positions. Placingthe ignition in OFF before the storedpositions are reached stops therecall.

If something has blocked the driverseat and/or power tilt andtelescoping steering column whilerecalling a memory position, therecall may stop. Remove theobstruction; then press and hold theappropriate manual control for thememory item that is not recalling fortwo seconds. Try recalling thememory position again by pressingthe appropriate memory button.

If the memory position is still notrecalling, see your dealer forservice.

Automatically Recalling MemoryPositions (Auto Memory Recall)

The Auto (Automatic) MemoryRecall feature automatically recallsthe current driver’s previously stored“1” or “2” position when entering thevehicle.

Depending upon the Auto MemoryRecall feature enabled in the vehiclepersonalization menu, memory “1”or “2” positions are recalled in thefollowing ways:

To activate the recall when On -Driver Door Open is selected in thepersonalization menu, do one of thefollowing:

. Press K on the RKE transmitterand open the driver door.

. Press K on the RKE transmitterwhen the driver door isalready open.



To activate the recall when On - AtIgnition On is selected in the vehiclepersonalization menu:. Place the ignition in ON/RUN/

START.


To stop recall movement, press oneof the memory, power mirror,or power seat controls; or press thepower tilt and telescoping steeringcolumn control. If On - At IgnitionOn is selected in the vehiclepersonalization menu, placing theignition in OFF also stops the recall.

If something has blocked the driverseat and/or the power tilt andtelescoping steering column whilerecalling a memory position, therecall may stop. Remove theobstruction; then press and hold theappropriate manual control for thememory item that is not recalling fortwo seconds. Try recalling thememory position again by openingthe driver door and pressing K on

the RKE transmitter. If the memoryposition is still not recalling, seeyour dealer for service.

Easy Exit Recall

If programmed on in the vehiclepersonalization menu, the easy exitfeature automatically moves thedriver seat, power tilt andtelescoping steering column, andoutside mirrors on some vehicles tothe memory positions previouslysaved to theB (Exit) button. See“Storing Memory Positions” listedpreviously. See also VehiclePersonalization on page 5-51.

Easy exit recall automaticallyactivates when one of the followingoccurs:. The vehicle is turned off and the

driver door is opened within ashort time.

. The vehicle is turned off with thedriver door open.

If something has blocked the driverseat and/or power tilt andtelescoping steering column while

recalling the exit position, the recallmay stop. Remove the obstruction;then press and hold the appropriatemanual control for the exit featurenot recalling for two seconds. Tryrecalling the exit position again.If the exit position is still notrecalling, see your dealer forservice.

Heated Front Seats

{ Warning

If you cannot feel temperaturechange or pain to the skin, theseat heater may cause burns. Toreduce the risk of burns, peoplewith such a condition should usecare when using the seat heater,especially for long periods oftime. Do not place anything onthe seat that insulates againstheat, such as a blanket, cushion,cover, or similar item. This maycause the seat heater to

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

overheat. An overheated seatheater may cause a burn or maydamage the seat.

The buttons are near the climatecontrols on the center stack. Tooperate, the ignition must be in ON/RUN/START.

Press J or z to heat the driver orpassenger seat cushion andseatback.

Press the button once for thehighest setting. With each press ofthe button, the seat will change tothe next lower setting, and then tothe off setting. The indicator lightsnext to the buttons indicate three forthe highest setting and one for thelowest. If the heated seats are onhigh, the level may automatically belowered after approximately30 minutes.

When this feature is off, the heatedseat symbol on the button is white.When the heated seat is turned on,the symbol turns red.

The passenger seat may takelonger to heat up.

Auto Heated Seats

The controls can be accessed whilethe vehicle is on by pressing Q onthe center stack.

Press the touch screen J AUTO orz AUTO button. The area aroundthe button will change to red whenthis feature is on.

When the vehicle is on, this featurewill automatically activate theheated seats at the level required bythe vehicle’s interior temperature.The active high, medium, low, or offheated seat level will be indicatedby the manual heated seat buttonson the center stack. Use the touchscreen button or the manual heatedseat buttons on the center stack toturn auto heated seats off.

If the passenger seat is unoccupied,the auto heated seats feature willnot activate that seat.

The auto heated seats feature canbe programmed to always beenabled when the vehicle is on. SeeVehicle Personalization onpage 5-51.

Remote Start Auto Heated Seats

When it is cold outside, the heatedseats can be turned onautomatically during a remote start.They are canceled when the ignitionis turned on. Press the button to usethe heated seats after the vehicle isstarted.



The heated seat indicator lights donot turn on during a remote start.

The temperature performance of anunoccupied seat may be reduced.This is normal.

The heated seats will not turn onduring a remote start unless theyare enabled in the vehiclepersonalization menu. See VehiclePersonalization on page 5-51andRemote Start on page 2-8.

Rear SeatsFolding the Seatback

Either seatback can be folded formore cargo space. Fold a seatbackonly when the vehicle is not moving.

{ Caution

Folding a rear seat with the safetybelts still fastened may causedamage to the seat or the safetybelts. Always unbuckle the safetybelts and return them to theirnormal stowed position beforefolding a rear seat.

To fold a seatback:

1. Pull the tab on the outboard sideof the seatback to release theseatback.

2. Fold the seatback forward.

3. Repeat Steps 1–2 to fold theother seatback, if desired.



Raising the Seatback

{ Warning

If either seatback is not locked, itcould move forward in a suddenstop or crash. That could causeinjury to the person sitting there.Always push and pull on theseatbacks to be sure they arelocked.

{ Warning

A safety belt that is improperlyrouted, not properly attached,or twisted will not provide theprotection needed in a crash. Theperson wearing the belt could beseriously injured. After raising therear seatback, always check to besure that the safety belts areproperly routed and attached, andare not twisted.

To raise a seatback:

1. Lift the seatback and push itrearward to lock it in place.

2. Push and pull the top of theseatback to be sure it is locked.

3. Repeat the steps to raise theother seatback, if necessary.

When the seat is not in use, itshould be kept in the upright, lockedposition.

Safety BeltsThis section of the manualdescribes how to use safety beltsproperly. It also describes somethings not to do with safety belts.

{ Warning

Do not let anyone ride where asafety belt cannot be wornproperly. In a crash, if you or yourpassenger(s) are not wearingsafety belts, injuries can be muchworse than if you are wearingsafety belts. You can be seriouslyinjured or killed by hitting thingsinside the vehicle harder or bybeing ejected from the vehicle. Inaddition, anyone who is notbuckled up can strike otherpassengers in the vehicle.

It is extremely dangerous to ridein a cargo area, inside or outsideof a vehicle. In a collision,passengers riding in these areas

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

are more likely to be seriouslyinjured or killed. Do not allowpassengers to ride in any area ofthe vehicle that is not equippedwith seats and safety belts.

Always wear a safety belt, andcheck that all passenger(s) arerestrained properly too.

This vehicle has indicators as areminder to buckle the safety belts.See Safety Belt Reminders onpage 5-14.

Why Safety Belts Work

When riding in a vehicle, you travelas fast as the vehicle does. If thevehicle stops suddenly, you keepgoing until something stops you.It could be the windshield, theinstrument panel, or the safety belts!

When you wear a safety belt, youand the vehicle slow down together.There is more time to stop becauseyou stop over a longer distance and,when worn properly, your strongestbones take the forces from the

safety belts. That is why wearingsafety belts makes such goodsense.

Questions and Answers AboutSafety Belts

Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicleafter a crash if I am wearing asafety belt?

A: You could be— whether you arewearing a safety belt or not.Your chance of being consciousduring and after a crash, so youcan unbuckle and get out, ismuch greater if you are belted.

Q: If my vehicle has airbags, whyshould I have to wear safetybelts?

A: Airbags are supplementalsystems only; so they work withsafety belts— not instead ofthem. Whether or not an airbagis provided, all occupants stillhave to buckle up to get themost protection.



Also, in nearly all states and inall Canadian provinces, the lawrequires wearing safety belts.

How to Wear Safety BeltsProperlyThis section is only for people ofadult size.

There are special things to knowabout safety belts and children. Andthere are different rules for smallerchildren and infants. If a child will beriding in the vehicle, see OlderChildren on page 3-32 or Infantsand Young Children on page 3-34.Follow those rules for everyone'sprotection.

It is very important for all occupantsto buckle up. Statistics show thatunbelted people are hurt more oftenin crashes than those who arewearing safety belts.

There are important things to knowabout wearing a safety belt properly.

. Sit up straight and always keepyour feet on the floor in frontof you.

. Always use the correct bucklefor your seating position.

. Wear the lap part of the belt lowand snug on the hips, justtouching the thighs. In a crash,this applies force to the strongpelvic bones and you would beless likely to slide under the lapbelt. If you slid under it, the beltwould apply force on yourabdomen. This could causeserious or even fatal injuries.

. Wear the shoulder belt over theshoulder and across the chest.These parts of the body are bestable to take belt restrainingforces. The shoulder belt locks ifthere is a sudden stop or crash.

{ Warning

You can be seriously injured,or even killed, by not wearingyour safety belt properly.

. Never allow the lap orshoulder belt to becomeloose or twisted.

. Never wear the shoulder beltunder both arms or behindyour back.

. Never route the lap orshoulder belt over anarmrest.



Lap-Shoulder BeltAll seating positions in the vehiclehave a lap-shoulder belt.

The following instructions explainhow to wear a lap-shoulder beltproperly.

1. Adjust the seat, if the seat isadjustable, so you can sit upstraight. To see how, see “Seats”in the Index.

2. Pick up the latch plate and pullthe belt across you. Do not let itget twisted.

The lap-shoulder belt may lock ifyou pull the belt across you veryquickly. If this happens, let thebelt go back slightly to unlock it.Then pull the belt across youmore slowly.

If the shoulder portion of apassenger belt is pulled out allthe way, the child restraintlocking feature may be engaged.If this happens, let the belt goback all the way and start again.

3. Push the latch plate into thebuckle until it clicks.

Pull up on the latch plate tomake sure it is secure. If the beltis not long enough, see SafetyBelt Extender on page 3-17.

Position the release button onthe buckle so that the safety beltcould be quickly unbuckled ifnecessary.



4. To make the lap part tight, pullup on the shoulder belt.

To unlatch the belt, push the buttonon the buckle. The belt shouldreturn to its stowed position.

Before a door is closed, be sure thesafety belt is out of the way. If adoor is slammed against a safetybelt, damage can occur to both thesafety belt and the vehicle.

The front passenger safety belt isequipped with an adjustable latchplate stop. The feature allows theuser to position the latch plate onthe belt to prevent contact with theadjacent door trim and to ensure thesafety belt is out of the way whenclosing the door. If the latch platecontacts the door trim when the beltis returned to its stowed position,slide the adjustable latch plate stopto a higher position.

Safety Belt Pretensioners

This vehicle has safety beltpretensioners for front outboardoccupants. Although the safety beltpretensioners cannot be seen, theyare part of the safety belt assembly.

They can help tighten the safetybelts during the early stages of amoderate to severe frontal, nearfrontal, or rear crash if the thresholdconditions for pretensioneractivation are met. And, on vehicleswith side impact and roof-railairbags, safety belt pretensionerscan help tighten the safety belts in aside crash or a rollover event.

Pretensioners work only once. If thepretensioners activate in a crash,the pretensioners and possibly otherparts of the safety belt system willneed to be replaced. See ReplacingSafety Belt System Parts after aCrash on page 3-18.

Rear Safety Belt ComfortGuides

This vehicle may have rear safetybelt comfort guides. If not, they areavailable through your dealer. Theguides may provide added safetybelt comfort for older children whohave outgrown booster seats andfor some adults. When installed and



properly adjusted, the comfort guidepositions the belt away from theneck and head.

There is one guide for eachoutboard passenger position in therear seat. To install a comfort guideto the safety belt:

1. Remove the guide from itsstorage pocket on the side ofthe seat.

2. Place the guide over the belt,and insert the two edges of thebelt into the slots of the guide.

3. Be sure that the belt is nottwisted and it lies flat. Theelastic cord must be under thebelt and the guide on top.

{ Warning

A safety belt that is not properlyworn may not provide theprotection needed in a crash. Theperson wearing the belt could beseriously injured. The shoulderbelt should go over the shoulder

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

and across the chest. These partsof the body are best able to takebelt restraining forces.

4. Buckle, position, and release thesafety belt as describedpreviously in this section. Makesure the shoulder portion of thebelt is on the shoulder and notfalling off of it. The belt shouldbe close to, but not contacting,the neck.

To remove and store the comfortguide, squeeze the belt edgestogether so that the safety belt canbe removed from the guide. Storethe guide in its storage pocket onthe side of the seatback.

Safety Belt Use DuringPregnancySafety belts work for everyone,including pregnant women. Like alloccupants, they are more likely tobe seriously injured if they do notwear safety belts.

A pregnant woman should wear alap-shoulder belt, and the lapportion should be worn as low aspossible, below the rounding,throughout the pregnancy.

The best way to protect the fetus isto protect the mother. When a safetybelt is worn properly, it is more likelythat the fetus will not be hurt in acrash. For pregnant women, as foranyone, the key to making safetybelts effective is wearing themproperly.

Safety Belt ExtenderIf the vehicle's safety belt will fastenaround you, you should use it.

But if a safety belt is not longenough, your dealer will order youan extender. When you go in toorder it, take the heaviest coat youwill wear, so the extender will belong enough for you. To help avoidpersonal injury, do not let someoneelse use it, and use it only for theseat it is made to fit. The extenderhas been designed for adults. Never



use it for securing child seats. Towear it, attach it to the regular safetybelt. See the instruction sheet thatcomes with the extender.

Safety System CheckNow and then, check that the safetybelt reminder light, safety belts,buckles, latch plates, retractors, andanchorages are all working properly.Look for any other loose ordamaged safety belt system partsthat might keep a safety belt systemfrom doing its job. See your dealerto have it repaired. Torn or frayedsafety belts may not protect you in acrash. They can rip apart underimpact forces. If a belt is torn orfrayed, get a new one right away.

Make sure the safety belt reminderlight is working. See Safety BeltReminders on page 5-14.

Keep safety belts clean and dry.See Safety Belt Care on page 3-18.

Safety Belt CareKeep belts clean and dry.

{ Warning

Do not bleach or dye safety belts.It may severely weaken them. Ina crash, they might not be able toprovide adequate protection.Clean safety belts only with mildsoap and lukewarm water.

Replacing Safety BeltSystem Parts after aCrash

{ Warning

A crash can damage the safetybelt system in the vehicle.A damaged safety belt systemmay not properly protect theperson using it, resulting inserious injury or even death in a

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

crash. To help make sure thesafety belt systems are workingproperly after a crash, have theminspected and any necessaryreplacements made as soon aspossible.

After a minor crash, replacement ofsafety belts may not be necessary.But the safety belt assemblies thatwere used during any crash mayhave been stressed or damaged.See your dealer to have the safetybelt assemblies inspected orreplaced.

New parts and repairs may benecessary even if the safety beltsystem was not being used at thetime of the crash.



Have the safety belt pretensionerschecked if the vehicle has been in acrash, or if the airbag readiness lightstays on after you start the vehicleor while you are driving. See AirbagReadiness Light on page 5-16.

Airbag SystemThe vehicle has the followingairbags:. A frontal airbag for the driver.. A frontal airbag for the front

outboard passenger.. A knee airbag for the driver.. A knee airbag for the front

outboard passenger.. A seat-mounted side impact

airbag for the driver.. A seat-mounted side impact

airbag for the front outboardpassenger.

. A roof-rail airbag for the driverand the passenger seateddirectly behind the driver.

. A roof-rail airbag for the frontoutboard passenger and thepassenger seated directlybehind the front outboardpassenger.

All vehicle airbags have the wordAIRBAG on the trim or on a labelnear the deployment opening.

For frontal airbags, the wordAIRBAG is on the center of thesteering wheel for the driver and onthe instrument panel for the frontoutboard passenger.

For knee airbags, the word AIRBAGis on the lower part of theinstrument panel.

For seat-mounted side impactairbags, the word AIRBAG is on theside of the seatback closest tothe door.

For roof-rail airbags, the wordAIRBAG is on the ceiling or trim.

Airbags are designed to supplementthe protection provided by safetybelts. Even though today's airbagsare also designed to help reducethe risk of injury from the force of aninflating bag, all airbags must inflatevery quickly to do their job.



Here are the most important thingsto know about the airbag system:

{ Warning

You can be severely injured orkilled in a crash if you are notwearing your safety belt, evenwith airbags. Airbags aredesigned to work with safetybelts, not replace them. Also,airbags are not designed to inflatein every crash. In some crashessafety belts are the only restraint.See When Should an AirbagInflate? on page 3-22.

Wearing your safety belt during acrash helps reduce the chance ofhitting things inside the vehicle orbeing ejected from it. Airbags are“supplemental restraints” to thesafety belts. Everyone in thevehicle should wear a safety beltproperly, whether or not there isan airbag for that person.

{ Warning

Because airbags inflate with greatforce and faster than the blink ofan eye, anyone who is upagainst, or very close to anyairbag when it inflates can beseriously injured or killed. Do notsit unnecessarily close to anyairbag, as you would be if sittingon the edge of the seat or leaningforward. Safety belts help keepyou in position before and duringa crash. Always wear a safetybelt, even with airbags. The drivershould sit as far back as possiblewhile still maintaining control ofthe vehicle.

Occupants should not lean on orsleep against the door or sidewindows in seating positions withseat-mounted side impact airbagsand/or roof-rail airbags.

{ Warning

Children who are up against,or very close to, any airbag whenit inflates can be seriously injuredor killed. Always secure childrenproperly in the vehicle. To readhow, see Older Children onpage 3-32 or Infants and YoungChildren on page 3-34.

There is an airbag readiness lighton the instrument cluster, whichshows the airbag symbol. Thesystem checks the airbag electricalsystem for malfunctions. The lighttells you if there is an electricalproblem. See Airbag ReadinessLight on page 5-16 for moreinformation.



Where Are the Airbags?

The driver frontal airbag is in thecenter of the steering wheel.

The front outboard passengerfrontal airbag is in the passengerside instrument panel.

The driver knee airbag is below thesteering column. The front outboardpassenger knee airbag is below theglove box.

Driver Side Shown, PassengerSide Similar

The seat-mounted side impactairbags for the driver and frontoutboard passenger are in the sideof the seatbacks closest to the door.

The roof-rail airbags for the driver,front outboard passenger, andsecond row outboard passengersare in the ceiling above the sidewindows.



{ Warning

If something is between anoccupant and an airbag, theairbag might not inflate properlyor it might force the object intothat person causing severe injuryor even death. The path of aninflating airbag must be keptclear. Do not put anythingbetween an occupant and anairbag, and do not attach or putanything on the steering wheelhub or on or near any otherairbag covering.

Do not use seat accessories thatblock the inflation path of aseat-mounted side impact airbag.

Never secure anything to the roofof a vehicle with roof-rail airbagsby routing a rope or tie‐downthrough any door or windowopening. If you do, the path of aninflating roof-rail airbag will beblocked.

When Should an AirbagInflate?This vehicle is equipped withairbags. See Airbag System onpage 3-19. Airbags are designed toinflate if the impact exceeds thespecific airbag system's deploymentthreshold. Deployment thresholdsare used to predict how severe acrash is likely to be in time for theairbags to inflate and help restrainthe occupants. The vehicle haselectronic sensors that help theairbag system determine theseverity of the impact. Deploymentthresholds can vary with specificvehicle design.

Frontal airbags are designed toinflate in moderate to severe frontalor near frontal crashes to helpreduce the potential for severeinjuries, mainly to the driver's orfront outboard passenger's headand chest.

Whether the frontal airbags will orshould inflate is not based primarilyon how fast the vehicle is traveling.

It depends on what is hit, thedirection of the impact, and howquickly the vehicle slows down.

Frontal airbags may inflate atdifferent crash speeds depending onwhether the vehicle hits an objectstraight on or at an angle, andwhether the object is fixed ormoving, rigid or deformable, narrowor wide.

Frontal airbags are not intended toinflate during vehicle rollovers, inrear impacts, or in many sideimpacts.

In addition, the vehicle hasadvanced technology frontalairbags. Advanced technologyfrontal airbags adjust the restraintaccording to crash severity.

Knee airbags are designed to inflatein moderate to severe frontal ornear frontal impacts. Knee airbagsare not designed to inflate duringvehicle rollovers, in rear impacts,or in many side impacts.



Seat-mounted side impact airbagsare designed to inflate in moderateto severe side crashes dependingon the location of the impact.Seat-mounted side impact airbagsare not designed to inflate in frontalimpacts, near frontal impacts,rollovers, or rear impacts.A seat-mounted side impact airbagis designed to inflate on the side ofthe vehicle that is struck.

Roof-rail airbags are designed toinflate in moderate to severe sidecrashes depending on the locationof the impact. In addition, theseroof-rail airbags are designed toinflate during a rollover or in asevere frontal impact. Roof-railairbags are not designed to inflate inrear impacts. Both roof-rail airbagswill inflate when either side of thevehicle is struck, if the sensingsystem predicts that the vehicle isabout to roll over on its side, or in asevere frontal impact.

In any particular crash, no one cansay whether an airbag should haveinflated simply because of thevehicle damage or repair costs.

What Makes an AirbagInflate?In a deployment event, the sensingsystem sends an electrical signaltriggering a release of gas from theinflator. Gas from the inflator fills theairbag causing the bag to break outof the cover. The inflator, the airbag,and related hardware are all part ofthe airbag module.

For airbag locations, see Where Arethe Airbags? on page 3-21.

How Does an AirbagRestrain?In moderate to severe frontal ornear frontal collisions, even beltedoccupants can contact the steeringwheel or the instrument panel. In

moderate to severe side collisions,even belted occupants can contactthe inside of the vehicle.

Airbags supplement the protectionprovided by safety belts bydistributing the force of the impactmore evenly over theoccupant's body.

Rollover capable roof-rail airbagsare designed to help contain thehead and chest of occupants in theoutboard seating positions in thefirst and second rows. The rollovercapable roof-rail airbags aredesigned to help reduce the risk offull or partial ejection in rolloverevents, although no system canprevent all such ejections.

But airbags would not help in manytypes of collisions, primarilybecause the occupant's motion isnot toward those airbags. See WhenShould an Airbag Inflate? onpage 3-22.

Airbags should never be regardedas anything more than a supplementto safety belts.



What Will You See afteran Airbag Inflates?After the frontal airbags andseat-mounted side impact airbagsinflate, they quickly deflate, soquickly that some people may noteven realize an airbag inflated.Roof-rail airbags may still be at leastpartially inflated for some time afterthey inflate. Some components ofthe airbag module may be hot forseveral minutes. For location of theairbags, see Where Are theAirbags? on page 3-21.

The parts of the airbag that comeinto contact with you may be warm,but not too hot to touch. There maybe some smoke and dust comingfrom the vents in the deflatedairbags. Airbag inflation does notprevent the driver from seeing out ofthe windshield or being able to steerthe vehicle, nor does it preventpeople from leaving the vehicle.

{ Warning

When an airbag inflates, theremay be dust in the air. This dustcould cause breathing problemsfor people with a history ofasthma or other breathing trouble.To avoid this, everyone in thevehicle should get out as soon asit is safe to do so. If you havebreathing problems but cannotget out of the vehicle after anairbag inflates, then get fresh airby opening a window or a door.If you experience breathingproblems following an airbagdeployment, you should seekmedical attention.

The vehicle has a feature that mayautomatically unlock the doors, turnon the interior lamps, turn on thehazard warning flashers, and shutoff the fuel system after the airbagsinflate. You can lock the doors, turnoff the interior lamps, and turn off

the hazard warning flashers byusing the controls for thosefeatures.

{ Warning

A crash severe enough to inflatethe airbags may have alsodamaged important functions inthe vehicle, such as the fuelsystem, brake and steeringsystems, etc. Even if the vehicleappears to be drivable after amoderate crash, there may beconcealed damage that couldmake it difficult to safely operatethe vehicle.

Use caution if you should attemptto restart the engine after a crashhas occurred.

In many crashes severe enough toinflate the airbag, windshields arebroken by vehicle deformation.



Additional windshield breakage mayalso occur from the front outboardpassenger airbag.. Airbags are designed to inflate

only once. After an airbaginflates, you will need some newparts for the airbag system.If you do not get them, theairbag system will not be thereto help protect you in anothercrash. A new system will includeairbag modules and possiblyother parts. The service manualfor the vehicle covers the needto replace other parts.

. The vehicle has a crash sensingand diagnostic module whichrecords information after acrash. See Vehicle DataRecording and Privacy onpage 13-13 and Event DataRecorders on page 13-14.

. Let only qualified technicianswork on the airbag systems.Improper service can mean that

an airbag system will not workproperly. See your dealer forservice.

Passenger SensingSystemThe vehicle has a passengersensing system for the frontoutboard passenger position. Thepassenger airbag status indicatorwill light on the overhead consolewhen the vehicle is started.

United States

Canada

The words ON and OFF or thesymbol for on and off will be visibleduring the system check. When thesystem check is complete, either theword ON or OFF, or the symbol foron and off will be visible. SeePassenger Airbag Status Indicatoron page 5-16.

The passenger sensing systemturns off the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag andpassenger knee airbag undercertain conditions. No other airbagis affected by the passengersensing system.

The passenger sensing systemworks with sensors that are part ofthe front outboard passenger seat.The sensors are designed to detectthe presence of a properly seated



occupant and determine if the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand passenger knee airbag shouldbe allowed to inflate or not.

According to accident statistics,children are safer when properlysecured in a rear seat in a correctchild restraint for their weightand size.

Whenever possible, childrenage 12 and under should besecured in a rear seating position.

Never put a rear-facing child seat inthe front. This is because the risk tothe rear-facing child is so great,if the airbag inflates.

{ Warning

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriously injuredor killed if the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag inflates.This is because the back of therear-facing child restraint would

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

be very close to the inflatingairbag. A child in a forward-facingchild restraint can be seriouslyinjured or killed if the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbaginflates and the passenger seat isin a forward position.

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger airbag(s), nosystem is fail-safe. No one canguarantee that an airbag will notinflate under some unusualcircumstance, even though theairbag(s) are off.

Secure rear-facing child restraintsin a rear seat, even if theairbag(s) are off. If you secure aforward-facing child restraint inthe front outboard passengerseat, always move the seat as far

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

back as it will go. It is better tosecure the child restraint in arear seat.

The passenger sensing system isdesigned to turn off the frontoutboard passenger airbag andpassenger knee airbag if:. The front outboard passenger

seat is unoccupied.. The system determines that an

infant is present in a childrestraint.

. A front outboard passengertakes his/her weight off of theseat for a period of time.

. There is a critical problem withthe airbag system or thepassenger sensing system.

When the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand passenger knee airbag, the off



indicator will light and stay lit toremind you that the airbags are off.See Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator on page 5-16.

The passenger sensing system isdesigned to turn on the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand passenger knee airbag anytimethe system senses that a person ofadult size is sitting properly in thefront outboard passenger seat.

When the passenger sensingsystem has allowed the airbags tobe enabled, the on indicator will lightand stay lit as a reminder that theairbags are active.

For some children, includingchildren in child restraints, and forvery small adults, the passengersensing system may or may not turnoff the front outboard passengerfrontal airbag and passenger kneeairbag, depending upon theperson’s seating posture and bodybuild. Everyone in the vehicle whohas outgrown child restraints should

wear a safety beltproperly — whether or not there isan airbag for that person.

{ Warning

If the airbag readiness light evercomes on and stays on, it meansthat something may be wrongwith the airbag system. To helpavoid injury to yourself or others,have the vehicle serviced rightaway. See Airbag ReadinessLight on page 5-16 for moreinformation, including importantsafety information.

If the On Indicator Is Lit for aChild Restraint

The passenger sensing system isdesigned to turn off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag if the systemdetermines that an infant is presentin a child restraint. If a child restrainthas been installed and the onindicator is lit:

1. Turn the vehicle off.

2. Remove the child restraint fromthe vehicle.

3. Remove any additional itemsfrom the seat such as blankets,cushions, seat covers, seatheaters, or seat massagers.

4. Reinstall the child restraintfollowing the directions providedby the child restraintmanufacturer and refer toSecuring Child Restraints (RearSeat) on page 3-45 or SecuringChild Restraints (FrontPassenger Position) onpage 3-47.



5. If, after reinstalling the childrestraint and restarting thevehicle, the on indicator is still lit,turn the vehicle off. Then slightlyrecline the vehicle seatback andadjust the seat cushion,if adjustable, to make sure thatthe vehicle seatback is notpushing the child restraint intothe seat cushion.

Also make sure the childrestraint is not trapped under thevehicle head restraint. If thishappens, adjust the headrestraint. See Head Restraintson page 3-2.

6. Restart the vehicle.

The passenger sensing systemmay or may not turn off theairbags for a child in a childrestraint depending upon thechild's size. It is better to securea child restraint in a rear seat.

If the Off Indicator Is Lit for anAdult-Sized Occupant

If a person of adult size is sitting inthe front outboard passenger seat,but the off indicator is lit, it could bebecause that person is not sittingproperly in the seat. Use thefollowing steps to allow the systemto detect that person and enable thefront outboard passenger frontalairbag and passenger knee airbag:


2. Remove any additional materialfrom the seat, such as blankets,cushions, seat covers, seatheaters, or seat massagers. Alsoremove laptops, or otherelectronic devices.

3. Place the seatback in the fullyupright position.

4. Have the person sit upright inthe seat, centered on the seatcushion, with legs comfortablyextended.

5. Restart the vehicle and have theperson remain in this position fortwo to three minutes after the onindicator is lit.

{ Warning

If the front outboard passengerairbag is turned off for anadult-sized occupant, the airbagwill not be able to inflate and helpprotect that person in a crash,resulting in an increased risk of

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

serious injury or even death. Anadult-sized occupant should notride in the front outboardpassenger seat, if the passengerairbag off indicator is lit.

Additional Factors AffectingSystem Operation

Safety belts help keep thepassenger in position on the seatduring vehicle maneuvers andbraking, which helps the passengersensing system maintain thepassenger airbag status. See“Safety Belts” and “Child Restraints”in the Index for additionalinformation about the importance ofproper restraint use.

A thick layer of additional material,such as a blanket or cushion,or aftermarket equipment such asseat covers, seat heaters, and seatmassagers can affect how well thepassenger sensing system

operates. We recommend that younot use seat covers or otheraftermarket equipment except whenapproved by GM for your specificvehicle. See Adding Equipment tothe Airbag-Equipped Vehicle onpage 3-30 for more informationabout modifications that can affecthow the system operates.

A wet seat can affect theperformance of the passengersensing system. Here is how:. The passenger sensing system

may turn off the passengerfrontal airbag and passengerknee airbag when liquid issoaked into the seat. If thishappens, the off indicator will belit, and the airbag readiness lighton the instrument panel will alsobe lit.

. Liquid pooled on the seat thathas not soaked in may make itmore likely that the passengersensing system will turn on thepassenger frontal airbag andpassenger knee airbag while a

child restraint or child occupantis on the seat. If the passengerfrontal airbag and passengerknee airbag are turned on, theon indicator will be lit.

If the front passenger seat gets wet,dry the seat immediately. If theairbag readiness light is lit, do notinstall a child restraint or allowanyone to occupy the seat. SeeAirbag Readiness Light onpage 5-16 for important safetyinformation.

The on indicator may be lit if anobject, such as a briefcase,handbag, grocery bag, laptop,or other electronic device, is put onan unoccupied seat. If this is notdesired, remove the object fromthe seat.

{ Warning

Stowing of articles under thepassenger seat or between thepassenger seat cushion and

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

seatback may interfere with theproper operation of the passengersensing system.

Servicing theAirbag-Equipped VehicleAirbags affect how the vehicleshould be serviced. There are partsof the airbag system in severalplaces around the vehicle. Yourdealer and the service manual haveinformation about servicing thevehicle and the airbag system. Topurchase a service manual, seeService Publications OrderingInformation on page 13-11.

{ Warning

For up to 10 seconds after thevehicle is turned off and the 12‐volt battery is disconnected, an

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

airbag can still inflate duringimproper service. You can beinjured if you are close to anairbag when it inflates. Avoidyellow connectors. They areprobably part of the airbagsystem. Be sure to follow properservice procedures, and makesure the person performing workfor you is qualified to do so.

Adding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped VehicleAdding accessories that change thevehicle's frame, bumper system,height, front end, or side sheetmetal, may keep the airbag systemfrom working properly. Theoperation of the airbag system canalso be affected by changing anyparts of the front seats, safety belts,the airbag sensing and diagnosticmodule, steering wheel, instrumentpanel, any of the airbag modules,

ceiling or pillar garnish trim,overhead console, front sensors,side impact sensors, or airbagwiring.

Your dealer and the service manualhave information about the locationof the airbag sensors, sensing anddiagnostic module, and airbagwiring.

In addition, the vehicle has apassenger sensing system for thefront outboard passenger position,which includes sensors that are partof the passenger seat. Thepassenger sensing system may notoperate properly if the original seattrim is replaced with non-GMcovers, upholstery, or trim; or withGM covers, upholstery, or trimdesigned for a different vehicle. Anyobject, such as an aftermarket seatheater or a comfort-enhancing pador device, installed under or on topof the seat fabric, could alsointerfere with the operation of thepassenger sensing system. Thiscould either prevent properdeployment of the passenger



airbag(s) or prevent the passengersensing system from properlyturning off the passenger airbag(s).See Passenger Sensing System onpage 3-25.

The vehicle has rollover roof-railairbags. See Different Size Tiresand Wheels on page 10-57.

If you have to modify your vehiclebecause you have a disability andyou have questions about whetherthe modifications will affect thevehicle's airbag system, or if youhave questions about whether theairbag system will be affected if thevehicle is modified for any otherreason, call Customer Assistance.See Customer Assistance Officeson page 13-3.

Airbag System CheckThe airbag system does not needregularly scheduled maintenance orreplacement. Make sure the airbagreadiness light is working. SeeAirbag Readiness Light onpage 5-16.

{ Caution

If an airbag covering is damaged,opened, or broken, the airbagmay not work properly. Do notopen or break the airbagcoverings. If there are anyopened or broken airbagcoverings, have the airbagcovering and/or airbag modulereplaced. For the location of theairbags, see Where Are theAirbags? on page 3-21. See yourdealer for service.

Replacing Airbag SystemParts after a Crash

{ Warning

A crash can damage the airbagsystems in the vehicle.A damaged airbag system maynot work properly and may not

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

protect you and yourpassenger(s) in a crash, resultingin serious injury or even death. Tohelp make sure the airbagsystems are working properlyafter a crash, have theminspected and any necessaryreplacements made as soon aspossible.

If an airbag inflates or the vehiclehas been in a crash, the sensingsystem may shut down the highvoltage system. When this occurs,the high voltage battery isdisconnected and the vehicle willnot start. The SERVICE VEHICLESOON message in the DriverInformation Center (DIC) will bedisplayed. Before the vehicle can beoperated again, it must be servicedat your dealer.



If an airbag inflates, you will need toreplace airbag system parts. Seeyour dealer for service.

If the airbag readiness light stays onafter the vehicle is started or comeson when you are driving, the airbagsystem may not work properly. Havethe vehicle serviced right away. SeeAirbag Readiness Light onpage 5-16 for more information.

Child Restraints

Older Children

Older children who have outgrownbooster seats should wear thevehicle safety belts.

The manufacturer instructions thatcome with the booster seat state theweight and height limitations for thatbooster. Use a booster seat with alap-shoulder belt until the childpasses the fit test below:. Sit all the way back on the seat.

Do the knees bend at the seatedge? If yes, continue. If no,return to the booster seat.

. Buckle the lap-shoulder belt.Does the shoulder belt rest onthe shoulder? If yes, continue.If no, try using the rear safetybelt comfort guide. See “RearSafety Belt Comfort Guides”under Lap-Shoulder Belt onpage 3-14. If the shoulder beltstill does not rest on theshoulder, then return to thebooster seat.

. Does the lap belt fit low andsnug on the hips, touching thethighs? If yes, continue. If no,return to the booster seat.



. Can proper safety belt fit bemaintained for the length of thetrip? If yes, continue. If no,return to the booster seat.

Q: What is the proper way towear safety belts?

A: An older child should wear alap-shoulder belt and get theadditional restraint a shoulderbelt can provide. The shoulderbelt should not cross the face orneck. The lap belt should fitsnugly below the hips, justtouching the top of the thighs.This applies belt force to thechild's pelvic bones in a crash.It should never be worn over theabdomen, which could causesevere or even fatal internalinjuries in a crash.

Also see “Rear Safety Belt ComfortGuides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt onpage 3-14.

According to accident statistics,children are safer when properlyrestrained in a rear seating position.

In a crash, children who are notbuckled up can strike other peoplewho are buckled up, or can bethrown out of the vehicle. Olderchildren need to use safety beltsproperly.

{ Warning

Never allow more than one childto wear the same safety belt. Thesafety belt cannot properly spreadthe impact forces. In a crash, theycan be crushed together andseriously injured. A safety beltmust be used by only one personat a time.

{ Warning

Never allow a child to wear thesafety belt with the shoulder beltbehind their back. A child can beseriously injured by not wearingthe lap-shoulder belt properly. In acrash, the child would not berestrained by the shoulder belt.The child could move too farforward increasing the chance ofhead and neck injury. The childmight also slide under the lap

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

belt. The belt force would then beapplied right on the abdomen.That could cause serious or fatalinjuries. The shoulder belt shouldgo over the shoulder and acrossthe chest.

Infants and YoungChildrenEveryone in a vehicle needsprotection! This includes infants andall other children. Neither thedistance traveled nor the age andsize of the traveler changes theneed, for everyone, to use safetyrestraints. In fact, the law in everystate in the United States and inevery Canadian province sayschildren up to some age must berestrained while in a vehicle.

{ Warning

Children can be seriously injuredor strangled if a shoulder belt iswrapped around their neck andthe safety belt continues totighten. Never leave childrenunattended in a vehicle and neverallow children to play with thesafety belts.

Every time infants and youngchildren ride in vehicles, they shouldhave the protection provided byappropriate child restraints. Neitherthe vehicle's safety belt system norits airbag system is designedfor them.

Children who are not restrainedproperly can strike other people,or can be thrown out of the vehicle.

{ Warning

Never hold an infant or a childwhile riding in a vehicle. Due tocrash forces, an infant or a childwill become so heavy it is notpossible to hold it during a crash.For example, in a crash at only40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb)infant will suddenly become a110 kg (240 lb) force on a person'sarms. An infant should besecured in an appropriaterestraint.



{ Warning

Children who are up against,or very close to, any airbag whenit inflates can be seriously injuredor killed. Never put a rear-facingchild restraint in the frontoutboard seat. Secure arear-facing child restraint in a rearseat. It is also better to secure aforward-facing child restraint in arear seat. If you must secure aforward-facing child restraint in

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

the front outboard seat, alwaysmove the front passenger seat asfar back as it will go.

Q: What are the different types ofadd-on child restraints?

A: Add-on child restraints, whichare purchased by the vehicleowner, are available in four basictypes. Selection of a particularrestraint should take intoconsideration not only the child's

weight, height, and age but alsowhether or not the restraint willbe compatible with the motorvehicle in which it will be used.

For most basic types of childrestraints, there are manydifferent models available. Whenpurchasing a child restraint, besure it is designed to be used ina motor vehicle. If it is, therestraint will have a label sayingthat it meets federal motorvehicle safety standards.

The restraint manufacturerinstructions that come with therestraint state the weight andheight limitations for a particularchild restraint. In addition, thereare many kinds of restraintsavailable for children withspecial needs.



{ Warning

To reduce the risk of neck andhead injury during a crash, infantsneed complete support. In acrash, if an infant is in arear-facing child restraint, thecrash forces can be distributedacross the strongest part of aninfant's body, the back andshoulders. Infants should alwaysbe secured in rear-facing childrestraints.

{ Warning

A young child's hip bones are stillso small that the vehicle's regularsafety belt may not remain low onthe hip bones, as it should.Instead, it may settle up aroundthe child's abdomen. In a crash,the belt would apply force on abody area that is unprotected byany bony structure. This alonecould cause serious or fatalinjuries. To reduce the risk ofserious or fatal injuries during acrash, young children shouldalways be secured in appropriatechild restraints.

Child Restraint Systems

Rear-Facing Infant Seat

A rear-facing infant seat providesrestraint with the seating surfaceagainst the back of the infant.

The harness system holds the infantin place and, in a crash, acts tokeep the infant positioned in therestraint.



Forward-Facing Child Seat

A forward-facing child seat providesrestraint for the child's body with theharness.

Booster Seats

A booster seat is a child restraintdesigned to improve the fit of thevehicle's safety belt system.A booster seat can also help a childto see out the window.

Securing an Add-On ChildRestraint in the Vehicle

{ Warning

A child can be seriously injured orkilled in a crash if the childrestraint is not properly secured inthe vehicle. Secure the childrestraint properly in the vehicleusing the vehicle safety belt orLATCH system, following theinstructions that came with thatchild restraint and the instructionsin this manual.

To help reduce the chance of injury,the child restraint must be securedin the vehicle. Child restraintsystems must be secured in vehicleseats by lap belts or the lap beltportion of a lap-shoulder belt, or bythe LATCH system. See LowerAnchors and Tethers for Children(LATCH System) on page 3-39.



Children can be endangered in acrash if the child restraint is notproperly secured in the vehicle.

When securing an add-on childrestraint, refer to the instructionsthat come with the restraint whichmay be on the restraint itself or in abooklet, or both, and to this manual.The child restraint instructions areimportant, so if they are notavailable, obtain a replacementcopy from the manufacturer.

Keep in mind that an unsecuredchild restraint can move around in acollision or sudden stop and injurepeople in the vehicle. Be sure toproperly secure any child restraint inthe vehicle— even when no child isin it.

In some areas of the United Statesand Canada, Certified ChildPassenger Safety Technicians(CPSTs) are available to inspectand demonstrate how to correctlyuse and install child restraints. Inthe U.S., refer to the NationalHighway Traffic Safety

Administration (NHTSA) website tolocate the nearest child safety seatinspection station. For CPSTavailability in Canada, check withTransport Canada or the ProvincialMinistry of Transportation office.

Securing the Child Within theChild Restraint

{ Warning

A child can be seriously injured orkilled in a crash if the child is notproperly secured in the childrestraint. Secure the childproperly following the instructionsthat came with that child restraint.

Where to Put theRestraintAccording to accident statistics,children and infants are safer whenproperly restrained in a childrestraint system or infant restraintsystem secured in a rear seatingposition.

Whenever possible, children aged12 and under should be secured ina rear seating position.

Never put a rear-facing child seat inthe front. This is because the risk tothe rear-facing child is so great if theairbag deploys.

{ Warning

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriously injuredor killed if the front passengerairbag inflates. This is becausethe back of the rear-facing childrestraint would be very close tothe inflating airbag. A child in aforward-facing child restraint canbe seriously injured or killed if thefront passenger airbag inflatesand the passenger seat is in aforward position.

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontpassenger frontal airbag, no

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

system is fail-safe. No one canguarantee that an airbag will notdeploy under some unusualcircumstance, even though it isturned off.

Secure rear-facing child restraintsin a rear seat, even if the airbagis off. If you secure aforward-facing child restraint inthe front seat, always move thefront passenger seat as far backas it will go. It is better to securethe child restraint in a rear seat.

See Passenger Sensing Systemon page 3-25 for additionalinformation.

When securing a child restraint in arear seating position, study theinstructions that came with the childrestraint to make sure it iscompatible with this vehicle.

Child restraints and booster seatsvary considerably in size, and somemay fit in certain seating positionsbetter than others. Always makesure the child restraint is properlysecured.

Depending on where you place thechild restraint and the size of thechild restraint, you may not be ableto access adjacent safety beltassemblies or LATCH anchors foradditional passengers or childrestraints. Adjacent seatingpositions should not be used if thechild restraint prevents access to orinterferes with the routing of thesafety belt.

Wherever a child restraint isinstalled, be sure to secure the childrestraint properly.

Keep in mind that an unsecuredchild restraint can move around in acollision or sudden stop and injurepeople in the vehicle. Be sure toproperly secure any child restraint inthe vehicle — even when no child isin it.

Lower Anchors andTethers for Children(LATCH System)The LATCH system secures a childrestraint during driving or in a crash.LATCH attachments on the childrestraint are used to attach the childrestraint to the anchors in thevehicle. The LATCH system isdesigned to make installation of achild restraint easier.

In order to use the LATCH system inyour vehicle, you need a childrestraint that has LATCHattachments. LATCH-compatiblerear-facing and forward-facing childseats can be properly installedusing either the LATCH anchors orthe vehicle’s safety belts. Do notuse both the safety belts and theLATCH anchorage system to securea rear-facing or forward-facingchild seat.

Booster seats use the vehicle’ssafety belts to secure the child inthe booster seat. If the manufacturer



recommends that the booster seatbe secured with the LATCH system,this can be done as long as thebooster seat can be positionedproperly and there is no interferencewith the proper positioning of thelap-shoulder belt on the child.

Make sure to follow the instructionsthat came with the child restraint,and also the instructions in thismanual.

When installing a child restraint witha top tether, you must also useeither the lower anchors or thesafety belts to properly secure thechild restraint. A child restraint mustnever be installed using only the toptether and anchor.

The LATCH anchorage system canbe used until the combined weightof the child plus the child restraint is29.5 kg (65 lbs). Use the safety beltalone instead of the LATCHanchorage system once thecombined weight is more than29.5 kg (65 lbs).

The following explains how to attacha child restraint with theseattachments in the vehicle.

Not all vehicle seating positions orchild restraints have lower anchorsand attachments or top tetheranchors and attachments.

Lower Anchors

Lower anchors (1) are metal barsbuilt into the vehicle. There are twolower anchors for each LATCHseating position that willaccommodate a child restraint withlower attachments (2).

Top Tether Anchor

A top tether (3, 4) anchors the top ofthe child restraint to the vehicle.A top tether anchor is built into thevehicle. The top tetherattachment (2) on the child restraintconnects to the top tether anchor inthe vehicle in order to reduce theforward movement and rotation ofthe child restraint during driving or ina crash.



The child restraint may have asingle tether (3) or a dual tether (4).Either will have a singleattachment (2) to secure the toptether to the anchor.

Some child restraints that have atop tether are designed for use withor without the top tether beingattached. Others require the toptether always to be attached. Besure to read and follow theinstructions for the child restraint. InCanada, the law requires thatforward-facing child restraints havea top tether, and that the tether beattached. Be sure to read and followthe instructions for your childrestraint.

Lower Anchor and Top TetherAnchor Locations

Rear Seat

I (Top Tether Anchor): Seatingpositions with top tether anchors.

H (Lower Anchor): Seatingpositions with two lower anchors.

To assist in locating the loweranchors, each seating position withlower anchors has two labels, nearthe crease between the seatbackand the seat cushion.

Lift the flap below the label toaccess the anchors.



To assist in locating the top tetheranchors, the top tether anchorsymbol is on the cover.

Top Tether Anchors

The top tether anchors for outboardrear seating positions are under thecovers, behind the rear seat, on thefiller panel. Be sure to use ananchor on the same side of thevehicle as the seating positionwhere the child restraint will beplaced.

Do not secure a child restraint in aposition without a top tether anchorif a national or local law requires

that the top tether be attached, or ifthe instructions that come with thechild restraint say that the top tethermust be attached.

According to accident statistics,children and infants are safer whenproperly restrained in a childrestraint system or infant restraintsystem secured in a rear seatingposition. See Where to Put theRestraint on page 3-38 foradditional information.

Securing a Child RestraintDesigned for the LATCHSystem

{ Warning

If a LATCH-type child restraint isnot attached to anchors or withthe safety belt, the child restraintwill not be able to protect the childcorrectly. In a crash, the childcould be seriously injured orkilled. Install a LATCH-type child

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

restraint properly using theanchors, or use the vehicle safetybelts to secure the restraint,following the instructions thatcame with the child restraint andthe instructions in this manual.

{ Warning

Do not attach more than one childrestraint to a single anchor.Attaching more than one childrestraint to a single anchor couldcause the anchor or attachmentto come loose or even breakduring a crash. A child or otherscould be injured. To reduce therisk of serious or fatal injuriesduring a crash, attach only onechild restraint per anchor.



{ Warning

Children can be seriously injuredor strangled if a shoulder belt iswrapped around their neck andthe safety belt continues totighten. Buckle any unused safetybelts behind the child restraint sochildren cannot reach them. Pullthe shoulder belt all the way outof the retractor to set the lock,if the vehicle has one, after thechild restraint has been installed.

{ Caution

Do not let the LATCHattachments rub against thevehicle’s safety belts. This maydamage these parts. If necessary,move buckled safety belts toavoid rubbing the LATCHattachments.

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

Do not fold the empty rear seatwith a safety belt buckled. Thiscould damage the safety belt orthe seat. Unbuckle and return thesafety belt to its stowed position,before folding the seat.

If you need to secure more than onechild restraint in the rear seat, seeWhere to Put the Restraint onpage 3-38.

This system is designed to makethe installation of child restraintseasier. When using lower anchors,do not use the vehicle's safety belts.Instead, use the vehicle's anchorsand child restraint attachments tosecure the restraints. Somerestraints also use another vehicleanchor to secure a top tether.

1. Attach and tighten the lowerattachments to the loweranchors. If the child restraintdoes not have lower

attachments or the desiredseating position does not havelower anchors, secure the childrestraint with the top tether andthe safety belts. Refer to yourchild restraint manufacturerinstructions and the instructionsin this manual.

1.1. Find the lower anchors forthe desired seatingposition.

1.2. Put the child restraint onthe seat.

When installing arear-facing child restraint, itmay be necessary to movethe front seat forward toproperly install the childrestraint per the childrestraint manufacturerguidelines. See Power SeatAdjustment on page 3-4.

1.3. Attach and tighten the lowerattachments on the childrestraint to the loweranchors.



2. If the child restraint manufacturerrecommends that the top tetherbe attached, attach and tightenthe top tether to the top tetheranchor, if equipped. Refer to thechild restraint instructions andthe following steps:

2.1. Find the top tether anchor.

Open the top tether anchorcover to expose the anchor.

2.2. Route, attach, and tightenthe top tether according toyour child restraintinstructions and thefollowing instructions:

If you are using a singletether in the rear outboardseating position, route thetether over the headrest.

If you are using a dualtether in the rear outboardseating position, route thetether around the headrest.

3. Before placing a child in thechild restraint, make sure it issecurely held in place. To check,grasp the child restraint at theLATCH path and attempt tomove it side to side and backand forth. There should be nomore than 2.5 cm (1 in) ofmovement for proper installation.

Replacing LATCH SystemParts After a Crash

{ Warning

A crash can damage the LATCHsystem in the vehicle. A damagedLATCH system may not properlysecure the child restraint,resulting in serious injury or evendeath in a crash. To help makesure the LATCH system isworking properly after a crash,see your dealer to have thesystem inspected and anynecessary replacements made assoon as possible.

If the vehicle has the LATCH systemand it was being used during acrash, new LATCH system partsmay be needed.

New parts and repairs may benecessary even if the LATCHsystem was not being used at thetime of the crash.



Securing Child Restraints(Rear Seat)When securing a child restraint in arear seating position, study theinstructions that came with the childrestraint to make sure it iscompatible with this vehicle.

If the child restraint has the LATCHsystem, see Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCHSystem) on page 3-39 for how andwhere to install the child restraintusing LATCH. If a child restraint issecured in the vehicle using asafety belt and it uses a top tether,see Lower Anchors and Tethers forChildren (LATCH System) onpage 3-39 for top tether anchorlocations.

Do not secure a child seat in aposition without a top tether anchorif a national or local law requiresthat the top tether be anchored, or ifthe instructions that come with thechild restraint say that the top strapmust be anchored.

In Canada, the law requires thatforward-facing child restraints havea top tether, and that the tether beattached.

If the child restraint does not havethe LATCH system, you will beusing the safety belt to secure thechild restraint in this position.Be sure to follow the instructionsthat came with the child restraint.Secure the child in the child restraintwhen and as the instructions say.

If more than one child restraintneeds to be installed in the rearseat, be sure to read Where to Putthe Restraint on page 3-38.

1. Put the child restraint onthe seat.

When installing a rear-facingchild restraint, it may benecessary to move the front seatforward to properly install thechild restraint per the childrestraint manufacturerinstructions. See Power SeatAdjustment on page 3-4.

2. Pick up the latch plate, and runthe lap and shoulder portions ofthe vehicle safety belt through oraround the restraint. The childrestraint instructions will showyou how.





4. Pull the shoulder belt all the wayout of the retractor to set thelock. When the retractor lock isset, the belt can be tightened butnot pulled out of the retractor.

5. To tighten the belt, push downon the child restraint, pull theshoulder portion of the belt totighten the lap portion of the belt,and feed the shoulder belt backinto the retractor. When installinga forward-facing child restraint, itmay be helpful to use your kneeto push down on the childrestraint as you tighten the belt.

Try to pull the belt out of theretractor to make sure theretractor is locked. If theretractor is not locked, repeatSteps 4 and 5.

6. If the child restraint has a toptether, follow the child restraintmanufacturer's instructionsregarding the use of the toptether. See Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCHSystem) on page 3-39 for moreinformation.

7. Before placing a child in thechild restraint, make sure it issecurely held in place. To check,grasp the child restraint at thesafety belt path and attempt tomove it side to side and backand forth. When the childrestraint is properly installed,there should be no more than2.5 cm (1 in) of movement.

To remove the child restraint,unbuckle the vehicle safety belt andlet it return to the stowed position.If the top tether is attached to a toptether anchor, disconnect it.



Securing Child Restraints(Front PassengerPosition)This vehicle has airbags. A rearseat is a safer place to secure aforward-facing child restraint. SeeWhere to Put the Restraint onpage 3-38.

In addition, the vehicle has apassenger sensing system which isdesigned to turn off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag under certainconditions. See Passenger SensingSystem on page 3-25 andPassenger Airbag Status Indicatoron page 5-16 for more information,including important safetyinformation.

Never put a rear-facing child seat inthe front. This is because the risk tothe rear-facing child is so great,if the airbag deploys.

{ Warning

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriously injuredor killed if the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag inflates.This is because the back of therear-facing child restraint wouldbe very close to the inflatingairbag. A child in a forward-facingchild restraint can be seriouslyinjured or killed if the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbaginflates and the passenger seat isin a forward position.

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger airbag(s), nosystem is fail-safe. No one canguarantee that an airbag will notinflate under some unusualcircumstance, even though theairbag(s) are off.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Secure rear-facing child restraintsin a rear seat, even if theairbag(s) are off. If you secure aforward-facing child restraint inthe front outboard passengerseat, always move the seat as farback as it will go. It is better tosecure the child restraint in arear seat.

See Passenger Sensing Systemon page 3-25 for additionalinformation.

If the child restraint has the LATCHsystem, see Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCHSystem) on page 3-39 for how andwhere to install the child restraintusing LATCH. If a child restraint issecured using a safety belt and ituses a top tether, see LowerAnchors and Tethers for Children(LATCH System) on page 3-39 fortop tether anchor locations.



Do not secure a child seat in aposition without a top tether anchorif a national or local law requiresthat the top tether be anchored, or ifthe instructions that come with thechild restraint say that the top strapmust be anchored.

In Canada, the law requires thatforward-facing child restraints havea top tether, and that the tether beattached.

You will be using the lap-shoulderbelt to secure the child restraint inthis position. Follow the instructionsthat came with the child restraint.

1. Move the seat rearward as farback as it will go and raise theseat upward as far up as it willgo, before securing theforward-facing child restraint.See Power Seat Adjustment onpage 3-4. Make sure theseatback is in the uprightposition. See RecliningSeatbacks on page 3-5.

When the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger frontalairbag and knee airbag, the offindicator on the passengerairbag status indicator shouldlight and stay lit when you startthe vehicle. See PassengerAirbag Status Indicator onpage 5-16.

2. Put the child restraint onthe seat.

3. Pick up the latch plate, and runthe lap and shoulder portions ofthe vehicle's safety belt throughor around the restraint. The childrestraint instructions will showyou how.





5. Pull the shoulder belt all the wayout of the retractor to set thelock. When the retractor lock isset, the belt can be tightened butnot pulled out of the retractor.

6. To tighten the belt, push downon the child restraint, pull theshoulder portion of the belt totighten the lap portion of the belt,and feed the shoulder belt backinto the retractor. When installinga forward-facing child restraint, itmay be helpful to use your kneeto push down on the childrestraint as you tighten the belt.

Try to pull the belt out of theretractor to make sure theretractor is locked. If theretractor is not locked, repeatSteps 5 and 6.

7. Before placing a child in thechild restraint, make sure it issecurely held in place. To check,grasp the child restraint at thesafety belt path and attempt tomove it side to side and backand forth. When the childrestraint is properly installed,there should be no more than2.5 cm (1 in) of movement.

If the airbags are off, the offindicator in the passenger airbagstatus indicator will come on andstay on when the vehicle is started.

If a child restraint has been installedand the on indicator is lit, see “If theOn Indicator Is Lit for a ChildRestraint ” under PassengerSensing System on page 3-25.

To remove the child restraint,unbuckle the vehicle safety belt andlet it return to the stowed position.Make sure the adjustable latch platestop is in a position where it sitsabove the door trim, when the belt isreturned to its stowed position.



2 NOTES


Storage 4-1

Storage

Storage CompartmentsStorage Compartments . . . . . . . 4-1Instrument Panel Storage . . . . . 4-1Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2Center Console Storage . . . . . . 4-2

StorageCompartments

{ Warning

Do not store heavy or sharpobjects in storage compartments.In a crash, these objects maycause the cover to open andcould result in injury.

Instrument Panel Storage

Touch the bottom of the climatecontrol system panel until the doorautomatically starts to open. Thereis a USB port inside. See theinfotainment manual.

Touch the bottom of the climatecontrol system again until the doorautomatically starts to close.

Keep the storage area closed whennot in use.

Glove Box

To open, press the button. Close theglove box manually.


4-2 Storage

Cupholders

Cupholders in the front centerconsole have a power retractablecover. Push the handle forward toexpress open. Pull the handlerearward to express close.

The power cover will operate whenthe vehicle is in ACC, RUN,or Retained Accessory Power (RAP)mode. The cover can opened orclosed manually by pushing orpulling the handle. See RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) onpage 9-19.

If any object is in the path of thepower cover when it is active, thecover will stop at the obstructionand auto-reverse to a presetposition. The cover will return tonormal operation after theobstruction is removed.

Push the handle to uncover the rearcupholders.

Center Console Storage

There is a storage area in front ofthe armrest. Press to release thecover.

Press the button on the driver sideof the armrest to access the storagearea beneath it. There are two USBports, an SD card reader, and anauxiliary jack inside.


Instruments and Controls 5-1

Instruments andControls

ControlsSteering Wheel Adjustment . . . 5-2Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . 5-2Heated Steering Wheel . . . . . . . 5-2Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3Pedestrian Safety Signal . . . . . . 5-3Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . 5-3Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6

Warning Lights, Gauges, andIndicatorsWarning Lights, Gauges, andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7

Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12Battery Gauge (HighVoltage) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12

Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13Driver Efficiency Gauge . . . . . . 5-13Power Indicator Gauge . . . . . . 5-14

Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . 5-14Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . 5-16Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16

Charging System Light(12-Volt Battery) . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17

MalfunctionIndicator Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17

Brake System WarningLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20

Electric Parking BrakeLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20

Service Electric Parking BrakeLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21

Antilock Brake System (ABS)Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21

Lane Departure Warning(LDW) Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22

Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . 5-22Traction Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22StabiliTrak® OFF Light . . . . . . . 5-22Traction Control System(TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light . . . . 5-23

Engine Coolant TemperatureWarning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23

Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . 5-24Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . 5-24Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . 5-25Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25

Vehicle Ready Light . . . . . . . . . 5-25High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . 5-25Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 5-26Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . 5-26Door Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26

Information DisplaysCenter Stack Display . . . . . . . . 5-27Power Flows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27Programmable Charging . . . . . 5-29Energy Information . . . . . . . . . . 5-37Driver InformationCenter (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-38

Vehicle MessagesVehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40Battery and ChargingMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-41

Brake System Messages . . . . 5-41Compass Messages . . . . . . . . . 5-42Cruise Control Messages . . . . 5-42Door Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . 5-43Drive Mode Messages . . . . . . . 5-43Electric Drive UnitMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-44

Engine Cooling SystemMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-44

Engine Oil Messages . . . . . . . . 5-44Fuel System Messages . . . . . . 5-44


5-2 Instruments and Controls

Key and Lock Messages . . . . . 5-45Lamp Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-46Object Detection SystemMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-46

Propulsion PowerMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-48

Ride Control SystemMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-48

Airbag System Messages . . . . 5-49Security Messages . . . . . . . . . . 5-49Service Vehicle Messages . . . 5-49Starting the VehicleMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-50

Tire Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-50Vehicle ReminderMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-51

Vehicle Speed Messages . . . . 5-51Washer Fluid Messages . . . . . 5-51Window Messages . . . . . . . . . . . 5-51

Vehicle PersonalizationVehicle Personalization . . . . . . 5-51

Universal Remote SystemUniversal Remote System . . . 5-59Universal Remote SystemProgramming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-59

Universal Remote SystemOperation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-62

Controls

Steering WheelAdjustment

Press the control to move the tiltand telescoping steering wheel upand down or forward and rearward.

Do not adjust the steering wheelwhile driving.

To set the power tilt wheel memoryposition, see Memory Seats onpage 3-6.

Steering Wheel ControlsThe infotainment system can beoperated by using the steeringwheel controls. See "SteeringWheel Controls" in the infotainmentmanual.

Heated Steering Wheel

( (Heated Steering Wheel): Pressto turn the heated steering wheel onor off. A light next to the buttondisplays when the feature isturned on.



The steering wheel takes aboutthree minutes to be fully heated.

Horn

Pressa on the steering wheel padto sound the horn.

The pedestrian safety signalprovides a momentary soft-notehorn sound. See Pedestrian SafetySignal on page 5-3.

Pedestrian Safety SignalYour vehicle is equipped with anautomatic sound generation and amanual alert.

The automatic sound is generatedto indicate the vehicle presence topedestrians. The sound changes ifthe vehicle is speeding up orslowing down. It is activated whenthe vehicle is shifted into a forwardgear or R (Reverse), up to 30 km/h(19 mph).

An alert can also be soundedmanually while driving, such as inparking lots. Use this feature to alertpeople who may not hear yourvehicle approaching.

At speeds less than 64 km/h(40 MPH), to manually sound thepedestrian safety signal:

1. Pull the turn signal lever all theway toward you momentarily.See Exterior Lamp Controls onpage 6-1 and Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer onpage 6-3. The high-beamheadlamps and indicator lightwill turn on, and a soft-note alertwill momentarily sound. Whenthe turn signal lever is released,the high-beam headlamps andindicator light will turn off.

2. Repeat for additional activationsof the pedestrian safety signal.

Windshield Wiper/Washer

With the ignition in ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/START,move the windshield wiper lever toselect the wiper speed.

HI: Use for fast wipes.

LO: Use for slow wipes.

INT (Rainsense Wipe SensitivityControl): Move the windshieldwiper lever to INT. Turn thex INTband on the wiper lever to adjust the



sensitivity. To turn the Rainsensefeature on or off, see “RainsenseWipers” under VehiclePersonalization on page 5-51.

When Rainsense is turned off, movethe lever up to INT for intermittentwipes, then turn thex INT bandup for more frequent wipes or downfor less frequent wipes.

If the windshield wipers are in usefor about six seconds while driving,the exterior lamps come onautomatically if the exterior lampcontrol is in AUTO. The transitiontime for the lamps coming on variesbased on wiper speed. See “LightsOn with Wipers” under AutomaticHeadlamp System on page 6-4.

OFF: Use to turn the wipers off.

1X (Mist): For a single wipe, brieflymove the wiper lever down. Forseveral wipes, hold the wiperlever down.

Clear snow and ice from the wiperblades and windshield before usingthem. If frozen to the windshield,

carefully loosen or thaw them.Damaged blades should bereplaced. See Wiper BladeReplacement on page 10-25.

Heavy snow or ice can overload thewiper motor.

Wiper Parking

If the ignition is put in OFF while thewipers are on LO, HI, or INT, theywill immediately stop.

If the windshield wiper lever is thenmoved to OFF before the driverdoor is opened or within 10 minutes,the wipers will restart and move tothe base of the windshield.

If the ignition is put in OFF while thewipers are performing wipes due towindshield washing or Rainsense,the wipers continue to run until theyreach the base of the windshield.

The wiper arms can be movedmanually when the ignition is off forreplacing or cleaning under theblades. The wiper arms will return totheir normal position when theignition is turned on.

Rainsense™

With Rainsense, a sensor near thetop center of the windshield detectsthe amount of water on thewindshield and controls thefrequency of the windshield wiper.

Keep this area of the windshieldclear of debris to allow for bestsystem performance.

INT (Rainsense Wipe SensitivityControl): Move the windshieldwiper lever to INT. Turn thex INTband on the wiper lever to adjust thesensitivity.

. Turn the band up for moresensitivity to moisture.

. Turn the band down for lesssensitivity to moisture.



. Move the windshield wiper leverout of the INT position todeactivate Rainsense.

This feature can be turned on or off,see “Rainsense Wipers” underVehicle Personalization onpage 5-51

Wiper Arm Assembly Protection

When using an automatic car wash,move the windshield wiper lever toOFF. This disables the automaticRainsense windshield wipers.

With Rainsense, if the electric driveunit is in N (Neutral) and the vehiclespeed is very slow, the wipers willautomatically stop at the base of thewindshield.

The wiper operations return tonormal when the electric drive unitis no longer in N (Neutral) or thevehicle speed has increased.

nL (Windshield Washer): Pullthe windshield wiper lever towardyou to spray windshield washer fluidand activate the wipers. The wiperswill continue until the lever is

released or the maximum wash timeis reached. When the windshieldwiper lever is released, additionalwipes may occur depending on howlong the windshield washer hadbeen activated. See Washer Fluidon page 10-19 for information onfilling the windshield washer fluidreservoir.

{ Warning

In freezing weather, do not usethe washer until the windshield iswarmed. Otherwise the washerfluid can form ice on thewindshield, blocking your vision.

CompassThe compass displays in the centerstack. The compass receives itsheading and other information fromthe Global PositioningSystem (GPS) antenna,StabiliTrak®, and vehicle speedinformation.

The compass system is designed tooperate for a certain number ofmiles or degrees of turn beforeneeding a signal from the GPSsatellites. When the compassdisplay shows CAL, drive thevehicle for a short distance in anopen area where it can receive aGPS signal. The compass systemwill automatically determine when aGPS signal is restored and providea heading again. See CompassMessages on page 5-42 for themessages that may be displayed forthe compass.

ClockThe infotainment system controlsare used to access the time anddate settings through the menusystem. See “Home Page” in theinfotainment manual for informationabout how to use the menu system.



Setting the Clock

Time

To set the time:

1. From the Home Page, press theSETTINGS screen button, thenpress Time and Date.

2. Press Set Time, then press + or− to increase or decrease hoursor minutes, and change AMor PM.

3. Press 12-24Hr for a 12 or24 hour clock.

4. Press [ Back to go back to theprevious menu.

Date

To set the date:

1. Press the SETTINGS screenbutton and press Time and Date.

2. Press Set Date and press + or −to increase or decrease month,day, or year.


Auto Set

When on, the time and date willautomatically update.

To set auto set:

1. Press the SETTINGS screenbutton, then press Timeand Date.

2. Press Set Time or Set Date.

3. Press Auto Set, then selectOn-Cell Network or Off-Manualto manually set the timeand date.


If auto timing is set, the timedisplayed on the clock may notupdate immediately when drivinginto a new time zone.

Clock Display

When on, the digital clock willdisplay on the infotainment screen.

To set the clock display:

1. Press the SETTINGS screenbutton and press Time and Date.

2. Press Clock Display, then selectOff or On.


Power OutletsThe accessory power outlets can beused to plug in electrical equipment,such as a cell phone or MP3 player.

The vehicle has two accessorypower outlets:. Inside the front center console.. Inside the center console bin

behind the shift lever.

Lift the cover to access theaccessory power outlet.

Certain accessory power plugs maynot be compatible with theaccessory power outlet and could



overload vehicle or adapter fuses.If a problem is experienced, seeyour dealer.

When adding electrical equipment,be sure to follow the properinstallation instructions included withthe equipment. See Add-OnElectrical Equipment on page 9-71.

{ Caution

Hanging heavy equipment fromthe power outlet can causedamage not covered by thevehicle warranty. The poweroutlets are designed foraccessory power plugs only, suchas cell phone charge cords.

Always unplug electrical equipmentwhen not in use and do not plug inequipment that exceeds themaximum 15 amps.

Warning Lights,Gauges, andIndicatorsWarning lights and gauges cansignal that something is wrongbefore it becomes serious enoughto cause an expensive repair orreplacement. Paying attention to thewarning lights and gauges couldprevent injury.

Warning lights come on when therecould be a problem with a vehiclefunction. Some warning lights comeon briefly when the engine is startedto indicate they are working.

Gauges can indicate when therecould be a problem with a vehiclefunction. Often gauges and warninglights work together to indicate aproblem with the vehicle.

When one of the warning lightscomes on and stays on whiledriving, or when one of the gaugesshows there may be a problem,check the section that explains what

to do. Follow this manual's advice.Waiting to do repairs can be costlyand even dangerous.

Instrument ClusterThe instrument cluster displays apreview of information that includeselectric range, charging, odometer,and battery status. This happensupon entry when the driver door isopened, and following the welcomeanimation, before starting thevehicle.

The CHARGING OVERRIDE/INTERRUPTION OCCURREDmessage may display on the lowerright of the screen to indicate that acharging override or interruption hasoccurred due to one or more of thefollowing events:. Override of the charge settings

by the owner using OnStar.. Unintended interruption of AC

power at the vehicle'scharge port.



. Interruption of charging by theutility company using OnStar asauthorized by the vehicle owner.

There are several screens that willdisplay depending on the currentcharging status.



English Cluster Shown, Metric Similar



Reconfigurable InstrumentCluster

There are four uplevel instrumentcluster display configurations tochoose from: Classic, Modern,Classic Enhanced, or ModernEnhanced.

Classic

Modern

Classic Enhanced

Modern Enhanced

Use the five-way control on the rightside of the steering wheel to movebetween the different display zonesand scroll through the differentdisplays.

To change the cluster configuration:

1. Press S to access the clusterapplications.

2. Usey orz to scroll throughthe list until Display Layout ishighlighted. Then press SEL toselect it.

3. Each layout in the menu isrepresented by a small previewimage of the display layout.Scroll up or down and highlight



the selection. Press SEL toselect the desired clusterconfiguration.

4. Exit the Display Layout menu bypressing S.

Cluster Menu

There is an interactive display areain the center of the instrumentcluster.

Use the right steering wheel controlto open and scroll through thedifferent items and displays.

Press S to access the cluster

applications. Usey orz to scrollthrough the list of applications.. Info. This is where you can view

the Driver Information Center(DIC) displays. See DriverInformation Center (DIC) onpage 5-38.

. Audio

. Phone

. Navigation

. Display Layout. See“Reconfigurable InstrumentCluster” earlier in this section.

. Settings

Audio

While the Audio application page isdisplayed, press T to enter theAudio menu. In the Audio menu,search for music or change theaudio source.

Phone

While the Phone application page isdisplayed, press T to enter thePhone menu. In the Phone menu,if there is no active phone call, viewrecent calls or scroll throughcontacts. If there is an active call,mute the phone or switch to handsetoperation.

Navigation

If there is no active route, acompass will be displayed. If thereis an active route, press T to endroute guidance or turn the voiceprompts on or off.

Settings

Press T to enter the Settings menu.

Usey orz to scroll through theitems in the Settings menu

Units: Press SEL while Units ishighlighted to enter the Unit menu.Choose US, Metric, or Imperial unitsby pressing SEL while the desired



item is highlighted. A checkmark willbe displayed next to theselected item.

Info Pages: Press SEL while InfoPages is highlighted to select theitems to be displayed in the DIC infodisplays. See Driver InformationCenter (DIC) on page 5-38.

Speed Warning: The SpeedWarning display allows the driver toset a speed that they do not want toexceed. To set the Speed Warning,press SEL when Speed Warning isdisplayed. Pressy orz to adjustthe value. Press SEL to set thespeed. Once the speed is set, thisfeature can be turned off bypressing SEL while viewing thispage. If the selected speed limit isexceeded, a pop-up warning isdisplayed with a chime.

Tutorial: Press SEL while Tutorialis highlighted to view the tutorialsthat explain some of the features ofthe instrument cluster. The tutorialsare only available when the vehicleis in P (Park).

Open Source Software: PressSEL while Open Source Software ishighlighted to display open sourcesoftware information.

SpeedometerThe speedometer shows thevehicle's speed in either kilometersper hour (km/h) or miles perhour (mph).

OdometerThe odometer shows how far thevehicle has been driven, in eitherkilometers or miles.

This vehicle has a tamper-resistantodometer. If the vehicle needs anew cluster installed, the newodometer is set to the mileage ofthe old odometer. If this is notpossible, it is set at zero and a labelis put on the driver door to show theold mileage reading.

Trip OdometerThe trip odometer can show how farthe vehicle has been driven sincethe trip odometer was last reset.

The trip odometer is accessed andreset through the Driver InformationCenter (DIC). See DriverInformation Center (DIC) onpage 5-38.

Battery Gauge (HighVoltage)



This gauge shows the high voltagebattery charge level.

The arrow next to the batterysymbol points to the side of thevehicle the charge port is on.

See Electric Mode on page 9-21.

Fuel Gauge

When the ignition is on, the fuelgauge indicates about how muchfuel is left in the tank.

There is an arrow near the fuelgauge pointing to the side of thevehicle the fuel door is on.

When the indicator nears empty, thelow fuel light comes on. There still isa little fuel left, but the vehicleshould be refueled soon.

Here are four things that someowners ask about. None of theseshow a problem with the fuel gauge:. At the service station, the fuel

pump shuts off before the gaugereads full.

. It takes a little more or less fuelto fill up than the gaugeindicated. For example, thegauge may have indicated thetank was half full, but it actuallytook a little more or less thanhalf the tank's capacity to fillthe tank.

. The gauge takes a few secondsto stabilize after the ignition isturned on, and goes back toempty when the ignition isturned off.

Driver Efficiency Gauge

This gauge appears on the left sideof the display in the ClassicEnhanced configuration.

This gauge is a guide to driving inan efficient manner by keeping themarker green and in the center ofthe gauge.

See Driving for Better EnergyEfficiency on page 9-2.



accel: If the leaf turns yellow andtravels above the center of thegauge, acceleration is tooaggressive to optimize efficiency.

brake: If the leaf turns yellow andtravels below the center of thegauge, braking is too aggressive tooptimize efficiency.

In the Modern displayconfigurations, the light ring in thecenter of the display acts as anefficiency gauge. It is green whendriving efficiently and turns yellowwhen acceleration or braking is tooaggressive.

Power Indicator Gauge

Battery Power

Total Power

The power gauge is on the rightside of the display in the ClassicEnhanced configuration and on bothright and left sides in the ModernEnhanced configuration.

The power gauge shows the powercoming from the engine and/orbattery. When the power indicator isgreen, battery power is beingregenerated. When the indicator isyellow, the vehicle is using power.

Safety Belt Reminders

Driver Safety Belt ReminderLight

There is a driver safety beltreminder light on the instrumentcluster.



When the vehicle is started, thislight flashes and a chime may comeon to remind the driver to fastentheir safety belt. Then the light stayson solid until the belt is buckled.This cycle may continue severaltimes if the driver remains orbecomes unbuckled while thevehicle is moving.

If the driver safety belt is alreadybuckled, neither the light nor thechime comes on.

Passenger Safety BeltReminder Light

There is a passenger safety beltreminder light near the passengerairbag status indicator. SeePassenger Sensing System onpage 3-25.

When the vehicle is started, thislight flashes and a chime may comeon to remind the front passenger tofasten their safety belt. Then thelight stays on solid until the belt isbuckled. This cycle may continueseveral times if the front passengerremains or becomes unbuckledwhile the vehicle is moving.

If the front passenger safety belt isbuckled, neither the chime nor thelight comes on.

The front passenger safety beltwarning light and chime may turn onif an object is put on the seat suchas a briefcase, handbag, grocerybag, laptop, or other electronicdevice. To turn off the warning lightand/or chime, remove the objectfrom the seat or buckle thesafety belt.

Second Row Passenger SafetyBelt Reminder Light

Second row seating positionsmonitored for safety belt use arerepresented by a colored symbol onthe instrument cluster indicatingsafety belt status.

When the vehicle is started, twosafety belt symbols come on andstay on for several seconds to alertthe driver that passengers mayneed to fasten their safety belts.After the passenger safety belt isbuckled, the corresponding safetybelt symbol in the instrument clusterturns green. If a safety belt is notinitially buckled, the instrumentcluster displays a gray safety beltsymbol.



While the vehicle is moving, if asecond row passenger who waspreviously buckled becomesunbuckled, the corresponding safetybelt symbol will change to flashingred for several seconds and a chimemay sound.

Airbag Readiness LightThis light shows if there is anelectrical problem with the airbagsystem. The system check includesthe airbag sensor(s), passengersensing system, the pretensioners,the airbag modules, the wiring, andthe crash sensing and diagnosticmodule. For more information on theairbag system, see Airbag Systemon page 3-19.

The airbag readiness light comes onfor several seconds when thevehicle is started. If the light doesnot come on then, have it fixedimmediately.

{ Warning

If the airbag readiness light stayson after the vehicle is started orcomes on while driving, it meansthe airbag system might not beworking properly. The airbags inthe vehicle might not inflate in acrash, or they could even inflatewithout a crash. To help avoidinjury, have the vehicle servicedright away.

If there is a problem with the airbagsystem, a Driver Information Center(DIC) message may also come on.See Airbag System Messages onpage 5-49.

Passenger Airbag StatusIndicatorThe vehicle has a passengersensing system. See PassengerSensing System on page 3-25 forimportant safety information. Thepassenger airbag status indicator isin the overhead console.

United States

Canada

When the vehicle is started, thepassenger airbag status indicatorwill light ON and OFF, or the symbolfor on and off, for several seconds



as a system check. Then, afterseveral more seconds, the statusindicator will light either ON or OFF,or the on or off symbol, to let youknow the status of the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag.

If the word ON or the on symbol islit on the passenger airbag statusindicator, it means that the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag are allowed toinflate.

If the word OFF or the off symbol islit on the airbag status indicator, itmeans that the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag.

If, after several seconds, both statusindicator lights remain on, or if thereare no lights at all, there may be aproblem with the lights or thepassenger sensing system. Seeyour dealer for service.

{ Warning

If the airbag readiness light evercomes on and stays on, it meansthat something may be wrongwith the airbag system. To helpavoid injury to yourself or others,have the vehicle serviced rightaway. See Airbag ReadinessLight on page 5-16 for moreinformation, including importantsafety information.

Charging System Light(12-Volt Battery)

The charging system light comes onbriefly when the vehicle is in ON/RUN, as a check to show the light isworking.

If the light stays on, or comes onwhile driving, there could be aproblem with the electrical chargingsystem. Have it checked by yourdealer. Driving while this light is oncould drain the 12‐volt battery.

If a short distance must be drivenwith the light on, be sure to turn offall accessories, such as the radio.

MalfunctionIndicator LampA computer system called OBD II(On-Board Diagnostics-SecondGeneration) monitors operation ofthe vehicle. It ensures thatemissions are at acceptable levelsfor the life of the vehicle, helping tomaintain a clean environment. Themalfunction indicator lamp comeson when the vehicle is placed inService Only Mode, as a check toshow it is working. If it does not,have the vehicle serviced by yourdealer. See Power Button onpage 9-16 for more information.



If the malfunction indicator lampcomes on, while the engine is inON/RUN, this indicates that theOBD II system has detected aproblem and diagnosis and servicemight be required.

Malfunctions often are indicated bythe system before any problem isapparent. Being aware of the lightcan prevent more serious damageto the vehicle. This system alsoassists the dealer technician incorrectly diagnosing anymalfunction.

{ Caution

If the vehicle is continually drivenwith this light on, the emissioncontrols might not work as well,

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

the vehicle fuel economy mightnot be as good, and the enginemight not run as smoothly. Thiscould lead to costly repairs thatmight not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

{ Caution

Modifications made to the engine,electric drive unit, exhaust, intake,or fuel system of the vehicle orthe replacement of the originaltires with other than those of thesame Tire Performance Criteria(TPC) can affect the vehicleemission controls and can causethis light to come on.Modifications to these systemscould lead to costly repairs notcovered by the vehicle warranty.This could also result in a failure

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

to pass a required EmissionInspection/Maintenance test. SeeAccessories and Modifications onpage 10-2.

This light comes on during amalfunction in one of two ways:

Light Flashing: A misfire conditionhas been detected. A misfireincreases vehicle emissions andcould damage the emission controlsystem on the vehicle. Diagnosisand service might be required.

The following can prevent moreserious damage to the vehicle:. Reduce vehicle speed.. Avoid hard accelerations.. Avoid steep uphill grades.

If the light continues to flash, find asafe place to stop and park thevehicle. Turn the vehicle off andwait at least 10 seconds beforedriving the vehicle again. If the light



begins to flash again, follow theprevious steps and see your dealerfor service as soon as possible.

Light On Steady: An emissioncontrol system malfunction hasbeen detected on the vehicle.Diagnosis and service might berequired.

The following may correct anemission control systemmalfunction:. Check that the fuel cap is fully

installed. The diagnostic systemcan determine if the fuel cap hasbeen left off or improperlyinstalled. A loose or missing fuelcap allows fuel to evaporate intothe atmosphere. A few drivingtrips with the cap properlyinstalled should turn the light off.

. Check that good quality fuel isused. Poor fuel quality causesthe engine not to run asefficiently as designed and maycause stalling after start-up ormisfiring. These conditions mightgo away once the engine iswarmed up.

If one or more of theseconditions occurs, change thefuel brand used. It may requireat least one full tank of theproper fuel to turn the light off.

If none of the above have made thelight turn off, your dealer can checkthe vehicle. The dealer has theproper test equipment anddiagnostic tools to fix anymechanical or electrical problemsthat might have developed.

Emissions Inspection andMaintenance Programs

Depending on where you live, yourvehicle may be required toparticipate in an emission controlsystem inspection and maintenanceprogram. For the inspection, the

emission system test equipment willlikely connect to the vehicle's DataLink Connector (DLC).

The DLC is under the instrumentpanel to the left of the steeringwheel. See your dealer if assistanceis needed.

The vehicle may not passinspection if:. The malfunction indicator lamp is

on while the vehicle is in ON/RUN, or if the vehicle is placedin Service Only Mode and themalfunction indicator lamp doesnot come on. See your dealer forassistance in verifying properoperation of the malfunctionindicator lamp.



. The OBD II (On-BoardDiagnostics) system determinesthat critical emission controlsystems have not beencompletely diagnosed by thesystem. If this were to occur, thevehicle would be considered notready for inspection. This canhappen if the 12-volt battery hasrecently been replaced orrun down.

The diagnostic system isdesigned to evaluate criticalemission control systems duringnormal driving. This can takeseveral days of driving. If thishas been done and the vehiclestill does not pass the inspectionfor lack of OBD II systemreadiness, your dealer canprepare the vehicle forinspection.

Brake System WarningLightThe vehicle brake system consistsof two hydraulic circuits. If onecircuit is not working, the remainingcircuit can still work to stop thevehicle. For normal brakingperformance, both circuits need tobe working.

If the warning light comes on, thereis a brake problem. Have the brakesystem inspected right away.

Metric English

This light comes on briefly when thevehicle is turned on. If it does notcome on then, have it fixed so it willbe ready to warn if there is aproblem.

If the light comes on and stays on,there is a base brake problem.

{ Warning

The brake system might not beworking properly if the brakesystem warning light is on.Driving with the brake systemwarning light on can lead to acrash. If the light is still on afterthe vehicle has been pulled offthe road and carefully stopped,have the vehicle towed forservice.

Electric Parking BrakeLight

Metric English

This light comes on when theparking brake is applied. If the lightcontinues flashing after the parking



brake is released, or while driving,there is a problem with the ElectricParking Brake system or anothersystem. A message may alsodisplay in the Driver InformationCenter (DIC). See Brake SystemMessages on page 5-41.

If the light does not come on,or remains flashing, see your dealer.

Service Electric ParkingBrake Light

If this light comes on and stays on,there is a problem with a system onthe vehicle that is causing theparking brake system to work at areduced level. The vehicle can stillbe driven, but should be taken to adealer as soon as possible. SeeElectric Parking Brake on

page 9-30. If a message displays inthe Driver Information Center (DIC),see Brake System Messages onpage 5-41.

Antilock Brake System(ABS) Warning Light

This light comes on briefly when theengine is started.

If the light does not come on, have itfixed so it will be ready to warn ifthere is a problem.

If the ABS light stays on, turn theignition off.

If the light comes on while driving,stop as soon as it is safely possibleand turn off the vehicle. Then startthe engine again to reset thesystem. If the ABS light stays on,

or comes on again while driving, thevehicle needs service. A chime mayalso sound when the light comes onsteady.

If the ABS light is the only light on,the vehicle has regular brakes, butthe antilock brakes are notfunctioning.

If both the ABS and the brakesystem warning light are on, thevehicle's antilock brakes are notfunctioning and there is a problemwith the regular brakes. See yourdealer for service.

See Brake System Warning Light onpage 5-20 and Brake SystemMessages on page 5-41.



Lane Departure Warning(LDW) Light

This light comes on green when thesystem is on and ready to operate.When the system determines thatthe vehicle is leaving its lanewithout using the turn signal in thatdirection, this light will change toamber and flash.

See Lane Departure Warning (LDW)on page 9-56.

Vehicle Ahead Indicator

If equipped, this light displays greenwhen a vehicle is detected ahead.

This light will display amber whenyou are following a vehicle aheadmuch too closely.

See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System on page 9-50.

Traction Off Light

This light comes on briefly whilestarting the engine. If it does not,have the vehicle serviced by yourdealer. If the system is workingnormally, the indicator light thenturns off. For vehicles with areconfigurable cluster, this light is inthe display area and it may notcome on when the ignition isturned on.

The traction off light comes on whenthe Traction Control System (TCS)has been turned off by pressing andreleasing the TCS/StabiliTrakbutton.

This light and the StabiliTrak OFFlight come on when StabiliTrak isturned off.

If the TCS is off, wheel spin is notlimited. Adjust driving accordingly.


StabiliTrak® OFF Light

This light comes on briefly whilestarting the engine. If it does not,have the vehicle serviced by yourdealer.



This light comes on when theStabiliTrak system is turned off.If StabiliTrak is off, the TractionControl System (TCS) is also off.

If the StabiliTrak and TCS are off,the system does not assist incontrolling the vehicle. Turn on theTCS and the StabiliTrak systemsand the warning light turns off.


Traction Control System(TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light

This light comes on briefly when theengine is started.

If the light does not come on, havethe vehicle serviced by your dealer.If the system is working normally,the indicator light turns off.

If the light is on and not flashing, theTCS and potentially the StabiliTraksystem have been disabled. A DICmessage may display. Check theDIC messages to determine whichfeature(s) is no longer functioningand whether the vehicle requiresservice.

If the indicator/warning light is onand flashing, the TCS and/or theStabiliTrak system is activelyworking.


Engine CoolantTemperature WarningLight

On some vehicles this light comeson briefly while starting the vehicle.If it does not, have the vehicleserviced by the dealer. If the systemis working normally the indicatorlight goes off. For vehicles with thereconfigurable cluster, this light maynot come on when starting thevehicle.

{ Caution

The engine coolant temperaturewarning light indicates that thevehicle has overheated. Driving

(Continued)



Caution (Continued)

with this light on can damage theengine and it may not be coveredby the vehicle warranty. SeeEngine Overheating onpage 10-19.

The engine coolant temperaturewarning light comes on when theengine has overheated.

If this happens pull over and turn offthe engine as soon as possible. SeeEngine Overheating on page 10-19.

Tire Pressure Light

For vehicles with the Tire PressureMonitor System (TPMS), this lightcomes on briefly when the engine isstarted. It provides informationabout tire pressures and the TPMS.

When the Light Is On Steady

This indicates that one or more ofthe tires are significantlyunderinflated.

A Driver Information Center (DIC)tire pressure message may alsodisplay. See Tire Messages onpage 5-50. Stop as soon aspossible, and inflate the tires to thepressure value shown on the Tireand Loading Information label. SeeTire Pressure on page 10-48.

When the Light Flashes First andThen Is On Steady

If the light flashes for about a minuteand then stays on, there may be aproblem with the TPMS. If theproblem is not corrected, the lightwill come on at every ignition cycle.See Tire Pressure MonitorOperation on page 10-50.

Engine Oil Pressure Light

{ Caution

Lack of proper engine oilmaintenance can damage theengine. Driving with the engineoil low can also damage theengine. The repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.Check the oil level as soon aspossible. Add oil if required, but ifthe oil level is within the operatingrange and the oil pressure is stilllow, have the vehicle serviced.Always follow the maintenanceschedule for changing engine oil.



This light should come on briefly asthe engine is started. If it does notcome on, have the vehicle servicedby your dealer.

If the light comes on and stays on, itmeans that oil is not flowing throughthe engine properly. The vehiclecould be low on oil and might havesome other system problem. Seeyour dealer.

Low Fuel Warning Light

This light is near the fuel gauge andcomes on briefly when the ignition isturned on as a check to show it isworking.

It also comes on when the fuel tankis low on fuel. The light turns offwhen fuel is added. If it does not,have the vehicle serviced.

Security Light

On some vehicles the immobilizerlight should come on briefly as theengine is started. If it does not comeon, have the vehicle serviced byyour dealer. If the system is workingnormally, the indicator light turns off.For vehicles with the reconfigurablecluster, this light may not come onwhen the engine is started.

If the light stays on and the enginedoes not start, there could be aproblem with the theft-deterrentsystem. See Immobilizer Operationon page 2-16.

Vehicle Ready Light

The vehicle ready light comes onwhenever the vehicle is ready to bedriven.

High-Beam On Light

This light comes on when thehigh-beam headlamps are in use.

See Headlamp High/Low-BeamChanger on page 6-3.



IntelliBeam® Light

This light comes on when theIntelliBeam system, if equipped, isenabled.

See Exterior Lamp Controls onpage 6-1.

Lamps On Reminder

This light comes on when theexterior lamps are in use. SeeExterior Lamp Controls on page 6-1.

Cruise Control Light

The cruise control light is whitewhen the cruise control is on andready, and turns green when thecruise control is set and active.

See Cruise Control on page 9-36.

Adaptive Cruise Control Light

This light is white when the AdaptiveCruise Control (ACC, if equipped) ison and ready, and turns green when

the ACC is set and active. SeeAdaptive Cruise Control onpage 9-39.

Door Ajar Light

This light comes on, when a door isopen or not securely latched.



Information Displays

Center Stack DisplayThe center stack screen displaysCharging, Power Flow, and EnergyInformation. See the information thatfollows.

Climate Control, Infotainment, andVehicle Personalization informationalso displays in this screen. Formore information on thesesystems, see:. Dual Automatic Climate Control

System on page 8-1.. The infotainment manual.. Vehicle Personalization on

page 5-51.

The center stack controls only needa light touch to operate and workbest with bare hands. The controlswill work with most gloves althoughthey may take longer to respond.Use the finger pad rather than the

finger tip to minimize response time.If the controls are not responding,remove the gloves.

To view the Power Flow, Charging,and Energy Information, press the[ button on the infotainmentdisplay.

Power FlowsTo view the Power Flow screens,press the[ button on theinfotainment display and then pressthe Power Flow button at the bottomof the touch screen. The PowerFlow screens indicate the currentsystem operating condition. Thescreens show the energy flowbetween the engine, electric driveunit, and high voltage battery. Thesecomponents will be highlightedwhen they are active.

Battery Power - Battery is activewith energy flowing to the wheels.

Battery Power - Vehicle is stationaryin electric mode and no power isflowing to the wheels.



Engine Power - Engine is activewith energy flowing to the wheels.

Engine Power - Vehicle is stationaryin extended range mode and nopower is flowing to the wheels.

Engine and Battery Power - Boththe engine and battery are activewith energy flowing to the wheels.

Engine and Regen Power Recovery- Engine is active. Power from thewheels returns to the battery duringregenerative braking or coasting.

Regen Power Recovery - Powerfrom the wheels returns to thebattery during regenerative brakingor coasting.

Power Off - No power is flowing tothe wheels.



Programmable ChargingImportant Information AboutPortable Electric Vehicle Charging. Charging an electric vehicle can







{ Warning





(Continued)

Warning (Continued)



Programmable Charge Modes

This vehicle has threeprogrammable charge modes. Toview the current charge mode statusin the center stack display, press the[ button in the infotainmentdisplay and then press the Chargingbutton at the bottom of the touchscreen.

The Charge Start and ChargeComplete time estimates are alsodisplayed on the screen. Theseestimates are most accurate whenthe vehicle is plugged in and inmoderate temperature conditions.Also, to get an accurate timeestimate, the vehicle uses an



internal clock for programmablecharging, not the clock in the centerstack.

Charge Mode Status

Immediately: The vehicle startscharging as soon as it is connectedto an electrical outlet. See Plug-InCharging on page 9-58.

Delayed Departure Time: Thevehicle estimates the charging starttime considering the programmeddeparture time for the current day ofthe week. Charging begins at thestart time and is complete by thedeparture time only if sufficient timeis allowed after the charge cord isplugged in.

Delayed Rate and DepartureTime: The vehicle estimates thecharging start time based on theutility rate schedule, utility ratepreference, and the programmeddeparture time for the current day ofthe week. The vehicle will chargeduring the least expensive rateperiods to achieve a full battery

charge by the departure time.Electrical rate information from theutility company for the charginglocation is required for this mode.

Also, if the selected electric ratesettings result in a very long chargecompletion time, the vehicle willstart charging immediately uponplug-in. For example, if the electricrate table is set up with all “Peak”rates and the rate preference is tocharge during “Off-Peak” rates only,then the vehicle will start chargingimmediately upon plug-in.


The Charge Level Preferencesetting allows the customer to selecttheir vehicle’s charge level so itmatches the capability of theircharging location. If the vehicleconsistently stops charging afterplugging in, or if a circuit breakercontinues to trip, reducing to a lowerCharge Level Preference mayresolve the issue.



The Charge Level Preferenceshould be configured to match theelectrical current rating for theelectrical outlet that the charge cordis connected to. The Charge LevelPreference settings are:. Maximum: Limits AC current to

12 amps. Reduced: Limits AC current to

8 amps

Exact current levels may vary fromthe values shown in this manual.Please check the vehicle for thecurrent available levels.

The Charge Level Preferencesetting can be changed at any timewhile the center stack display isoperable.

For some vehicles, the ChargeLevel Preference must be updatedprior to the vehicle being chargedand the Charge Level Preferencewill reset to a default value when thevehicle is shifted from P (Park).

{ Warning


Charge Mode Selection

From the Charge Mode Statusscreen, press ChangeCharge Mode.

Select one option:. Immediately upon plug in.. Delayed based on

departure time.. Delayed based on electric rates

and departure time.

Departure Time Entry

From the Delayed Charge ModeStatus screen, press Edit to changethe departure time for each day ofthe week to match your personalschedule.



1. Press the day to change.

2. Press + or − to change the hoursand minutes.

3. Press + or − to change AMor PM.

4. Press Back to store changesand return to the previousscreen.

Charge Rate Information

From the Delayed Rate andDeparture Time Charge ModeStatus screen, press Charge RateInformation.

Select one of the following:. Electric Rate Schedule.. Charge Rate Preference.

Charge Rate Preference Selection

From the Charge Rate Informationscreen, press Charge RatePreference.

Press one of the following options toselect the Charge Rate Preference:. Charge during Peak, Mid-Peak,

and Off-Peak Rates: The vehiclecan charge during any rateperiod to satisfy the nextplanned departure time.However, it will select when tocharge to minimize the total costof the charge.

. Charge during Mid-Peak andOff-Peak Rates: The vehicle willcharge during Off-Peak and/orMid-Peak rate periods only andwill select when to charge tominimize the total cost of thecharge.

. Charge during Off-Peak Rates:The vehicle will only chargeduring Off-Peak rate periods.

Charging begins at the start timeand is complete by the departuretime only if sufficient time is allowedafter the charge cord is plugged in.For example, if the vehicle isplugged in for only one hour prior tothe departure time, and the battery



is completely discharged, thevehicle will not be fully charged bythe departure time regardless of therate selection.

Also, if the selected electric ratesettings result in a very long chargecompletion time, the vehicle willstart charging immediately uponplug-in. For example, if the electricrate table is set up with all “Peak”rates and the rate preference is tocharge during “Off-Peak” rates only,then the vehicle will start chargingimmediately upon plug-in.

Electric Rate Plan Selection

Electric rates, or cost per unit, mayvary based on time, weekday/weekend, and season. During theday when the demand for electricityis high, the rates are usually higherand called Peak rates. At nightwhen the demand for electricity islow, the rates are usually lower andcalled Off-Peak rates. In someareas, a Mid-Peak rate is offered.

Contact the utility company to obtainthe rate schedule for your area. Thesummer and winter start dates mustbe established to use a summer/winter schedule.

From the Charge Rate Informationscreen, press Electric RateSchedule button.

To edit the Summer/WinterSchedule:

1. Select Summer/Winter for theRate Schedule Type.

2. Press Edit Electric RateSchedule.

To edit the Yearly Schedule:

1. Select Yearly for the RateSchedule Type.

2. Press Edit Electric RateSchedule.

Summer/Winter Schedule StartDate Entering

From the Edit Electric RateSchedule screen, press EditSummer/Winter Start Dates.



1. Press Summer.

2. Press + or − to set the monthand day for the start of summer.

3. Press Winter.

4. Press + or − to set the monthand day for the start of winter.

5. Press Edit Summer Schedule orEdit Winter Schedule to edit thedaily electric rate schedule.

Electric Rate Schedule Editing

From the Edit Electric RateSchedule screen, select WeekdaySchedule or Weekend Schedule.

1. Press Weekday or Weekend.

2. Select the row to be changed.. Weekdays are Monday

through Friday and use thesame rate schedule.

. Weekends are Saturdayand Sunday and use thesame rate schedule.

Both weekday and weekendschedules must be set. The rateschedule only applies for a 24-hourperiod, starting at 12:00 AM andending at 12:00 AM. There can befive rate changes for each day; notall must be used.

The finish times must beconsecutive. If a finish time does notfollow a start time, the error

message displays “An invalid entrywas found in the data entered.Please re-enter data.”

Electric Rate Finish Time Editing

From the Edit (Summer, Winter,or Yearly) Electric Rate Schedulescreen, press Edit next to the row tochange.

1. Press + or − to adjust the time.

2. Press Off-Peak, Mid-Peak,or Peak to select theelectric rate.

3. Press the Save button to storechanges.



Only the finish time can be edited.The start time is automaticallypopulated in the rate table.

Electric Rate Schedule Viewing

From the Select Electric Rate Planscreen, press View (Summer,Winter, or Yearly) Schedule.

Temporary Charge ModeOverride and Cancel

Programmed Delayed ChargeModes can be temporarilyoverridden to an Immediate ChargeMode for one charge cycle. Also,the next planned departure time canbe temporarily overridden for onecharge cycle. In addition to thein-vehicle overrides via the centerstack, there are other ways totemporarily override a DelayedCharge Mode. See Plug-In Chargingon page 9-58.

Temporary Override of a DelayedCharge Mode

To temporarily override a DelayedCharge Mode to Immediate ChargeMode from inside the vehicle:

1. Press Temporary OverrideOptions on the main chargingscreen.

2. Press Charge Immediately atPlug-In to temporarily override toan Immediate Charge Mode.

The Temporary Charge Mode Statusscreen will automatically display therevised charge complete time.

To cancel the temporary override toImmediate, press Cancel TemporaryOverride Setting on the TemporaryOverride Options screen. Or, fromthe main charging screen, press theX will be on the far right side of theCharge Mode button.

Temporary Override of the NextPlanned Departure Time

To temporarily override the NextPlanned Departure Time from insidethe vehicle:

1. Press Temporary OverrideOptions on the main chargingscreen.



2. Press Next Departure Time.

3. Press the + or – button tochange the NextDeparture Time.

4. Press SAVE to confirm atemporary override of the NextPlanned Departure Time.

The Temporary Charge Mode Statusscreen will automatically display therevised charge complete time.

The Temporary Departure Time canonly be updated for the same dayas the original Next PlannedDeparture Time. Also, the vehiclewill not accept a TemporaryDeparture Time that is before thepresent time of day.

To cancel the temporary override ofthe Next Planned Departure Time:. From the Temporary Override

Options screen, press theCancel Temporary OverrideSetting button.

. From the main charging screen,press the X on the right side ofthe respective override text.When you override to animmediate charge mode, the Xwill be on the far right side of theCharge Mode button. When youoverride the departure time ofeither delayed charge mode, theX will be on the far right side ofthe Next Planned Departurebutton.

Charging Override/InterruptionPop-Up



The Charging Override/Interruptionpop-up will appear if any of thefollowing conditions occur:. The charging settings have been

modified via OnStar through thewebsite or the Mobile App. Forexample, the Departure TimeTables, the Rate Tables, or theCharge Mode were updatedusing the customer website(available in select regions).

. There was an unintended loss ofAC power during the plug-incharge event. For example,there was a power outage or thecharge cord was unplugged fromthe wall.

. The charge process wasinterrupted by the utilitycompany via OnStar asauthorized by the vehicle owner(available in select regions).

See Utility Interruption of Chargingon page 9-65.

Programmable ChargingDisabled

When the Programmable Chargingsystem is disabled, the DefaultCharge Mode Status screen and thepop-up will display “- -:- -” for theCharge Complete Time. TheProgrammable Charging system willbe disabled if the Charge CompleteTime cannot be confidentlyestimated. If the ProgrammableCharging system is consistentlydisabled, see your dealer for details.

Energy InformationTo view the Energy Usage andEnergy Efficiency, press the[button on the infotainment displayand then press the INFO button atthe bottom of the touch screen.

Energy Usage

The Energy Usage screen displaysinformation for the total of all drivecycles since the last time the highvoltage battery was fully charged.This includes distance traveled inElectric Mode, distance traveled inExtended Range Mode, totaldistance traveled, electric energyused from the battery, total fuelused, and average fuel economy.



There are maximum limits to someof the values that can be displayed.When these values are replacedwith dashes, the value limits havebeen reached. To reset thesevalues, the high voltage battery willneed to be fully recharged. Thecircle graph also representsthe percentage of distance traveledusing Electric Mode versusExtended Range Mode. TheLifetime Fuel Economy is a totalover the life of the vehicle and canonly be reset by the dealer. TheEnergy Usage information will alsoappear automatically on power offwhen Retained Accessory Power isactive. This automatic pop-up canbe disabled through vehiclepersonalization. See “EnergySummary Pop-up” under VehiclePersonalization on page 5-51.

Driver InformationCenter (DIC)The DIC is displayed in theinstrument cluster. It shows thestatus of many vehicle systems.

y orz : Move SEL up or down togo to the previous or next selection.

S or T : Press to move betweenthe interactive display zones in thecluster. Press S to go back to theprevious menu.

SEL (Select): Press to open amenu or select a menu item. Pressand hold to reset values on certainscreens.

DIC Information DisplayOptions

The info displays on the DIC can beturned on or off through theSettings menu.

1. Press SEL while viewing theSettings page in one of theinteractive display zones on thecluster.

2. Scroll to Info Pages andpress SEL.

3. Pressy orz to move throughthe list of possible info displays.

4. Press SEL while an item ishighlighted to select or deselectthat item. When an item isselected, a checkmark willappear next to it.

DIC Information Displays

The following is the list of allpossible DIC information displays.Some of the information displaysmay not be available for yourparticular vehicle.



Trip A or Trip B and Average FuelEconomy: The Trip display showsthe current distance traveled, ineither kilometers (km) or miles (mi),since the trip odometer was lastreset. The trip odometer can bereset by pressing and holding SELwhile this display is active.

The Average Fuel Economy displayshows the approximate averageliters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km)or miles per gallon (mpg). Thisnumber is calculated based on thenumber of L/100 km (mpg) recordedsince the last time this menu itemwas reset. The Average FuelEconomy can be reset along withthe trip odometer by pressing andholding SEL while this display isactive.

Compass and Speed: Shows thedirection the vehicle is driving andthe vehicle speed in eitherkilometers per hour (km/h) or milesper hour (mph).

Total Range: Shows the remainingdistance the vehicle can be drivencombining the electric range andfuel range.

Oil Life: The Oil Life display showsan estimate of the oil's remaininguseful life. If REMAINING OIL LIFE99% is displayed, that means 99%of the current oil life remains.

When the remaining oil life is low,the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOONmessage will appear on the display.See Engine Oil Messages onpage 5-44. The oil should bechanged as soon as possible. SeeEngine Oil on page 10-9. In additionto the engine oil life systemmonitoring the oil life, additionalmaintenance is recommended. SeeMaintenance Schedule onpage 11-2.

Remember, the Oil Life display mustbe reset after each oil change. It willnot reset itself. Also, be careful notto reset the Oil Life displayaccidentally at any time other thanwhen the oil has just been changed.

It cannot be reset accurately untilthe next oil change. To reset theengine oil life system, press andhold SEL for several seconds whilethe Oil Life display is active. SeeEngine Oil Life System onpage 10-12.

Tire Pressure: Shows theapproximate pressures of all fourtires. Tire pressure is displayed ineither kilopascal (kPa) or in poundsper square inch (psi). If the pressureis low, the value for that tire isshown in amber. See Tire PressureMonitor System on page 10-49 andTire Pressure Monitor Operation onpage 10-50.

Average Speed: Shows theaverage speed of the vehicle inkilometers per hour (km/h) or milesper hour (mph). This average iscalculated based on the variousvehicle speeds recorded since thelast reset of this value. The averagespeed can be reset by pressing andholding SEL while this display isactive.



Timer: This display can be used asa timer. To start the timer, press SELwhile this display is active. Thedisplay will show the amount of timethat has passed since the timer waslast reset. To stop the timer, pressSEL briefly while this display isactive and the timer is running. Toreset the timer to zero, press andhold SEL while this display is active.

Speed Limit: Shows the currentspeed limit. The information for thispage comes from a roadwaydatabase.

Follow Distance Indicator: WhenAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) isnot engaged, the current follow timeto the vehicle ahead is displayed asa time value on this page. WhenACC has been engaged, the displayswitches to the gap setting page.This page shows the current gapsetting along with the vehicle aheadtelltale.

Coolant Temperature: Shows theengine coolant temperature in eitherdegrees Celsius (°C) or degreesFahrenheit (°F).

Blank Page: The Blank Pagedisplay allows for no information tobe displayed in the cluster infodisplay areas.

Vehicle MessagesMessages displayed on the DICindicate the status of the vehicle orsome action that may be needed tocorrect a condition. Multiplemessages may display one after theother.

The messages that do not requireimmediate action can beacknowledged and cleared bypressing SEL. The messages thatrequire immediate action cannot becleared until that action isperformed. All messages should betaken seriously and clearing themessages does not correct theproblem.

The following are some of thevehicle messages that may bedisplayed depending on the vehiclecontent.



Battery and ChargingMessages

BATTERY SAVER ACTIVE

This message displays when thevehicle has detected that the 12-voltbattery voltage has dropped andvehicle features are being disabled.The 12-volt battery saver systemstarts reducing certain featurestrying to save the charge of the12-volt battery. Turn off unnecessaryfeatures to allow the battery torecharge.

BATTERY TOO COLD, PLUG INTO WARM

This message displays duringextremely cold temperatures, whenthe vehicle will not start until thehigh voltage battery is warmenough.

Plug the vehicle in and make surethe vehicle is off to allow thecharging system to warm the highvoltage battery, then the vehicle canbe started.

CHARGE CORD CONNECTED

This message displays when thecharge cord is connected to thevehicle. The vehicle cannot beshifted out of P (Park) with thecharge cord connected.

CHARGE DOOR OPEN

This message displays when thecharge door is open and the vehicleis shifted out of P (Park). Thecharge door should be kept fullyclosed when the vehicle is notcharging.

LOW BATTERY

This message displays when the12-volt battery voltage is low. SeeBattery on page 10-23.

SERVICE BATTERYCHARGING SYSTEM

This message displays when thereis a fault in the 12-volt batterycharging system. Take the vehicle toyour dealer for service.

SERVICE HIGH VOLTAGECHARGING SYSTEM

This message displays when thereis a problem with the high voltagecharging system. See your dealerfor service.

Brake System Messages

BRAKE FLUID LOW

This message is displayed when thebrake fluid level is low. See BrakeFluid on page 10-21.

STEP ON BRAKE TORELEASE PARK BRAKE

This message is displayed if youattempt to release the ElectricParking Brake without the brakepedal applied. See Electric ParkingBrake on page 9-30.

RELEASE PARKING BRAKE

This message is displayed if theElectric Parking Brake is on whilethe vehicle is in motion. See ElectricParking Brake on page 9-30.



SERVICE BRAKE ASSIST

This message may be displayedwhen there is a problem with thebrake boost assist system. Thebrake boost assist motor may beheard and brake pedal pulsationmay be felt. This is normal underthese conditions. Take the vehicle toyour dealer for service.

SERVICE PARKING BRAKE

This message is displayed whenthere is a problem with the parkingbrake. Take the vehicle to yourdealer for service.

Compass MessagesDashes may be displayed if thevehicle temporarily losescommunication with the GlobalPositioning System (GPS).

Cruise Control Messages

ADAPTIVE CRUISE SETTO XXX

This message displays when theAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)speed is set. See Adaptive CruiseControl on page 9-39.

ADAPTIVE CRUISETEMPORARILY UNAVAILABLE

This message displays whenattempting to activate AdaptiveCruise Control (ACC) when it istemporarily unavailable. The ACCsystem does not need service.

This can occur under the followingconditions:. Cruise is turned on when the

vehicle is stopped.. The radar cannot see objects

well. See next message.

FRONT RADAR BLOCKED,CLEAN FRONT VEHICLE

This message can occur under thefollowing conditions:. The radar is not clean. Keep the

radar sensors free of mud, dirt,snow, ice, and slush. Clean theentire front and/or rear of thevehicle. For cleaninginstructions, see Exterior Careon page 10-80.

. Heavy rain or snow is interferingwith the radar object detection orcamera performance.

CRUISE SET TO XXX

This message displays when thecruise control speed is set. SeeCruise Control on page 9-36.

NO CRUISE BRAKING GASPEDAL APPLIED

This message displays whenAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) isactive and the driver is pressing the



gas pedal. When this occurs, ACCwill not brake. See Adaptive CruiseControl on page 9-39.

SERVICE ADAPTIVE CRUISECONTROL

If this message displays, take thevehicle to your dealer to repair thesystem. Adaptive Cruise Control(ACC), Forward Collision Alert(FCA), and/or the Active EmergencyBraking System may not work. Donot use these systems until thevehicle has been repaired.

SHIFT TO PARK BEFOREEXITING

This message may display ifAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) isengaged holding the vehicle at astop, and the driver attempts to exitthe vehicle. Put the vehicle inP (Park) before exiting.

Door Ajar Messages

DOOR OPEN

A door open symbol will bedisplayed on the DIC showing whichdoor is open. If the vehicle has beenshifted out of P (Park), a DOOROPEN message will also bedisplayed. The DOOR OPENmessage may also be displayed ifthe vehicle starts to move. Close thedoor completely.

HOOD OPEN

This message will display along witha hood open symbol when the hoodis open. Close the hood completely.

TRUNK OPEN

This message will display along witha symbol when the trunk is open.Close the trunk completely.

Drive Mode Messages

HOLD MODE NOT AVAILABLE

This message displays when inHold Mode and the mode becomesunavailable. See “Hold Mode” underDriver Selected Operating Modes onpage 9-22.

MOUNTAIN MODE NOTAVAILABLE

This message displays when inMountain Mode and the modebecomes unavailable. See“Mountain Mode” under DriverSelected Operating Modes onpage 9-22.

SPORT MODE NOTAVAILABLE

This message displays when inSport Mode and the mode becomesunavailable. See “Sport Mode”under Driver Selected OperatingModes on page 9-22.



Electric Drive UnitMessages

SHIFT TO PARK

This message displays when thevehicle should be shifted toP (Park). This may appear whenattempting to turn off the vehiclewhen it is not in P (Park).

Engine Cooling SystemMessages

ENGINE OVERHEATED —REDUCE SPEED

This message displays when theengine coolant temperature orengine oil is too hot. Reduce speedand allow the vehicle to cool down.

ENGINE OVERHEATED —TURN VEHICLE OFF

This message displays and acontinuous chime sounds if theengine cooling system reachesunsafe temperatures for operation.Stop and turn off the vehicle as

soon as it is safe to do so to avoidsevere damage. This messageclears when the engine has cooledto a safe operating temperature.

Engine Oil Messages

CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON

This message displays when theengine oil needs to be changed.When you change the engine oil, besure to reset the oil life system. SeeEngine Oil Life System onpage 10-12, Driver InformationCenter (DIC) on page 5-38, EngineOil on page 10-9, and MaintenanceSchedule on page 11-2.

ENGINE OIL HOT, IDLEENGINE

This message displays when theengine oil temperature is too hot.Stop and allow the vehicle to idleuntil it cools down.

ENGINE OIL LOW — ADD OIL

On some vehicles, this messagedisplays when the engine oil levelmay be too low. Check the oil levelbefore filling to the recommendedlevel. If the oil is not low and thismessage remains on, take thevehicle to your dealer for service.See Engine Oil on page 10-9.

OIL PRESSURE LOW — STOPENGINE

This message displays if low oilpressure levels occur. Stop thevehicle as soon as safely possibleand do not operate it until the causeof the low oil pressure has beencorrected. Check the oil as soon aspossible and have the vehicleserviced by your dealer.

Fuel System Messages

CLOSE FUEL DOOR

This message displays when thefuel door is open and the vehicle ismoving.



ENGINE NOT AVAILABLEADD FUEL

This message displays when theengine is not available due torunning out of fuel. The vehicle cancontinue to be driven in ElectricMode until the battery is depleted,but will have reduced acceleration.When this message is displayed,refuel the vehicle. See Out of Fuel/Engine Unavailable on page 9-24.

FUEL LEVEL LOW

This message displays when thevehicle is low on fuel. Refuel assoon as possible.

READY TO REFUEL

This message displays when thefuel system is depressurized andthe vehicle can be refueled.

TIGHTEN GAS CAP

This message displays when thefuel cap is not on tight. Tighten thefuel cap.

WAIT TO REFUEL

This message displays when thefuel system is pressurized and youmust to wait to refuel the vehicle.

Key and Lock Messages

NO REMOTE DETECTED

This message displays when thetransmitter battery may be weak.See “Starting the Vehicle with a LowTransmitter Battery” under RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation on page 2-2.

NO REMOTE KEY WASDETECTED PLACE KEY INTRANSMITTER POCKET THENSTART YOUR VEHICLE

This message displays when tryingto start the vehicle if an RKEtransmitter is not detected. Thetransmitter battery may be weak.See “Starting the Vehicle with a LowTransmitter Battery” under RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation on page 2-2.

NO REMOTE PRESS BRAKETO RESTART

This message displays whenattempting to turn off the vehicleand the RKE transmitter is no longerdetected. Restarting is allowedwithout the RKE transmitter forfive minutes. Press the brake pedalto restart the vehicle.

NUMBER OF KEYSPROGRAMMED

This message displays whenprogramming new keys to thevehicle.

REMOTE LEFT IN VEHICLE

This message displays whenleaving the vehicle with the RKEtransmitter still inside.

REPLACE BATTERY INREMOTE KEY

This message displays when thebattery in the RKE transmitter needsto be replaced.



Lamp Messages

AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROLON/OFF

This message is displayed when theautomatic light control has beenturned on or off. See AutomaticHeadlamp System on page 6-4.

XX TURN INDICATOR FAILURE

When one of the turn signals is out,this message displays to showwhich bulb needs to be replaced.See Bulb Replacement onpage 10-27 and Replacement Bulbson page 10-28.

TURN SIGNAL ON

This message is displayed if theturn signal has been left on. Turn offthe turn signal.

Object Detection SystemMessages

AUTOMATIC COLLISIONPREP OFF

This message displays when theActive Emergency Braking Systemhas been turned off. See ActiveEmergency Braking System onpage 9-53.

AUTOMATIC COLLISION PREPREDUCED

This message displays when theActive Emergency Braking Systemhas been set to the Alert setting.This setting disables most automaticbraking functions of the AutoCollision Preparation feature. Somelast-second automatic brakingcapability is still provided with theAlert setting, but braking is lesslikely to occur. See ActiveEmergency Braking System onpage 9-53.

AUTOMATIC COLLISION PREPUNAVAILABLE

This message displays when theActive Emergency Braking Systemhas been unavailable for some time.The Active Emergency BrakingSystem does not need service.

This can occur under the followingconditions:. The radar is not clean. Keep the

radar sensors free of mud, dirt,snow, ice, and slush. Clean theentire front and/or rear of thevehicle. For cleaninginstructions, see Exterior Careon page 10-80.

. Heavy rain or snow is interferingwith the radar object detection orcamera performance.

This message may also bedisplayed if there is a problem withthe StabiliTrak system.



FORWARD COLLISIONALERT OFF

This message displays when theForward Collision Alert has beenturned off.

FRONT CAMERA BLOCKEDCLEAN WINDSHIELD

This message displays when thecamera is blocked. Cleaning theoutside of the windshield behind therearview mirror may correct theissue. The Lane Departure Warningsystem will not operate. AdaptiveCruise Control (ACC), ForwardCollision Alert (FCA), and the ActiveEmergency Braking System may notwork or may not work as well.

LANE DEPARTURE WARNINGUNAVAILABLE

This message displays whenattempting to activate the LaneDeparture Warning (LDW) systemwhen it is temporarily unavailable.The LDW system does not needservice.

This message could be due to thecamera being blocked. Cleaning theoutside of the windshield behind therearview mirror may correct theissue.

PARK ASSIST OFF

This message displays when theParking Assist system has beenturned off or when there is atemporary condition causing thesystem to be disabled.

SERVICE AUTOMATICCOLLISION PREP

If this message displays, take thevehicle to your dealer to repair thesystem.

SERVICE DRIVER ASSISTSYSTEM

If this message displays, take thevehicle to your dealer to repair thesystem.

Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC),Forward Collision Alert (FCA),Active Emergency Braking System,Assistance Systems for Parking or

Backing, and/or Lane DepartureWarning (LDW) system may notwork. Do not use these systemsuntil the vehicle has been repaired.

SERVICE FRONT CAMERA

If this message remains on aftercontinued driving, the vehicle needsservice. Do not use the LaneDeparture Warning (LDW) andForward Collision Alert (FCA)features. Take the vehicle to yourdealer.

SERVICE PARK ASSIST

This message displays if there is aproblem with the Parking Assistsystem. Do not use this system tohelp you park. See your dealer forservice.

SERVICE SIDE DETECTIONSYSTEM

If this message remains on aftercontinued driving, the vehicle needsservice. Side Blind Zone Alert



(SBZA) and Rear Cross Traffic Alert(RCTA) features will not work. Takethe vehicle to your dealer.

SIDE BLIND ZONE ALERT OFF

This message indicates that thedriver has turned the Side BlindZone Alert (SBZA) system off.

SIDE DETECTION SYSTEMUNAVAILABLE

This message indicates that SideBlind Zone Alert (SBZA) and RearCross Traffic Alert (RCTA) aredisabled either because the sensoris blocked and cannot detectvehicles in the blind zone, or thevehicle is passing through an openarea, such as the desert, wherethere is insufficient data foroperation. This message may alsoactivate during heavy rain or due toroad spray. The vehicle does notneed service. For cleaning, see"Washing the Vehicle" underExterior Care on page 10-80.

Propulsion PowerMessages

PROPULSION POWER ISREDUCED

This message displays when thepropulsion power is reduced andcan affect the ability to accelerate.If this message is on, but there is noreduction in performance, proceedto your destination. Theperformance may be reduced thenext time the vehicle is driven. Thevehicle may be driven at a reducedspeed while this message is on, butmaximum acceleration and speedmay be reduced. If this messagestays on when the malfunctionindicator lamp is on, the vehicleshould be taken to your dealer forservice as soon as possible.

This message can display whendriving in mountainous terrainwithout using Mountain Mode or bynot entering Mountain Mode soonenough to build a sufficient batterycharge reserve before climbing

steep grades. This is normaloperation to protect the high voltagebattery. Only if both thePROPULSION POWER ISREDUCED message and themalfunction indicator lamp are onshould the vehicle be taken to thedealer for service.

While climbing the grade with thismessage displayed, the vehiclespeed may be reduced until theengine can recover the battery stateof charge to a normal level. See“Mountain Mode” under DriverSelected Operating Modes onpage 9-22.

Ride Control SystemMessages

SERVICE STABILITRAK

This message displays if there is aproblem with the StabiliTrak®

system. If this message appears, tryto reset the system. Stop; turn offthe engine for at least 15 seconds;then start the engine again. If thismessage still comes on, it means



there is a problem. See your dealerfor service. The vehicle is safe todrive, however, you do not have thebenefit of StabiliTrak, so reduceyour speed and drive accordingly.

SERVICE TRACTIONCONTROL

This message displays when thereis a problem with the TractionControl System (TCS). When thismessage is displayed, the systemwill not limit wheel spin. Adjust yourdriving accordingly. See your dealerfor service. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control onpage 9-33 for more information.

TRACTION CONTROL OFF

This message displays when theTraction Control System (TCS) isturned off. Adjust your drivingaccordingly. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control onpage 9-33.

TRACTION CONTROL ON

This message displays when theTraction Control System (TCS) isturned on. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control onpage 9-33. This message clearsitself after 10 seconds.

Airbag System Messages

SERVICE AIRBAG

This message displays if there is aproblem with the airbag system.Take the vehicle to your dealer forservice.

Security Messages

THEFT ATTEMPTED

This message displays if the vehicledetects a tamper condition.

Service Vehicle Messages

ENGINE MAINTENANCE XXX%COMPLETE

This message displays when theEngine Maintenance Mode isrunning. See “Engine MaintenanceMode” under Maintenance Modeson page 9-25.

ENGINE NOT AVAILABLESERVICE SOON

This message displays when theengine is not available due to amalfunction that will not allow theengine to start. The vehicle cancontinue to be driven in ElectricMode until the battery is depleted,but will have reduced acceleration.When this message is displayed,the vehicle should be taken to yourdealer for service as soon aspossible. See Out of Fuel/EngineUnavailable on page 9-24.



SERVICE AC SYSTEM

This message displays if there is aproblem with the air conditioningsystem. Take the vehicle to yourdealer for service.

SERVICE HEATER SOON

This message displays if there is aproblem with the heater system.Take the vehicle to your dealer forservice.

SERVICE POWER STEERING

This message displays if there is aproblem with the power steeringsystem. Take the vehicle to yourdealer for service.

SERVICE VEHICLE SOON

This message displays if there is aproblem with the vehicle. Take thevehicle to your dealer for service.Depending on the severity of acrash, this message may come onalong with the airbag readinesslight.

Starting the VehicleMessages

PRESS BRAKE TO STARTVEHICLE

This message is displayed whenattempting to start the vehiclewithout first pressing the brakepedal.

SERVICE KEYLESS STARTSYSTEM

This message is displayed if there isa problem with the pushbutton startsystem. Take the vehicle to yourdealer for service.

Tire Messages

SERVICE TIRE MONITORSYSTEM

This message displays if there is aproblem with the Tire PressureMonitor System (TPMS). See TirePressure Monitor Operation onpage 10-50.

TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE

This message displays when thesystem is learning new tires. SeeTire Pressure Monitor Operation onpage 10-50.

TIRE LOW ADD AIR TO TIRE

This message displays when thepressure in one or more of the tiresis low.

This message also displays LEFTFRONT, RIGHT FRONT, LEFTREAR, or RIGHT REAR to indicatethe location of the low tire.

The low tire pressure warning lightwill also come on. See TirePressure Light on page 5-24.

If a tire pressure message appearson the DIC, stop as soon as youcan. Inflate the tires by adding airuntil the tire pressure is equal to thevalues shown on the Tire andLoading Information label. See Tireson page 10-42, Vehicle Load Limitson page 9-12, and Tire Pressure onpage 10-48.



You can receive more than one tirepressure message at a time. TheDIC also shows the tire pressurevalues. See Driver InformationCenter (DIC) on page 5-38.

Vehicle ReminderMessages

ICE POSSIBLE DRIVEWITH CARE

This message displays when iceconditions are possible.

Vehicle Speed Messages

SELECTED SPEED LIMITEXCEEDED

This message is displayed when thevehicle speed is greater than the setspeed. See "Speed Warning" underInstrument Cluster on page 5-7.

Washer Fluid Messages

WASHER FLUID LOW ADDFLUID

This message may display when thewasher fluid level is low. SeeWasher Fluid on page 10-19.

Window Messages

OPEN, THEN CLOSE DRIVER/PASSENGER WINDOW

This message is displayed when thewindow needs to be reprogrammed.If the vehicle's battery has beenrecharged or disconnected, you willneed to program each front windowfor the express-up feature to work.See Power Windows on page 2-19.

VehiclePersonalizationUse the audio system controls toaccess the personalization menusfor customizing vehicle features.

The following are all possiblepersonalization features. Dependingon the vehicle, some may not beavailable.

Infotainment System AudioSystem Controls

To access the personalizationmenus:

1. Press SETTINGS on the HomePage on the infotainment systemdisplay.

2. Press the desired feature todisplay a list of availableoptions.

3. Press to select the desiredoption setting.

4. Press the [ Back screen buttonto return to the previous menu.



Personalization Menus

The following list of menu items maybe available:. Time and Date. Language [Language]. Valet Mode. Radio. Vehicle. Bluetooth. Voice. Display. Rear Camera. Return to Factory Settings. Software Information

Each menu is detailed in thefollowing information.

Time and Date

Manually set the time and date. SeeClock on page 5-5.

Language [Language]

Select Language, then select fromthe available language(s).

Valet Mode

This will lock the infotainmentsystem, the infotainment controls,the storage area behind the radio,glove box and trunk.

To turn Valet Mode on and off, entera four-digit code on the keypad.Press Enter to go to theconfirmation screen. Re-enter thefour-digit code. Press LOCK to lockthe system. Enter the four-digit codeto unlock the system. Press theBack screen button to go back tothe previous menu.

Radio

Press to display the Radio menuand the following may display:. Manage Favorites. Number of Favorites Shown. Auto Volume. Maximum Startup Volume

. Audio Cue Volume

Manage Favorites

This allows favorites to be edited.See “Manage Favorites” in“Settings” under “Radio” in theinfotainment manual.

Number of Favorites Shown

Press to set the number of favoritesto display.

Select the desired number or selectAuto and the infotainment systemwill automatically adjust the numberof favorites shown.

Auto Volume

This feature adjusts the volumebased on vehicle speed andambient noise.

Select Off, Low, Medium-Low,Medium, Medium-High, or High.

Maximum Startup Volume

This feature sets the maximumstartup volume. If the vehicle isstarted and the volume is greaterthan this level, the volume is



adjusted to this level. To set themaximum startup volume, press +or − to increase or decrease.

Audio Cue Volume

This feature sets the volume ofaudio files played at system startupand shutdown.

Select On, then press + or − toincrease or decrease the volume.

Vehicle

Select and the following maydisplay:. Climate and Air Quality. Collision/Detection Systems. Comfort and Convenience. Energy. Lighting. Power Door Locks. Remote Lock, Unlock, Start

Climate and Air Quality

Select and the following maydisplay:. Auto Fan Max Speed. Auto Heated Seats. Auto Defog. Engine Assisted Heating

Plugged-In

Auto Fan Max Speed

This feature will set the maximumauto fan speed.

Select Low, Medium, or High.

Auto Heated Seats

When enabled, the auto heated seatbuttons on the touch screen will behighlighted. This feature willautomatically activate heated seatsat the level required by the interiortemperature. The auto heated seatscan be turned off by using theheated seat buttons on the centerstack.

Select Off or On.

Auto Defog

When set to On, the front defog willautomatically come on when thevehicle is started.

Select Off or On.

Engine Assisted HeatingPlugged-In

During remote start, this featureturns on or off the ability for theengine to run to help heat thevehicle when it is plugged in.A change in setting will not takeaffect until after the vehicle is firstpowered down.

Select Off or On.

Collision/Detection Systems

Select and the following maydisplay:. Alert Type. Auto Collision Preparation. Go Notifier. Side Blind Zone Alert. Rear Cross Traffic Alert



Alert Type

This feature will set crash alerts tobeeps or seat vibrations. Thissetting affects all crash alertsincluding Forward Collision, LaneDeparture Warning, and ParkingAssist alerts.

Select Beeps or Safety Alert Seat.

Auto Collision Preparation

This feature will turn on or off theForward Collision Alert feature aswell as the Automatic Brakingcapability of the Auto CollisionPreparation feature. With the Alert &Brake setting, both ForwardCollision Alert as well as theAutomatic Braking capability of theAuto Collision Preparation featureare available. The Alert settingdisables most automatic brakingfunctions of the Auto CollisionPreparation feature. Somelast-second automatic brakingcapability is still provided with theAlert setting, but it is much lesslikely to be triggered by most drivingconditions. Off disables all Forward

Collision Alert and AutomaticBraking capabilities of the AutoCollision Preparation feature. SeeActive Emergency Braking Systemon page 9-53.

Press Auto Collision Preparation.Press to select Off, Alert & Brake,or Alert.

Go Notifier

This feature will give a reminder thatAdaptive Cruise Control provideswhen it has brought the vehicle to acomplete stop behind anotherstopping vehicle, and then thatvehicle drives on.

Press Go Notifier. Press to selectOff or On. See Adaptive CruiseControl on page 9-39.

Side Blind Zone Alert

This allows the Side Blind ZoneAlert feature to be turned on or off.

Press Side Blind Zone Alert. Pressto select Off or On. See Side BlindZone Alert (SBZA) on page 9-54.

Rear Cross Traffic Alert

This allows the Rear Cross TrafficAlert to be turned on or off.

Select to turn Off or On. SeeAssistance Systems for Parking orBacking on page 9-47.

Comfort and Convenience

Select and the following maydisplay:. Auto Memory Recall. Easy Exit Options. Chime Volume. Reverse Tilt Mirror. Rainsense Wipers

Auto Memory Recall

This feature automatically recallsthe current driver’s previously stored1 or 2 button positions whenentering the vehicle. See MemorySeats on page 3-6.

Select Off, On - Driver Door Open,or On - At ignition On.



Easy Exit Options

This feature automatically recallsthe current driver’s previously storedEXIT button position when exitingthe vehicle. See Memory Seats onpage 3-6.

Select Off or On.

Chime Volume

This allows the selection of thechime volume level.

Press + or − to adjust the volume.

Reverse Tilt Mirror

This allows the feature to be turnedon or off.

Select Off, On - Driver andPassenger, On - Driver, orOn - Passenger.

Rainsense Wipers


Select Off or On.

Energy

Select and the following maydisplay:. Energy Summary Pop-up. Charge Status Feedback. Charge Cord Theft Alert. Charge Power Loss Alert

Energy Summary Pop-up


Select Off or On.

Charge Status Feedback

This allows the horn chirp andoutside rear view mirror chargestatus feedback to be turned onor off.

Select Off or Horn Chirps.



Select Off or On.

Charge Power Loss Alert


Select Off or On.

Lighting

Select and the following maydisplay:. Vehicle Locator Lights. Exit Lighting. Auto High Beam

Vehicle Locator Lights

This feature will flash the exteriorlamps when K on the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) transmitter ispressed to locate the vehicle.

Select Off or On.

Exit Lighting

This allows the selection of howlong the exterior lamps stay onwhen leaving the vehicle when it isdark outside.



Select Off, 30 Seconds, 60Seconds, or 120 Seconds.

Auto High Beam


Select Off or On.

Power Door Locks

Select and the following maydisplay:. Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout. Auto Door Unlock. Delayed Door Lock

Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout

When on, this feature will keep thedriver door from locking when thedoor is open. If Off is selected, theDelayed Door Lock menu will beavailable.

Select Off or On.

Auto Door Unlock

This allows selection of which of thedoors will automatically unlock whenthe vehicle is shifted into P (Park).

Select Off, All Doors, or Driver Door.

Delayed Door Lock

When on, this feature will delay thelocking of the doors. To override thedelay, press the power door lockswitch on the door.

Select Off or On.

Remote Lock, Unlock, Start

Select and the following maydisplay:. Remote Unlock Light Feedback. Remote Lock Feedback. Remote Door Unlock. Remote Start Auto Heat Seats. Passive Door Unlock. Passive Door Lock. Remote Left in Vehicle Alert

Remote Unlock Light Feedback

When on, the exterior lamps willflash when unlocking the vehiclewith the RKE transmitter.

Select Off or Flash Lights.

Remote Lock Feedback

This allows selection of what type offeedback is given when locking thevehicle with the RKE transmitter.

Select Off, Lights and Horn, LightsOnly, or Horn Only.

Remote Door Unlock

This allows selection of which doorswill unlock when pressing K on theRKE transmitter.

Select All Doors or Driver Door.

Remote Start Auto Heat Seats

If equipped and turned on, thisfeature will turn the heated seats onwhen using remote start oncold days.

Select Off or On.



Passive Door Unlock

This allows the selection of whatdoors will unlock when using thedoor handle touch pad button on thedriver door to unlock the vehicle.

Select All Doors or Driver Door.

Passive Door Lock

This allows passive locking to beturned on or off and selectsfeedback. See “Passive Locking” inRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation on page 2-2.

Select Off, On with HornChirp, or On.

Remote Left in Vehicle Alert

This feature sounds an alert whenthe RKE transmitter is left in thevehicle.

Select Off or On.

Bluetooth

Select and the following maydisplay:. Pair New Device. Device Management. Ringtones. Voice Mail Numbers

Pair New Device

Select to pair a new device. See“Pairing” in “Infotainment Controls”under “Bluetooth” in the infotainmentmanual.

Device Management

Select to connect to a differentphone source, disconnect a phone,or delete a phone.

Ringtones

Press to change the ring tone forthe specific phone. The phone doesnot need to be connected to changethe ring tone.

Voice Mail Numbers

This feature displays the voice mailnumber for all connected phones.To change the voice mail number,select EDIT or pressing the EDITbutton and typing in a new number,then select SAVE or press theSAVE button.

Voice

Select and the following maydisplay:. Confidence Threshold. Prompt Length. Audio Feedback Speed

Confidence Threshold

This feature allows the adjustmentof the sensitivity of the speechrecognition system.

Select Confirm More orConfirm Less.



Prompt Length

This feature adjusts the voiceprompt length.

Select Short or Long.

Audio Feedback Speed

This feature adjusts the audiofeedback speed.

Select Slow, Medium, or Fast.

Display

Select and the following maydisplay:. Mode. Proximity Sensing. Calibrate Touchscreen. Turn Display Off

Mode

Select to change the display screenfor day or night driving.

Select Auto, Day, or Night.

Proximity Sensing

When on, certain screen buttonsand features will become visiblewhen a hand approaches thescreen.

Select Off, On, or On - Map Only.

Calibrate Touchscreen

Select to calibrate the touchscreen,then follow the prompts.

Turn Display Off

Select to turn the display off. Pressanywhere on the display area or anyfaceplate button to turn thedisplay on.

Rear Camera

Select and the following may bedisplay:. Guidance Lines. Rear Cross Traffic Alert. Rear Park Assist Symbols

Guidance Lines


Rear Cross Traffic Alert

This allows the Rear Cross TrafficAlert to be turned on or off.


Rear Park Assist Symbols


Return to Factory Settings

Select and the following maydisplay:. Restore Vehicle Settings. Clear All Private Data. Restore Radio Settings



Restore Vehicle Settings

This allows selection of restoringvehicle settings.

Select Restore or Cancel.

Clear All Private Data

This allows selection to clear allprivate information from the vehicle.

Select Delete or Cancel.

Restore Radio Settings

This allows selection to restoreradio settings.

Select Restore or Cancel.

Software Information

Select to view the infotainmentsystem current software information.

Universal RemoteSystemSee Radio Frequency Statement onpage 13-15.

Universal Remote SystemProgramming

If equipped, these buttons are in theoverhead console.

This system can replace up to threeremote control transmitters used toactivate devices such as garagedoor openers, security systems, and

home automation devices. Theseinstructions refer to a garage dooropener, but can be used for otherdevices.

Do not use the Universal Remotesystem with any garage door openerthat does not have the stop andreverse feature. This includes anygarage door opener modelmanufactured before April 1, 1982.

Read these instructions completelybefore programming the UniversalRemote system. It may help to haveanother person assist with theprogramming process.

Keep the original hand-heldtransmitter for use in other vehiclesas well as for future programming.Erase the programming whenvehicle ownership is terminated.See “Erasing Universal RemoteSystem Buttons” later in thissection.



To program a garage door opener,park outside directly in line with andfacing the garage door openerreceiver. Clear all people andobjects near the garage door.

Make sure the hand-held transmitterhas a new battery for quick andaccurate transmission of theradio-frequency signal.

Programming the UniversalRemote System

For questions or help programmingthe Universal Remote system, call1-800-355-3515 or seewww.homelink.com.

Programming involvestime-sensitive actions, and may timeout causing the procedure to berepeated.

To program up to three devices:

1. Hold the end of the hand-heldtransmitter about 3 to 8 cm (1 to3 in) away from the UniversalRemote system buttons with theindicator light in view. The

hand-held transmitter wassupplied by the manufacturer ofthe garage door opener receiver.

2. At the same time, press andhold both the hand-heldtransmitter button and one of thethree Universal Remote systembuttons to be used to operatethe garage door. Do not releaseeither button until the indicatorlight changes from a slow to arapid flash. Then release bothbuttons.

Some garage door openers mayrequire substitution of Step 2with the procedure under in“Radio Signals for Canada andSome Gate Operators” later inthis section.

3. Press and hold the newlyprogrammed Universal Remotesystem button for five secondswhile watching the indicator lightand garage door activation.. If the indicator light stays on

continuously or the garagedoor moves when the

button is pressed, thenprogramming is complete.There is no need tocomplete Steps 4–6.

. If the indicator light doesnot come on or the garagedoor does not move, asecond button press maybe required. For a secondtime, press and hold thenewly programmed buttonfor five seconds. If the lightstays on or the garage doormoves, programming iscomplete.

. If the indicator light blinksrapidly for two seconds,then changes to a solid lightand the garage door doesnot move, continue withprogramming Steps 4–6.



Learn or Smart Button

4. After completing Steps 1–3,locate the Learn or Smart buttoninside the garage on the garagedoor opener receiver. The nameand color of the button may varyby manufacturer.

5. Press and release the Learn orSmart button. Step 6 must becompleted within 30 seconds ofpressing this button.

6. Inside the vehicle, press andhold the newly programmedUniversal Remote system buttonfor two seconds and thenrelease it. If the garage doordoes not move or the lamp onthe garage door opener receiver

does not flash, press and holdthe same button a second timefor two seconds, then release it.Again, if the door does not moveor the garage door lamp doesnot flash, press and hold thesame button a third time fortwo seconds, then release it.

The Universal Remote systemshould now activate thegarage door.

Repeat the process forprogramming the two remainingbuttons.

Radio Signals for Canada andSome Gate Operators

For questions or programming helpcall 1-800-355-3515 or seewww.homelink.com.

Canadian radio-frequency laws andsome U.S. gate operators requiretransmitter signals to time out or quitafter several seconds oftransmission. This may not be long

enough for the Universal Remotesystem to pick up the signal duringprogramming.

If the programming did not work,replace Step 2 under “Programmingthe Universal Remote System” withthe following:

Press and hold the UniversalRemote system button whilepressing and releasing thehand-held transmitter button everytwo seconds until the signal hasbeen successfully accepted by theUniversal Remote system. TheUniversal Remote system indicatorlight will flash slowly at first and thenrapidly. Proceed with Step 3 under“Programming the Universal RemoteSystem” to complete.



Universal Remote SystemOperation

Using the Universal RemoteSystem

Press and hold the appropriateUniversal Remote system button forat least one-half second. Theindicator light will come on while thesignal is being transmitted.

Erasing Universal RemoteSystem Buttons

Erase all programmed buttons whenvehicle ownership is terminated.

To erase:

1. Press and hold the two outsidebuttons until the indicator lightbegins to flash. This should takeabout 10 seconds.

2. Release both buttons.

Reprogramming a SingleUniversal Remote SystemButton

To reprogram any of the systembuttons:

1. Press and hold any one of thebuttons. Do not release thebutton.

2. The indicator light will begin toflash after 20 seconds. Withoutreleasing the button, proceedwith Step 1 under “Programmingthe Universal Remote System.”


Lighting 6-1

Lighting

Exterior LightingExterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . 6-1Exterior Lamps OffReminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3

Headlamp High/Low-BeamChanger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3

Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3Daytime RunningLamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4

Automatic HeadlampSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4

Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 6-5Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5

Interior LightingInstrument Panel IlluminationControl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6

Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7

Lighting FeaturesEntry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8Battery Power Protection . . . . . . 6-8Exterior Lighting BatterySaver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8

Exterior Lighting

Exterior Lamp Controls

The exterior lamp control is on theturn signal lever.

Turn the control to the followingpositions:

O (Off): Turns off the exteriorlamps. The knob returns to theAUTO position after it is released.Turn to O again to reactivate theAUTO mode.

In Canada, the headlamps willautomatically reactivate when thevehicle is shifted out of P (Park).


6-2 Lighting

AUTO (Automatic): Automaticallyturns the exterior lamps on and off,depending on outside lighting.

; (Parking Lamps): Turns on theparking lamps including all lamps,except the headlamps.

2 (Headlamps): Turns on theheadlamps together with the parkinglamps and instrument panel lights.

IntelliBeam® System

If equipped, this system turns thevehicle's high-beam headlamps onand off according to surroundingtraffic conditions.

The system turns the high-beamheadlamps on when it is darkenough and there is no other trafficpresent.

This light comes on in theinstrument cluster when theIntelliBeam system is enabled.

Turning On and EnablingIntelliBeam

To enable the IntelliBeam system,with the turn signal lever in theneutral position, turn the exteriorlamp control to AUTO. The bluehigh-beam on light appears on theinstrument cluster when the highbeams are on.

Driving with IntelliBeam

The system only activates the highbeams when driving over 40 km/h(25 mph).

There is a sensor near the topcenter of the windshield thatautomatically controls the system.Keep this area of the windshieldclear of debris to allow for bestsystem performance.

The high-beam headlamps remainon, under the automatic control,until one of the following situationsoccurs:. The system detects an

approaching vehicle'sheadlamps.

. The system detects a precedingvehicle's taillamps.

. The outside light is brightenough that high-beamheadlamps are not required.

. The vehicle's speed drops below20 km/h (12 mph).

. The IntelliBeam system can bedisabled by the High/Low-BeamChanger or the Flash-to-Passfeature. If this happens, theHigh/Low-Beam Changer mustbe activated two times withinfive seconds to reactivate theIntelliBeam system. Theinstrument cluster light will comeon to indicate the IntelliBeam isreactivated. See Headlamp


Lighting 6-3

High/Low-Beam Changer onpage 6-3 and Flash-to-Pass onpage 6-3.

The high beams may not turn offautomatically if the system cannotdetect another vehicle's lampsbecause of any of the following:. The other vehicle's lamps are

missing, damaged, obstructedfrom view, or otherwiseundetected.

. The other vehicle's lamps arecovered with dirt, snow, and/orroad spray.

. The other vehicle's lamps cannotbe detected due to denseexhaust, smoke, fog, snow, roadspray, mist, or other airborneobstructions.

. The vehicle's windshield is dirty,cracked, or obstructed bysomething that blocks the viewof the light sensor.

. The vehicle is loaded such thatthe front end points upward,causing the light sensor to aimhigh and not detect headlampsand taillamps.

. The vehicle is being driven onwinding or hilly roads.

The automatic high-beamheadlamps may need to be disabledif any of the above conditions exist.

This feature can be turned on or offin vehicle personalization. SeeVehicle Personalization onpage 5-51.

Exterior Lamps OffReminderA warning chime will sound if theexterior lamp control is left on ineither the headlamp or parking lampposition and the driver door isopened with the ignition off.

Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer23 (Headlamp High/Low-BeamChanger): Push the turn signallever away from you and release, toturn the high beams on. To return tolow beams, push the lever again orpull it toward you and release.

This indicator light turns on in theinstrument cluster when thehigh-beam headlamps are on.

Flash-to-PassTo flash the high beams, pull theturn signal lever toward you, andrelease.


6-4 Lighting

Daytime RunningLamps (DRL)DRL can make it easier for others tosee the front of your vehicle duringthe day. Fully functional DRL arerequired on all vehicles first sold inCanada.

The DRL will come on when all ofthe following conditions are met:. The ignition is on.. The exterior lamp control is

in AUTO.. The light sensor determines it is

daytime.. The parking brake is released or

the vehicle is not in P (Park).

When the DRL are on, the taillamps,instrument panel lights, and otherlamps will not be on.

The DRL turn off when theheadlamps are turned to O or theignition is off.

Automatic HeadlampSystemWhen the exterior lamp control isset to AUTO and it is dark enoughoutside, the headlamps come onautomatically.

There is a light sensor on top of theinstrument panel. Do not cover thesensor.

The system may also turn on theheadlamps when driving through aparking garage or tunnel.

When it is bright enough outside,the headlamps will turn off or maychange to Daytime RunningLamps (DRL).

The automatic headlamp systemturns off when the exterior lampcontrol is turned to O or the ignitionis off.

For vehicles sold in Canada, thiscontrol only works when the electricdrive unit is in P (Park).

Lights On with Wipers

If the windshield wipers areactivated in daylight with the vehicleon, and the exterior lamp control isin AUTO, the headlamps, parkinglamps, and other exterior lampscome on. The transition time for thelamps coming on varies based onwiper speed. When the wipers arenot operating, these lamps turn off.Move the exterior lamp control to Oor; to disable this feature.


Lighting 6-5

Hazard Warning Flashers

| (Hazard Warning Flashers):Press this button to make the frontand rear turn signal lamps flash onand off. Press again to turn theflashers off.

The hazard warning flashers turn onautomatically if the airbags deploy.

Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals

Move the lever all the way up ordown to signal a turn.

An arrow on the instrument clusterflashes in the direction of the turn orlane change.

Raise or lower the lever until thearrow starts to flash to signal a lanechange. Hold it there until the lanechange is completed. If the lever isbriefly pressed and released, theturn signal flashes three times.

The turn and lane-change signalcan be turned off manually bymoving the lever back to its originalposition.

If after signaling a turn or lanechange, the arrow flashes rapidly ordoes not come on, a signal bulbmight be burned out.

Replace any burned out bulbs. If abulb is not burned out, check thefuse. See Engine CompartmentFuse Block on page 10-29.


6-6 Lighting

Interior Lighting

Instrument PanelIllumination Control

The brightness of the instrumentpanel lighting and steering wheelcontrols can be adjusted.

D (Instrument PanelIllumination): Move thethumbwheel up or down to brightenor dim the lights.

The brightness of the displaysautomatically adjusts based onoutdoor lighting. The instrument

panel illumination control will set thelowest level that the displays willautomatically be adjusted.

Courtesy LampsThe courtesy lamps come on whenany door is opened and the domelamp is in the DOOR position.

Dome LampsThere are front and rear domelamps in the overhead console andheadliner.

To change the dome lamp settings,press:

OFF: Turns the lamps off, evenwhen a door is open.

DOOR: The lamps come on whena door is opened.

ON: Turns the lamps on.


Lighting 6-7

Reading LampsThere are front and rear readinglamps on the overhead console andthe headliner. These lamps come onwhen any door is opened. Tomanually turn the reading lamps onor off:

Front Reading Lamps

Rear Reading Lamps

Pressm orn next to eachreading lamp.

Lighting Features

Entry LightingThe headlamps, taillamps, back-uplamps, license plate lamps, outsidemirror lamps, exterior door handlelamps, dome lamps, and most of theinterior lights turn on briefly at nightor in areas of limited lighting whenK is pressed on the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) transmitter.See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation on page 2-2.When the driver door is opened, allcontrol lights, Driver InformationCenter (DIC) lights, and door pocketlights turn on. After about30 seconds the exterior lamps turnoff, then the dome lamps andremaining interior lights dim to off.Entry lighting can be disabledmanually by changing the ignitionout of the OFF position, or bypressing Q on the RKE transmitter.


6-8 Lighting

This feature can be changed. See“Vehicle Locator Lights” underVehicle Personalization onpage 5-51.

Exit LightingThe headlamps, taillamps, parkinglamps, backup lamps, outside mirrorlamps, license plate lamps, andexterior door handle lamps come onat night, or in areas with limitedlighting, when the driver door isopened after the ignition is turnedoff. The dome lamps come on afterthe ignition is changed to the OFFposition. The exterior lamps anddome lamps remain on for a setamount of time, then automaticallyturn off.

The exterior lamps turn offimmediately by turning the exteriorlamp control off.

This feature can be changed. SeeVehicle Personalization onpage 5-51.

Battery Power ProtectionThe battery saver feature isdesigned to protect the vehicle'sbattery.

If some interior lamps are left onand the ignition is turned off, thebattery rundown protection systemautomatically turns the lamp off aftersome time.

Exterior Lighting BatterySaverThe exterior lamps turn off about10 minutes after the ignition isturned off, if the parking lamps orheadlamps have been manually lefton. This protects against drainingthe battery. To restart the 10-minutetimer, turn the exterior lamp controlto the off position and then back tothe parking lamp or headlampposition.

To keep the lamps on for more than10 minutes, the ignition must be inthe ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUNposition.


Infotainment System 7-1

InfotainmentSystem

IntroductionInfotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1

Introduction

InfotainmentSee the infotainment manual forinformation on the radio, audioplayers, phone, navigation system,and voice or speech recognition.It also includes information onsettings.


7-2 Infotainment System

2 NOTES


Climate Controls 8-1

Climate Controls

Climate Control SystemsDual Automatic Climate ControlSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1

Air VentsAir Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7

MaintenancePassenger Compartment AirFilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8

Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8

Climate Control Systems

Dual Automatic Climate Control SystemThe climate control buttons and the touch screen are used to adjust theheating, cooling, and ventilation.

Climate Control Buttons


2. Fan Control

3. OFF (Fan)

4. Driver and Passenger HeatedSeats

5. AUTO (Automatic Operation)

6. Defrost

7. Rear Window Defogger

8. Recirculation


8-2 Climate Controls

Climate Touch Screen Controls

1. Outside Air Temperature Display


3. Fan Control

4. Climate Modes: MIN, ECO, MAX

5. SYNC (SynchronizedTemperature)

6. Climate Control Selection(Application Tray Button)

7. Climate Power Gauge

8. Driver and Passenger AutoHeated Seats

9. Air Delivery Mode Controls

Climate Control Touch Screen

The fan, air delivery mode, driverand passenger temperatures, A/Cmode, and SYNC settings can becontrolled by pressing CLIMATE onthe infotainment home screen or theclimate button in the touch screenapplication tray. A selection canthen be made on the front climatecontrol page displayed. SeeInfotainment on page 7-1.

Climate Control Status Screen

The climate control status screenappears briefly when the climatecontrol buttons on the faceplate areadjusted. The air delivery mode canbe adjusted on the climate controlstatus screen.

Climate Mode Operation

There are three climate modesettings: MIN, ECO, and MAX.These settings adjust the impact theclimate control system has on thevehicle's electric range or fueleconomy.

To select a climate mode:

1. Press CLIMATE on the centerstack.

2. Press the climate mode buttonon the touch screen. The climatemode will be lit.

MIN (Fan Only Mode): The airconditioning and electric heat areturned off. As long as0 is notselected, the climate control settingsmay not have a noticeable effect onthe vehicle electric range and fueleconomy.



When in MIN mode, the AUTOindicator light will be off. WhenAUTO is selected in MIN mode, themode will change to either ECOor MAX.

When in MIN mode, the airconditioning system may turn onautomatically if the high voltagebattery is being cooled. The climatecontrol system could blow cold air.This is normal. To prevent cold airfrom blowing into the interior, turn offthe fan control and select the ventmode and manual recirculationmode, and close the air vents.

When in MIN mode, if Auto Defog isenabled, the air conditioning andelectric heat may turn on when highhumidity conditions exist. See“Climate and Air Quality” underVehicle Personalization onpage 5-51 for more information onthe Auto Defog selection. The airconditioning may also run if0 isselected.

ECO (Economy Mode): The airconditioning and electric heat arecontrolled to balance comfort withfuel economy. As long as0 is notselected, the vehicle electric rangeor fuel economy will decrease lessthan in MAX mode, but will result inmoderate comfort.

MAX (Comfort Mode): The airconditioning and electric heat arecontrolled to reach the best comfortlevel based on the temperaturesetting selected. In this mode,vehicle electric range or fueleconomy will decrease dependingon the amount of energy required toreach the best comfort levels.

Climate Power Gauge

When the climate mode is changed,the Climate Power gauge displaysthe impact that user setting changeshave on energy consumption. Thehigher the reading, the more energyis being used.

Automatic Operation

The system automatically controlsthe fan speed, air delivery, airconditioning, and recirculation inorder to heat or cool the vehicle tothe desired temperature.

When the indicator light is on orAUTO is displayed on the touchscreen, the system is in fullautomatic operation. If the airdelivery mode or fan setting ismanually adjusted, the autoindicator turns off and the displaywill show the selected settings. Autooperation can be turned offindividually for climate settings.

For automatic operation:

1. Press AUTO.

2. Set the temperature. Allow thesystem time to stabilize. Thenadjust the temperature asneeded for best comfort.

To improve fuel efficiency and tocool the vehicle faster, recirculationmay be automatically selected inwarm weather. The recirculation



light will not come on. Press@ toselect recirculation; press it again toselect outside air.

English units can be changed tometric units through the instrumentcluster. See “Settings” underInstrument Cluster on page 5-7.

OFF (Fan): Press to turn the fan onor off. The temperature control andair delivery mode can still beadjusted.

w orx (Driver and PassengerTemperature Controls): Thetemperature can be adjustedseparately for the driver and thepassenger. Press to increase ordecrease the temperature. Pressand hold to rapidly increase ordecrease the temperature.

The driver and passengertemperatures can also be adjustedby pressing the controls on thetouch screen.

SYNC (SynchronizedTemperature): Press SYNC on thetouch screen to link all climate zone

settings to the driver settings. Adjustthe driver side temperature controlto change the linked temperature.When the passenger settings areadjusted, the SYNC button isdisplayed when the temperaturesare unlinked.

Manual Operation

z9 or9y (Fan Control):Press the fan control buttons or thetouch screen fan control to increaseor decrease the fan speed. Pressand hold the buttons or the touchscreen control to adjust speed morequickly. The fan speed settingdisplays. Pressing either buttoncancels automatic fan control andthe fan can be controlled manually.Press AUTO to return to automaticoperation. To turn off the fan andclimate control system, press andhold the fan down button or touchscreen fan control until it is off.

If the fan is manually turned offwhile in ECO or MAX mode, thedisplay will automatically change toMIN mode. When the fan is turned

back on either by manuallyincreasing fan speed or pressing theAUTO button, the climate mode willrevert back to ECO or MAX mode.

Air Delivery Mode Control: Pressthe CLIMATE touch screen button toselect climate control. Press the airdelivery mode touch screen buttonto change the direction of theairflow. The selected air deliverymode button is lit. Pressing any ofthe air delivery buttons cancelsautomatic air delivery control andthe direction of the airflow can becontrolled manually. Press AUTO toreturn to automatic operation.

To change the current mode, selectone of the following:

Y (Vent): Air is directed to theinstrument panel outlets.

\ (Bi-Level): Air is dividedbetween the instrument paneloutlets and the floor outlets.

[ (Floor): Air is directed to thefloor outlets, with some air to thewindshield and side windows.



- (Defog): Clears the windows offog or moisture. Air is directed to thewindshield, side windows, and flooroutlets.

0 (Defrost): Press the0 buttonto turn on or off. This clears thewindshield of fog or frost morequickly. Air is directed to thewindshield and side windows.

Automatic Air Recirculation:When the AUTO indicator light ison, the air is automaticallyrecirculated as needed to helpquickly cool the inside of thevehicle.

@ (Recirculation): Press toalternate between recirculating airinside the vehicle or pulling inoutside air. The indicator light on thebutton is lit when recirculation modeis active. This helps to quickly coolthe air inside the vehicle or preventoutside air and odors from entering.

Pressing this button cancelsautomatic recirculation. Press AUTOto return to automatic operation;recirculation runs automatically asneeded.

Manual recirculation mode is notavailable when in Defrost mode.

Auto Defog: The climate controlsystem may have a sensor toautomatically detect high humidityinside the vehicle. When highhumidity is detected, the climatecontrol system may adjust tooutside air supply and turn on theair conditioner. If the climate controlsystem does not detect possiblewindow fogging, it returns to normaloperation. To turn Auto Defog off oron, see “Climate and Air Quality”under Vehicle Personalization onpage 5-51.

Rear Window Defogger

= REAR (Rear WindowDefogger): Press to turn the rearwindow defogger on or off.

The rear window defogger turns offautomatically after aboutfive minutes. At higher vehiclespeeds, the rear window defoggermay stay on continuously.

The heated outside mirrors turn onwhen the rear window defoggerbutton is on. They help to clear fogor frost from the surface of themirrors.

{ Caution

Do not try to clear frost or othermaterial from the inside of thefront windshield and rear windowwith a razor blade or anythingelse that is sharp. This maydamage the rear windowdefogger grid and affect theradio's ability to pick up stationsclearly. The repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

J or z (Manual Heated Seats):The controls are on the centerstack. Press J or z to heat the



driver or passenger seat cushionand seatback. See Heated FrontSeats on page 3-8.

M AUTO or L AUTO (Auto HeatedSeats): The controls are on thetouch screen on the center stack.

Press the touch screen L AUTO orM AUTO button. The area aroundthe button will change to red whenthis feature is on. When the vehicleis on, this feature will automaticallyactivate the heated seats at thelevel required by the vehicle'sinterior temperature. The activehigh, medium, low, or off heatedseat level will be indicated by themanual heated seat button lights onthe center stack. Use the touchscreen buttons or the manualheated seat buttons on the centerstack to turn auto heated seats off.See Heated Front Seats onpage 3-8.

Remote Start Climate ControlOperation: The climate controlsystem may run when the vehicle isstarted remotely. The system uses

the driver's previous settings to heator cool the inside of the vehicle. SeeRemote Start on page 2-8.

The rear window defogger turns onif it is cold outside.

Sensors

The solar sensor monitors thesolar heat.

The climate control system uses thesensor information to adjust thetemperature, fan speed,recirculation, and air delivery modefor best comfort.

If the sensor is covered, theautomatic climate control systemmay not work properly.



Air VentsAdjustable air vents are in thecenter and on the side of theinstrument panel.

Use the thumbwheels (1) near theair vents to open or close off theairflow.

Move the slats (2) to change thedirection of the airflow.

Additional air vents are beneath thewindshield and the driver side andpassenger side door windows.These are fixed and cannot beadjusted.

Operation Tips. Clear away any ice, snow,

or leaves from air inlets at thebase of the windshield that couldblock the flow of air into thevehicle.

. Keep the path under the frontseats clear of objects to helpcirculate the air inside thevehicle more effectively.

. Use of non-GM approved hooddeflectors can adversely affectthe performance of the system.Check with your dealer beforeadding equipment to the outsideof the vehicle.

. Do not attach any devices to theair vent slats. This restrictsairflow and may cause damageto the air vents.



Maintenance

Passenger CompartmentAir FilterThe filter removes dust, pollen, andother airborne irritants from outsideair that is pulled into the vehicle.The filter should be replaced as partof routine scheduled maintenance.See Maintenance Schedule onpage 11-2.

See your dealer regardingreplacement of the filter.

ServiceAll vehicles have a label underhoodthat identifies the refrigerant used inthe vehicle. The refrigerant systemshould only be serviced by trainedand certified technicians. The airconditioning evaporator shouldnever be repaired or replaced byone from a salvage vehicle.It should only be replaced by a newevaporator to ensure proper andsafe operation.

During service, all refrigerantsshould be reclaimed with properequipment. Venting refrigerantsdirectly to the atmosphere is harmfulto the environment and may alsocreate unsafe conditions based oninhalation, combustion, frostbite,or other health-based concerns.


Driving and Operating 9-1

Driving andOperating

Driving InformationDriving for Better EnergyEfficiency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2

Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5Drunk Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . 9-8Highway Hypnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . 9-9Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10If the Vehicle Is Stuck . . . . . . . . 9-11Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . 9-12

Starting and OperatingNew Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . 9-16Power Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-16Starting and Stopping theVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-18

Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-19

Shifting Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-19Shifting out of Park . . . . . . . . . . 9-20Parking over ThingsThat Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-21

Electric Vehicle OperatingModesSystem Operation . . . . . . . . . . . 9-21Electric Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-21Extended Range Mode . . . . . . 9-22Driver Selected OperatingModes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-22

Out of Fuel/EngineUnavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-24

Maintenance Modes . . . . . . . . . 9-25

Engine ExhaustEngine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-27Running the Vehicle WhileParked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-27

Electric Drive UnitElectric Drive Unit . . . . . . . . . . . 9-28

BrakesAntilock BrakeSystem (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-29

Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . 9-30Regenerative Braking . . . . . . . . 9-32

Ride Control SystemsTraction Control/ElectronicStability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-33

Driver Mode Control . . . . . . . . . 9-35Continuous DampingControl (CDC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-36

Cruise ControlCruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-36Adaptive Cruise Control . . . . . 9-39

Driver Assistance SystemsDriver AssistanceSystems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-47

Assistance Systems forParking or Backing . . . . . . . . . 9-47

Assistance Systems forDriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-50

Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-50


9-2 Driving and Operating

Active Emergency BrakingSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-53

Side Blind ZoneAlert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-54

Lane DepartureWarning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-56

ChargingPlug-In Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-58Delayed ChargingOverride . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-59

Charging StatusFeedback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-60

Charge Cord . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-64Utility Interruption ofCharging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-65

Electrical Requirements forBattery Charging . . . . . . . . . . . 9-66

FuelFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-66Gasoline Specifications . . . . . . 9-67California FuelRequirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-67

Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 9-68Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-68Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-68Filling a Portable FuelContainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-70

Trailer TowingGeneral TowingInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-71

Conversions and Add-OnsAdd-On ElectricalEquipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-71

Driving Information

Driving for Better EnergyEfficiencyUse the following tips to helpmaximize energy efficiency andrange.

In colder temperatures, while theseefficiency tips will help, the electricvehicle driving range may be lowerdue to higher energy usage.

Driving Style

Efficiency Gauge (InstrumentCluster)

The leaf indicator or green ringindicator should be kept green andin the center of the gauge.

Inefficient acceleration is indicatedwhen the ring turns yellow or theleaf turns yellow and travels abovethe center of the gauge.



Aggressive braking is indicatedwhen the ring turns yellow or theleaf turns yellow and travels belowthe center of the gauge.

Acceleration/Braking/Coasting

Avoid unnecessary rapidaccelerations and decelerations.

Electric range is maximized at80 km/h (50 mph) and below. Higherspeeds use more energy and cansignificantly reduce electric range.

Use cruise control whenappropriate.

Plan ahead for decelerations andcoast whenever possible. Forexample, do not rush to trafficsignals.

Do not shift to N (Neutral) to coast.The vehicle recovers energy whilecoasting and braking in D (Drive)or L (Low).

Drive Mode and PRNDL Selection

Use Tour Mode when possible.

Sport Mode provides moreresponsive acceleration than TourMode, but can reduce efficiency.

Use Mountain Mode prior toclimbing long, steep grades inmountainous areas. Be sure toengage Mountain Mode beforestarting to climb. Mountain Modereduces electric range and power,but may be needed to maintainspeeds above 96 km/h (60 mph)when climbing grades of 5% orgreater.

Use Hold Mode on a trip where allor most of the electric charge will bedepleted. Use Hold Mode mainlyduring highway or high-speeddriving to maximize both electricvehicle miles and fuel efficiency.

Use L (Low) in heavy stop-and-gotraffic or when traveling downhill.L (Low) requires less brake pedal

application and provides acontrolled, efficient way to slow thevehicle down.

Climate Setting

Using the heat and air conditioningsystems decreases the energyavailable for electric driving.

Optimal energy efficiency isachieved with the heat, airconditioning, and fan turned off.

Less energy is used at low fanspeeds. When using the fan:. MIN is the most energy efficient

climate setting as long as0 isnot selected.

. ECO is for moderate airconditioning and heateroperation and is the next mostenergy efficient setting as longas0 is not selected.

. MAX mode provides the mostcomfort but is the least energyefficient.



Use the auto heated seat featureinstead of climate settings. Heatingthe seat uses less energy thanheating the vehicle interior.

Use remote start to heat or cool theinterior when the vehicle is pluggedin to maximize the electric range byutilizing electricity from the electricaloutlet. Engine Assisted Heatingwhile plugged in can bepersonalized. See Remote Start onpage 2-8.

In hot weather, avoid parking indirect sunlight or use sunshadesinside the vehicle.

Turn off the front and rear windowdefog/defrost when they are nolonger needed.

Avoid driving with the windows openat highway speeds.


Vehicle Charging/Maintenance

Charging

Keep the vehicle plugged in, evenwhen fully charged, to keep thebattery temperature ready for thenext drive. This is important whenoutside temperatures are extremelyhot or cold.

Maintenance

Always keep the tires properlyinflated and the vehicle properlyaligned.

The weight of excess cargo in thevehicle affects efficiency and range.Avoid carrying more than is needed.

If fuel is not regularly used, considerkeeping the fuel tank only one-thirdfull. Excess fuel weight impactsefficiency and range.

For fuel recommendations, see Fuelon page 9-66.

Avoid unnecessary use of electricalaccessories. Power used forfunctions other than propelling thevehicle will reduce electric vehiclerange.

Using a rooftop carrier will reduceefficiency due to additional weightand drag.

Distracted DrivingDistraction comes in many formsand can take your focus from thetask of driving. Exercise goodjudgment and do not let otheractivities divert your attention awayfrom the road. Many localgovernments have enacted lawsregarding driver distraction. Becomefamiliar with the local laws inyour area.



To avoid distracted driving, alwayskeep your eyes on the road, handson the wheel, and mind on the drive.. Do not use a phone in

demanding driving situations.Use a hands-free method toplace or receive necessaryphone calls.

. Watch the road. Do not read,take notes, or look upinformation on phones or otherelectronic devices.

. Designate a front seatpassenger to handle potentialdistractions.

. Become familiar with vehiclefeatures before driving, such asprogramming favorite radiostations and adjusting climatecontrol and seat settings.Program all trip information intoany navigation device prior todriving.

. Wait until the vehicle is parkedto retrieve items that have fallento the floor.

. Stop or park the vehicle to tendto children.

. Keep pets in an appropriatecarrier or restraint.

. Avoid stressful conversationswhile driving, whether with apassenger or on a cell phone.

{ Warning

Taking your eyes off the road toolong or too often could cause acrash resulting in injury or death.Focus your attention on driving.

Refer to the infotainment section formore information on using thatsystem and the navigation system,if equipped, including pairing andusing a cell phone.

Defensive DrivingDefensive driving means “alwaysexpect the unexpected.” The firststep in driving defensively is to wearthe safety belt. See Safety Belts onpage 3-11.. Assume that other road users

(pedestrians, bicyclists, andother drivers) are going to becareless and make mistakes.Anticipate what they might doand be ready.

. Allow enough following distancebetween you and the driver infront of you.

. Focus on the task of driving.

Drunk DrivingDeath and injury associated withdrinking and driving is a globaltragedy.



{ Warning

Drinking and then driving is verydangerous. Your reflexes,perceptions, attentiveness, andjudgment can be affected by evena small amount of alcohol. Youcan have a serious — or evenfatal — collision if you drive afterdrinking.

Do not drink and drive or ride witha driver who has been drinking.Ride home in a cab; or if you arewith a group, designate a driverwho will not drink.

Control of a VehicleBraking, steering, and acceleratingare important factors in helping tocontrol a vehicle while driving.

BrakingBraking action involves perceptiontime and reaction time. Deciding topush the brake pedal is perceptiontime. Actually doing it isreaction time.

Average driver reaction time isabout three-quarters of a second. Inthat time, a vehicle moving at100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m(66 ft), which could be a lot ofdistance in an emergency.

Helpful braking tips to keep in mindinclude:. Keep enough distance between

you and the vehicle in frontof you.

. Avoid needless heavy braking.

. Keep pace with traffic.

If propulsion is disabled while thevehicle is being driven, brakenormally but do not pump thebrakes. If the brakes are pumped,the pedal could get harder to pushdown. If propulsion stops, there will

still be some power brake assist butit will be used when the brake isapplied. Once the power assist isused up, it can take longer to stopand the brake pedal will be harderto push.

Steering

Electric Power Steering

The vehicle has electric powersteering. It does not have powersteering fluid. Regular maintenanceis not required.

If power steering assist is lost dueto a system malfunction, the vehiclecan be steered, but may requireincreased effort.

See your dealer if there is aproblem.

If the steering wheel is turned until itreaches the end of its travel and isheld against that position for anextended period of time, powersteering assist may be reduced.



If the steering assist is used for anextended period of time, powerassist may be reduced.

Normal use of the power steeringassist should return when thesystem cools down.

See specific vehicle steeringmessages under Service VehicleMessages on page 5-49. See yourdealer if there is a problem.

Curve Tips. Take curves at a reasonable

speed.. Reduce speed before entering a

curve.. Maintain a reasonable steady

speed through the curve.. Wait until the vehicle is out of

the curve before acceleratinggently into the straightaway.

Steering in Emergencies. There are some situations when

steering around a problem maybe more effective than braking.

. Holding both sides of thesteering wheel allows you to turn180 degrees without removinga hand.

. The Antilock Brake System(ABS) allows steering whilebraking.

Off-Road Recovery

The vehicle's right wheels can dropoff the edge of a road onto theshoulder while driving. Followthese tips:

1. Ease off the accelerator andthen, if there is nothing in theway, steer the vehicle so that itstraddles the edge of thepavement.

2. Turn the steering wheel aboutone-eighth of a turn, until theright front tire contacts thepavement edge.

3. Turn the steering wheel to gostraight down the roadway.

Loss of Control

Skidding

There are three types of skids thatcorrespond to the vehicle's threecontrol systems:. Braking Skid — wheels are not

rolling.



. Steering or CorneringSkid — too much speed orsteering in a curve causes tiresto slip and lose cornering force.

. Acceleration Skid — too muchthrottle causes the drivingwheels to spin.

Defensive drivers avoid most skidsby taking reasonable care suited toexisting conditions, and by notoverdriving those conditions. Butskids are always possible.

If the vehicle starts to slide, followthese suggestions:. Ease your foot off the

accelerator pedal and steer theway you want the vehicle to go.The vehicle may straighten out.Be ready for a second skid if itoccurs.

. Slow down and adjust yourdriving according to weatherconditions. Stopping distancecan be longer and vehiclecontrol can be affected whentraction is reduced by water,snow, ice, gravel, or other

material on the road. Learn torecognize warning clues — suchas enough water, ice, or packedsnow on the road to make amirrored surface — and slowdown when you have any doubt.

. Try to avoid sudden steering,acceleration, or braking,including reducing vehicle speedby shifting to a lower gear. Anysudden changes could causethe tires to slide.

Remember: Antilock brakes helpavoid only the braking skid.

Driving on Wet RoadsRain and wet roads can reducevehicle traction and affect yourability to stop and accelerate.Always drive slower in these typesof driving conditions and avoiddriving through large puddles anddeep‐standing or flowing water.

{ Warning

Wet brakes can cause crashes.They might not work as well in aquick stop and could causepulling to one side. You couldlose control of the vehicle.

After driving through a largepuddle of water or a car/vehiclewash, lightly apply the brakepedal until the brakes worknormally.

Flowing or rushing water createsstrong forces. Driving throughflowing water could cause thevehicle to be carried away. If thishappens, you and other vehicleoccupants could drown. Do notignore police warnings and bevery cautious about trying to drivethrough flowing water.



Hydroplaning

Hydroplaning is dangerous. Watercan build up under the vehicle'stires so they actually ride on thewater. This can happen if the road iswet enough and you are going fastenough. When the vehicle ishydroplaning, it has little or nocontact with the road.

There is no hard and fast rule abouthydroplaning. The best advice is toslow down when the road is wet.

Other Rainy Weather Tips

Besides slowing down, other wetweather driving tips include:. Allow extra following distance.. Pass with caution.. Keep windshield wiping

equipment in good shape.. Keep the windshield washer fluid

reservoir filled.

. Have good tires with propertread depth. See Tires onpage 10-42.

. Turn off cruise control.

Highway HypnosisAlways be alert and pay attention toyour surroundings while driving.If you become tired or sleepy, find asafe place to park the vehicleand rest.

Other driving tips include:. Keep the vehicle well ventilated.. Keep the interior

temperature cool.. Keep your eyes moving — scan

the road ahead and to the sides.. Check the rearview mirror and

vehicle instruments often.

Hill and Mountain RoadsDriving on steep hills or throughmountains is different than drivingon flat or rolling terrain. See“Mountain Mode” under DriverSelected Operating Modes onpage 9-22. Tips for driving in theseconditions include:. Keep the vehicle serviced and in

good shape.. Check all fluid levels and brakes,

tires, cooling system, andelectric drive unit.

. Keep the vehicle in gear whengoing down steep or long hills.

{ Warning

Coasting downhill in N (Neutral)or with the vehicle turned off isdangerous. The brakes will haveto do all the work of slowing downthe vehicle and could become toohot. Hot brakes may not be able

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

to slow the vehicle enough tomaintain speed and control. Youcould crash. Always have thevehicle running and in gear(preferably LOW range) whengoing downhill. This will allow theelectric drive unit to assist inslowing and maintaining speed.

. Stay in your own lane. Do notswing wide or cut across thecenter of the road. Drive atspeeds that let you stay in yourown lane.

. Top of hills: Be alert —something could be in your lane(stalled car, accident).

. Pay attention to special roadsigns (falling rocks area, windingroads, long grades, passing orno-passing zones) and takeappropriate action.

Winter Driving

Driving on Snow or Ice

Drive carefully when there is snowor ice between the tires and theroad, creating less traction or grip.Wet ice can occur at about 0°C(32°F) when freezing rain begins tofall, resulting in even less traction.Avoid driving on wet ice or infreezing rain until roads can betreated with salt or sand.

Drive with caution, whatever thecondition. Accelerate gently sotraction is not lost. Accelerating tooquickly causes the wheels to spinand makes the surface under thetires slick, so there is even lesstraction.

Try not to break the fragile traction.If you accelerate too fast, the drivewheels will spin and polish thesurface under the tires even more.If equipped, Traction Control shouldbe turned on. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control onpage 9-33.

The Antilock Brake System (ABS)improves vehicle stability duringhard stops on slippery roads, butapply the brakes sooner than whenon dry pavement.

Allow greater following distance onany slippery road and watch forslippery spots. Icy patches canoccur on otherwise clear roads inshaded areas. The surface of acurve or an overpass can remain icywhen the surrounding roads areclear. Avoid sudden steeringmaneuvers and braking whileon ice.

Turn off cruise control on slipperysurfaces.

Blizzard Conditions

Being stuck in snow can be aserious situation. Stay with thevehicle unless there is help nearby.If possible, use the RoadsideService Program. To get help andkeep everyone in the vehicle safe:. Turn on the hazard warning

flashers.



. Tie a red cloth to an outsidemirror.

{ Warning

Snow can trap engine exhaustunder the vehicle. This maycause exhaust gases to getinside. Engine exhaust containscarbon monoxide (CO) whichcannot be seen or smelled. It cancause unconsciousness and evendeath.

If the vehicle is stuck in the snow:. Clear away snow from aroundthe base of the vehicle,especially any that is blockingthe exhaust pipe.

. Check again from time totime to be sure snow doesnot collect there.

. Open a window about 5 cm(2 in) on the side of thevehicle that is away from thewind to bring in fresh air.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Fully open the air outlets onor under the instrumentpanel.

. Adjust the climate controlsystem to a setting thatcirculates the air inside thevehicle and set the fan speedto the highest setting. See“Climate Control Systems” inthe Index.

For more information aboutcarbon monoxide, see EngineExhaust on page 9-27.

To conserve energy, run the vehiclefor only short periods as needed towarm the vehicle and then shut thevehicle off and close the windowmost of the way to save heat.Repeat this until help arrives butonly when you feel reallyuncomfortable from the cold. Movingabout to keep warm also helps.

If it takes some time for help toarrive, start the vehicle. The enginemay start for cabin comfort and tomaintain the high voltage batterystate of charge. Turn offunnecessary accessories toconserve energy.

If the Vehicle Is StuckSlowly and cautiously spin thewheels to free the vehicle whenstuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.

The Traction Control System (TCS)must be turned off by pressing theTCS/ESC button. Traction control isnot completely off, but will onlyengage if the maneuver can causedamage to the electric drive unit.

{ Warning

If the vehicle's tires spin at highspeed, they can explode, and youor others could be injured. Thevehicle can overheat, causing anengine compartment fire or other

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

damage. Spin the wheels as littleas possible and avoid goingabove 56 km/h (35 mph).

Rocking the Vehicle to Getit Out

Turn the steering wheel left andright to clear the area around thefront wheels. Shift back and forthbetween R (Reverse) and a forwardgear, spinning the wheels as little aspossible. The Traction ControlSystem prevents the tires fromspinning at high speeds. To preventelectric drive unit wear, wait until thewheels stop spinning before shiftinggears. Release the acceleratorpedal while shifting, and presslightly on the accelerator pedalwhen the electric drive unit is ingear. Slowly spinning the wheels inthe forward and reverse directionscauses a rocking motion that couldfree the vehicle. If that does not getthe vehicle out after a few tries, it

might need to be towed out. If thevehicle does need to be towed out,see Towing the Vehicle onpage 10-76.

Vehicle Load LimitsIt is very important to know howmuch weight the vehicle cancarry. This weight is called thevehicle capacity weight andincludes the weight of alloccupants, cargo, and allnonfactory-installed options.Two labels on the vehicle showhow much weight it wasdesigned to carry, the Tire andLoading Information label andthe Certification label.

{ Warning

Do not load the vehicle anyheavier than the GrossVehicle Weight Rating(GVWR), or either themaximum front or rear GrossAxle Weight Rating (GAWR).This can cause systems tobreak and change the way thevehicle handles. This couldcause loss of control and acrash. Overloading can alsoshorten the life of the vehicle.



Tire and Loading InformationLabel

Label Example

A vehicle-specific Tire andLoading Information label isattached to the center pillar(B-pillar). With the driver dooropen, the label is attachedbelow the door lock post. TheTire and Loading Informationlabel shows the number ofoccupant seating positions (1),

and the maximum vehiclecapacity weight (2) in kilogramsand pounds.

The Tire and LoadingInformation label also shows thetire size of the originalequipment tires (3) and therecommended cold tire inflationpressures (4). For moreinformation on tires and inflationsee Tires on page 10-42 andTire Pressure on page 10-48.

There is also important loadinginformation on the Certificationlabel. It tells you the GrossVehicle Weight Rating (GVWR)and the Gross Axle WeightRating (GAWR) for the front andrear axle; see “CertificationLabel” later in this section.

“Steps for Determining CorrectLoad Limit–

1. Locate the statement "Thecombined weight ofoccupants and cargo shouldnever exceed XXX kg orXXX lbs." on your vehicle’splacard.

2. Determine the combinedweight of the driver andpassengers that will be ridingin your vehicle.

3. Subtract the combinedweight of the driver andpassengers from XXX kg orXXX lbs.

4. The resulting figure equalsthe available amount of cargoand luggage load capacity.For example, if the "XXX"amount equals 1400 lbs. andthere will be five 150 lbpassengers in your vehicle,the amount of available cargo



and luggage load capacity is650 lbs. (1400-750 (5 x 150)= 650 lbs.)

5. Determine the combinedweight of luggage and cargobeing loaded on the vehicle.That weight may not safelyexceed the available cargoand luggage load capacitycalculated in Step 4.

6. If your vehicle will be towinga trailer, load from your trailerwill be transferred to yourvehicle. Consult this manualto determine how thisreduces the available cargoand luggage load capacity ofyour vehicle.”

The vehicle is neither designednor intended to tow a trailer.

Example 1

1. Vehicle Capacity Weightfor Example 1 = 453 kg(1,000 lbs).

2. Subtract Occupant Weight@ 68 kg (150 lbs) × 2 =136 kg (300 lbs).

3. Available Occupant andCargo Weight = 317 kg(700 lbs).

Example 2


2. Subtract Occupant Weight@ 68 kg (150 lbs) × 5 =340 kg (750 lbs).

3. Available Cargo Weight =113 kg (250 lbs).



Example 3


2. Subtract Occupant Weight@ 91 kg (200 lbs) × 5 =453 kg (1,000 lbs).

3. Available Cargo Weight =0 kg (0 lbs).

Refer to the vehicle's Tire andLoading Information label forspecific information about thevehicle's capacity weight and

seating positions. The combinedweight of the driver, passengers,and cargo should never exceedthe vehicle's capacity weight.

Certification Label

Label Example

A vehicle-specific Certificationlabel is found on the center pillar(B-pillar). The label shows thegross weight capacity of thevehicle. This is the GrossVehicle Weight Rating (GVWR)and includes the weight of thevehicle, all occupants, fuel, and

cargo. Never exceed the GVWRfor the vehicle, or the GrossAxle Weight Rating (GAWR) foreither the front or rear axle.

Spread out heavy loads equallyon both sides of the vehicle. See“Steps for Determining CorrectLoad Limit” earlier in thissection.

{ Warning

Do not load the vehicle anyheavier than the GrossVehicle Weight Rating(GVWR), or either themaximum front or rear GrossAxle Weight Rating (GAWR).This can cause systems tobreak and change the way thevehicle handles. This couldcause loss of control and acrash. Overloading can alsoshorten the life of the vehicle.



If you put things inside thevehicle — like suitcases,tools, packages, or anythingelse — they will go as fast asthe vehicle goes. If you have tostop or turn quickly, or if there isa crash, they will keep going.

{ Warning

Things inside the vehicle canstrike and injure people in asudden stop or turn, or in acrash.

. Put things in the cargoarea of the vehicle. In thecargo area, put them asfar forward as possible.Try to spread the weightevenly.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Never stack heavierthings, like suitcases,inside the vehicle so thatsome of them are abovethe tops of the seats.

. Do not leave anunsecured child restraintin the vehicle.

. Secure loose items in thevehicle.

. Do not leave a seat foldeddown unless needed.

Starting andOperating

New Vehicle Break-InThe vehicle does not require abreak-in period. Vehicle break-in isperformed during manufacturing.

Power Button

The vehicle has an electronicpushbutton start. The POWER Obutton light is on steady when in



ON/RUN power mode. When thevehicle is turned off, the POWER Obutton light will turn off.

The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter must be in the vehicle forthe system to operate. If the vehiclewill not start, place the RKEtransmitter in the transmitter slot.See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation on page 2-2.

ON/RUN: This position is forstarting and driving. With the vehicleoff, and the brake pedal applied,pressing the POWER O button oncewill place the vehicle in ON/RUN.When the READY light is on in theinstrument cluster, the vehicle isready to be driven. This could takeup to 15 seconds at extremely coldtemperatures. See Vehicle ReadyLight on page 5-25. The engine willonly start if needed. If the vehicledid not start, the instrument clusterwill display a screen with inactivefuel and battery gauges. SeeStarting and Stopping the Vehicleon page 9-18.

Service Only Mode

This power mode is available forservice and diagnostics, and toverify the proper operation of themalfunction indicator lamp as maybe required for emission inspectionpurposes. With the vehicle off, andthe brake pedal not applied,pressing and holding the POWER Obutton for more than five secondswill place the vehicle in ServiceOnly Mode. The instruments andaudio systems will operate as theydo in ON/RUN, but the vehicle willnot be able to be driven. Thepropulsion system will not start inService Only Mode. Press thebutton again to turn the vehicle off.

{ Caution

Service Only Mode will dischargethe 12-volt battery. Do not useService Only Mode for anextended period, or the vehiclemay not start.

STOPPING THE VEHICLE/OFF:To turn the vehicle off, press thePOWER O button with the vehiclein P (Park). Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) will remain active untilthe driver door is opened. SeeRetained Accessory Power (RAP)on page 9-19. When turning off thevehicle, if the vehicle is not inP (Park), the vehicle will go to ACC/ACCESSORY and display themessage SHIFT TO PARK in theDriver Information Center (DIC).See Electric Drive Unit Messageson page 5-44.

If the vehicle must be shut off in anemergency:

1. Brake using a firm and steadypressure. Do not pump thebrakes repeatedly. This maydeplete power assist, requiringincreased brake pedal force.

2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral).This can be done while thevehicle is moving. After shifting



to N (Neutral), firmly apply thebrakes and steer the vehicle to asafe location.

3. Come to a complete stop, shiftto P (Park), and turn the vehicleoff by pressing the POWER Obutton.

4. Set the parking brake. SeeElectric Parking Brake onpage 9-30.

{ Warning

Turning off the vehicle whilemoving may disable the airbags.While driving, only shut thepropulsion system off in anemergency.

If the vehicle cannot be pulled over,and must be shut off while driving,press and hold the POWER Obutton for longer than two seconds,or press twice in five seconds.

Starting and Stopping theVehicleThe engine may start, if required,when the propulsion system is on.

{ Caution

Do not try to shift to P (Park) if thevehicle is moving or the electricdrive unit could be damaged.Shift to P (Park) only when thevehicle is stopped.

{ Caution

If you add electrical parts oraccessories, you could changethe way the vehicle operates. Anyresulting damage would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.See Add-On Electrical Equipmenton page 9-71.

Starting Procedure

1. Move the shift lever to P (Park)or N (Neutral). The propulsionsystem will not start in any otherposition.

2. The Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) transmitter must be in thevehicle.

3. Press the brake pedal and pressand release the POWER Obutton.

If the RKE transmitter is not in thevehicle or something is interferingwith the transmitter, a messagedisplays in the Driver InformationCenter (DIC). See Key and LockMessages on page 5-45.

If the vehicle will not start due to alow RKE transmitter battery, thevehicle can still be driven. See“Starting the Vehicle with a LowTransmitter Battery” in RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation on page 2-2.



Welcome, powering up, andpowering down audio messages areheard as well as displayed on theinstrument cluster. This happenswhen opening the driver door uponentry, and when pressing thePOWER O button.

The instrument cluster displays anactive fuel or battery gauge, alongwith an audio startup cue, when thevehicle is ready to be driven. Thiscould take up to 15 seconds atextremely cold temperatures. Theengine will only start if needed.If the vehicle did not start, theinstrument cluster will display ascreen with inactive fuel and batterygauges. See Starting and Stoppingthe Vehicle on page 9-18.

Restarting Procedure

If the vehicle must be restartedwhile it is still moving, move the shiftlever to N (Neutral) and press thePOWER O button twice withoutpressing the brake pedal. Thepropulsion system will not restart inany other position.

Computers determine when theengine needs to run. The enginemay start, if required, when thepropulsion system is on. Somevehicle conditions that force theengine to run:. There are cold ambient

temperatures.. The hood is open or not

completely latched.. The high voltage battery has a

low charge.. The engine needs to run for

maintenance.

See Maintenance Modes onpage 9-25.

A chime will sound if the driver dooris opened while the vehicle is in ON/RUN. Always press the POWER Obutton to turn the vehicle off beforeexiting.

Stopping Procedure

For information on how to turn thevehicle off, see Power Button onpage 9-16.

Retained AccessoryPower (RAP)The following features will operatefor up to 10 minutes or until thedriver door is opened:. Audio System. Accessory Power Outlets

Power windows will operate for upto 10 minutes or until any door isopened.

Shifting Into Park1. Hold the brake pedal down and

set the parking brake. SeeElectric Parking Brake onpage 9-30.

2. Move the shift lever into P (Park)by pushing the lever all the waytoward the front of the vehicle.




Leaving the Vehicle with thePropulsion System On

{ Warning

It can be dangerous to leave thevehicle with the propulsionsystem running. It could overheatand catch fire.

It is dangerous to get out of thevehicle if the shift lever is not fullyin P (Park) with the parking brakefirmly set. The vehicle can roll.

Do not leave the vehicle when thepropulsion system is running.If you have left the propulsionsystem running, the vehicle canmove suddenly. You or otherscould be injured. To be sure thevehicle will not move, even whenyou are on fairly level ground,always set the parking brake andmove the shift lever to P (Park).See Shifting Into Park onpage 9-19.

If you have to leave the vehicle withthe propulsion system on, be surethe vehicle is in P (Park) and theparking brake is firmly set beforeyou leave it. After you have movedthe shift lever into P (Park), holddown the regular brake pedal. See ifyou can move the shift lever awayfrom P (Park) without first pulling ittoward you. If you can, it means thatthe shift lever was not fully lockedinto P (Park).

Torque Lock

Torque lock is when the weight ofthe vehicle puts too much force onthe parking pawl in the electric driveunit. This happens when parking ona hill and shifting the electric driveunit into P (Park) is not doneproperly and then it is difficult toshift out of P (Park). To preventtorque lock, set the parking brakeand then shift into P (Park).

If torque lock does occur, yourvehicle may need to be pusheduphill by another vehicle to relievethe parking pawl pressure, so youcan shift out of P (Park).

Shifting out of ParkTo shift out of P (Park), the vehiclemust be in ON/RUN, the brakepedal must be applied, and thecharge cord must be unplugged.

The vehicle has an electronic shiftlock release system. The shift lockrelease is designed to:. Prevent the vehicle from turning

off unless the shift lever is inP (Park).

. Prevent moving the shift leverout of P (Park), unless thevehicle is in ON/RUN, the brakepedal is applied, and the chargecord is unplugged.

Parking the vehicle in extreme coldfor several days without the chargecord connected may cause the



electric drive unit to be locked inP (Park) until the propulsion systemhas warmed sufficiently.

The shift lock is always functionalexcept in the case of an unchargedor low charged 12-volt battery (lessthan 9 volts).

If the vehicle has an uncharged12-volt battery or a 12-volt batterywith low voltage, try charging orjump starting the 12-volt battery.See Battery on page 10-23 or JumpStarting on page 10-70.

If the console shift lever cannot bemoved out of P (Park):

1. Apply and maintain the regularbrakes.

2. Turn the vehicle on using thePOWER O button. See PowerButton on page 9-16.

3. Let up on the shift lever andmake sure the shift lever ispushed all the way into P (Park).

4. Press the shift lever button.

5. Move the shift lever into thedesired gear.

If you still cannot move the shiftlever from P (Park), see your dealeror a professional towing service.

Parking over ThingsThat Burn

{ Warning

Things that can burn could touchhot exhaust parts under thevehicle and ignite. Do not parkover papers, leaves, dry grass,or other things that can burn.

Electric VehicleOperating Modes

System OperationThis vehicle is an Extended RangeElectric Vehicle (EREV). It uses anelectric propulsion system to drivethe vehicle at all times. Electricity isthe vehicle's primary source ofenergy, while gasoline is thesecondary source.

The vehicle has two modes ofoperation: Electric and ExtendedRange. In both modes, the vehicleis propelled by its electric drive unit.It converts electrical energy intomechanical energy to drive thewheels. See Driving for BetterEnergy Efficiency on page 9-2.

Electric ModeIn Electric Mode, the vehicle doesnot use fuel or produce tailpipeemissions. During this primarymode, the vehicle is powered byelectrical energy stored in the high



voltage battery. The vehicle canoperate in this mode until thebattery has reached a low charge.

There are some conditions when thebattery charge is high enough toprovide Electric Mode operation, butthe engine still runs. They are:. Cold ambient temperatures.. Hot or cold high voltage battery

temperatures.. The hood being open or not

completely closed and latched.. Certain high voltage battery fault

conditions.. Engine Maintenance Mode or

Fuel Maintenance Modebeing run.

Extended Range ModeWhen the vehicle reaches the endof its electric range, it switches toExtended Range Mode (ERM). Inthis secondary mode, electricity isproduced by the fuel‐poweredengine. This secondary source of

electric power extends the vehiclerange. Operation will continue inERM until the vehicle can beplugged in to recharge the highvoltage battery and restoreElectric Mode.

The high voltage battery willcontinue to provide some power andwork together with the engine toprovide peak performance when it isrequired, such as driving up a steepincline or for high accelerationmaneuvers. The battery will not becharged nor will electric vehiclerange be restored by the engine.

In either Electric Mode or ExtendedRange Mode, when the hood isopen, the engine will run withoutturning off if the vehicle is on. Thehigh voltage battery is neithercharged nor discharged when thisoccurs.

In either Electric Mode or ExtendedRange Mode, if there is a highvoltage battery fault, the engine mayrun without turning off to generateneeded electricity. The malfunction

indicator lamp will turn on. SeeMalfunction Indicator Lamp onpage 5-17.

Driver Selected OperatingModesWhile driving in Electric or ExtendedRange Mode, additional operatingmodes can be selected.

Press the MODE switch to displayselectable drive modes in the DriverInformation Center (DIC). Continuepressing to scroll through themodes.



Highlight either the Mountain, Sport,or Hold Mode, then release theMODE switch. After three seconds,the new drive mode will becomeactive.

Pressing the MODE switch againwill return to Tour Mode, andbecome active after three seconds.

At next start, the vehicle will defaultto Tour Mode. Drive modes can thenbe selected again as desired.

During some conditions, certaindrive modes may be unavailable.The unavailable mode is grayed outin the DIC menu and cannot beselected.

If in Sport, Mountain, or Hold Mode,the mode may become unavailableand the vehicle will return to TourMode. The indicator light goes offand a DIC message displays. SeePropulsion Power Messages onpage 5-48.

Sport Mode

Sport Mode provides moreresponsive acceleration, steering,and suspension than Tour Mode,but can reduce efficiency. Use TourMode whenever possible.

Press the MODE switch button toselect Sport Mode.

Press the MODE switch again toreturn to Tour Mode and it becomesactive after three seconds.

Each time the vehicle is started, itwill return to Tour Mode.

Mountain Mode

Mountain Mode should be selectedin advance of climbing steep, uphillgrades and when expecting to drivein very hilly or mountainous terrain.This mode maintains a reserveelectrical charge of the high voltagebattery to provide better gradeclimbing performance. While drivingin Mountain Mode, the vehicle willhave less responsive acceleration.



Mountain Mode will not changenormal vehicle braking performancefor steep downhill grades. See Hilland Mountain Roads on page 9-9and Electric Drive Unit onpage 9-28.

Press the MODE switch to selectMountain Mode. If steep hill drivingis expected, it is recommended toselect Mountain Mode at least20 minutes before driving on steepgrades. This will allow the vehicletime to build a sufficient batterycharge reserve.

If Mountain Mode is not selected forthese conditions, propulsion powermay be reduced and the enginespeed may increase. SeePropulsion Power Messages onpage 5-48.

The engine may run when MountainMode is selected, depending on thehigh voltage battery charge, to buildreserve battery charge for uphillclimbs. The high voltage batterycharge reserved for Mountain Mode

will be displayed on the batterygauge, but will not be depleted untilit is required for uphill driving.


Each time the vehicle is started, itwill return to Tour Mode to maintaina smaller battery charge reserve fornormal driving.

Hold Mode

Hold Mode is only available whenthe vehicle is in Electric Mode. Thismode places the remaining batterycharge into a reserve for the driverto use as desired. Selecting this

mode transitions the vehicle toExtended Range Mode to maintainthe battery charge reserve.

Upon exiting Hold Mode, thereserved battery charge becomesavailable again and the vehiclereturns to Electric Mode. If thetransition is from Hold Mode directlyto Mountain Mode, the electricrange displayed adjusts for theMountain Mode charge reserve.

Press the MODE switch and scrollto Hold Mode to select it.


Each time the vehicle is started, itwill return to Tour Mode.

Out of Fuel/EngineUnavailableIf the vehicle runs out of fuel, or theengine will not start due to amalfunction, the vehicle cancontinue to be driven in ElectricMode. The vehicle will have less



responsive acceleration. DICmessages indicate reducedpropulsion power, that the engine isnot available, and the need for fuelor service.

Once the vehicle is refueled, or themalfunction is corrected, the enginewill start the next time the vehicle isturned on to perform a self test, andDIC messages will not be displayed.Once the engine starts successfully,normal operation will continue ineither Electric or Extended RangeMode. The engine may stop runningafter the self test is completedbased on the current mode ofoperation. See Fuel SystemMessages on page 5-44 andService Vehicle Messages onpage 5-49.

Maintenance ModesEngine Maintenance Mode (EMM)

EMM runs the engine to keep it ingood working condition afterapproximately six weeks of no orvery limited engine operation. EMM

will force the engine to run, even ifthere is a charge to power thevehicle. When EMM is needed, theEMM Request screen appears onthe center stack display at vehiclestart.

If Start Maintenance is selected,EMM will begin. The engine will runfor a set amount of time withoutturning off. During EMM, a DICmessage displays to show theEMM percentage complete.

If Postpone is selected, the EMMRequest screen will appear whenthe vehicle is next started. TheEMM request can be delayed foronly one day.

If the EMM request was delayed forone day, EMM will automaticallystart the engine at the next vehiclestart. An EMM Notification screenwill appear in the center stackdisplay.

If the vehicle shuts off during EMM,it will restart the next time thevehicle is driven. A messagedisplays to indicate that EMM isactive.

If EMM is required and the fuel levelis low, EMM may eventually emptythe fuel tank if fuel is not added.This will result in reduced, or nopower. An adequate fuel level mustbe maintained in the vehicle to keepit operational. See Propulsion PowerMessages on page 5-48.



Fuel Maintenance Mode (FMM)

FMM tracks average fuel age. Oldfuel can cause engine problems.If low engine usage causes averagefuel age to exceed approximatelyone year, FMM will run the engine touse up the old fuel. The engine willrun until enough fresh fuel is addedto bring the average fuel age into anacceptable range. Allowing more oldfuel to be used up by FMM andadding a larger amount of fresh fuelwill maximize the length of timebefore another FMM is needed.During FMM the engine may turn onand off.

When FMM is needed, the FMMRequest screen appears on thecenter stack display at vehicle start.

If Start Maintenance is selected,FMM will begin. FMM willautomatically continue at eachvehicle start until fresh fuel isadded.

If Postpone is selected, the FMMRequest screen will appear whenthe vehicle is next started. The FMMrequest can be delayed for onlyone day.

If the FMM request was delayed forone day, FMM will start at the nextvehicle start and display the FMMNotification screen on the centerstack display.

If FMM is required and the fuel levelis low, FMM may eventually emptythe fuel tank if fuel is not added.This will result in reduced, or nopower. An adequate fuel level mustbe maintained in the vehicle to keepit operational. See Propulsion PowerMessages on page 5-48.



Engine Exhaust

{ Warning

Engine exhaust contains carbonmonoxide (CO) which cannot beseen or smelled. Exposure to COcan cause unconsciousness andeven death.

Exhaust may enter the vehicle if:. The engine is running inExtended Range Mode inareas with poor ventilation(parking garages, tunnels,or deep snow that may blockunderbody airflow or tailpipes).

. The exhaust smells orsounds strange or different.

. The exhaust system leaksdue to corrosion or damage.

. The vehicle exhaust systemhas been modified, damaged,or improperly repaired.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. There are holes or openingsin the vehicle body fromdamage or aftermarketmodifications that are notcompletely sealed.

If unusual fumes are detected orif it is suspected that exhaust iscoming into the vehicle:

. Drive it only with the windowscompletely down.

. Have the vehicle repairedimmediately.

Never park with the enginerunning in Extended Range Modein an enclosed area such as agarage or a building that has nofresh air ventilation.

Running the VehicleWhile ParkedIt is better not to park with thepropulsion system running.

If the vehicle is left with thepropulsion system running, followthe proper steps to be sure thevehicle will not move. See ShiftingInto Park on page 9-19 and EngineExhaust on page 9-27.



Electric Drive UnitThe vehicle uses an electricdrive unit.

P (Park): This position locks thefront wheels. It is the best positionto use when starting the propulsionsystem because the vehicle cannotmove easily.

{ Warning

It is dangerous to get out of thevehicle if the shift lever is not fullyin P (Park) with the parking brakefirmly set. The vehicle can roll.

Do not leave the vehicle when thepropulsion system is running.If you have left the propulsionsystem running, the vehicle canmove suddenly. You or otherscould be injured. To be sure thevehicle will not move, even whenyou are on fairly level ground,always set the parking brake andmove the shift lever to P (Park).See Shifting Into Park onpage 9-19.

Make sure the shift lever is fully inP (Park) before starting thepropulsion system. The vehicle hasan electric drive unit shift lockcontrol system. The regular brakemust be fully applied first and thenthe shift lever button pressed before

shifting from P (Park) when thevehicle is in ON/RUN. If you cannotshift out of P (Park), ease pressureon the shift lever, then push the shiftlever all the way into P (Park) asyou maintain brake application.Then press the shift lever buttonand move the shift lever intoanother gear. See Shifting out ofPark on page 9-20.

R (Reverse): Use this gear toback up.

{ Caution

Shifting to R (Reverse) while thevehicle is moving forward coulddamage the electric drive unit.The repairs would not be coveredby the vehicle warranty. Shift toR (Reverse) only after the vehicleis stopped.

To rock the vehicle back and forth toget out of snow, ice, or sand withoutdamaging the electric drive unit, seeIf the Vehicle Is Stuck on page 9-11.



N (Neutral): In this position, thepropulsion system does not connectwith the wheels.

D (Drive): This position is fornormal driving. It provides the bestfuel economy. If more power isneeded for passing, and thevehicle is:. Going less than 56 km/h

(35 mph), push the acceleratorpedal about halfway down.

. Going about 56 km/h (35 mph) ormore, push the accelerator allthe way down.

{ Caution

If the vehicle seems to accelerateslowly or not respond when yougo faster, and you continue todrive the vehicle that way, youcould damage the electric driveunit. Have the vehicle servicedright away.

L (Low): This position reducesvehicle speed without using thebrakes. You can use L (Low) onhills. It can help control vehiclespeed going down steep mountainroads along with using the brakesoff and on. You can use L (Low) onvery steep hills, in deep snow,or in mud.

The brake lamps may come onwhen the vehicle is in L (Low) andthe accelerator is not pressed toindicate the vehicle is slowing down.

{ Caution

Spinning the tires or holding thevehicle in one place on a hillusing only the accelerator pedalmay damage the electric driveunit. The repair will not becovered by the vehicle warranty.If you are stuck, do not spin thetires. When stopping on a hill, usethe brakes to hold the vehicle inplace.

Brakes

Antilock BrakeSystem (ABS)This vehicle has ABS, an advancedelectronic braking system that helpsprevent a braking skid.

When propulsion is active and thevehicle begins to drive away, ABSchecks itself. A momentary motor orclicking noise might be heard whilethis test is going on, and it mighteven be noticed that the brakepedal moves a little. This is normal.

If there is a problem with ABS, thiswarning light stays on. See AntilockBrake System (ABS) Warning Lighton page 5-21.



If driving safely on a wet road and itbecomes necessary to slam on thebrakes and continue braking toavoid a sudden obstacle, acomputer senses that the wheelsare slowing down. If one of thewheels is about to stop rolling, thecomputer will separately work thebrakes at each wheel.

ABS can change the brake pressureto each wheel, as required, fasterthan any driver could. This can helpthe driver steer around the obstaclewhile braking hard.

As the brakes are applied, thecomputer keeps receiving updateson wheel speed and controlsbraking pressure accordingly.

Remember: ABS does not changethe time needed to get a foot up tothe brake pedal or always decreasestopping distance. If you get tooclose to the vehicle in front of you,there will not be enough time toapply the brakes if that vehicle

suddenly slows or stops. Alwaysleave enough room up ahead tostop, even with ABS.

Using ABS

Do not pump the brakes. Just holdthe brake pedal down firmly and letABS work. You might hear the ABSpump or motor operating and feelthe brake pedal pulsate, but this isnormal.

Braking in Emergencies

ABS allows the driver to steer andbrake at the same time. In manyemergencies, steering can helpmore than even the very bestbraking.

Electric Parking Brake

The vehicle has an Electric ParkingBrake (EPB). The switch is to theleft of the steering wheel. The EPBcan always be activated, even if thevehicle is off. To prevent drainingthe 12-volt battery, avoid repeatedcycles of the EPB system when thevehicle is off.

The system has a red parking brakestatus light and an amber parkingbrake warning light. See ElectricParking Brake Light on page 5-20and Service Electric Parking Brake



Light on page 5-21. There are alsoparking brake-related DriverInformation Center (DIC) messages.See Brake System Messages onpage 5-41. In case of insufficientelectrical power, the EPB cannot beapplied or released.

Before leaving the vehicle, checkthe red parking brake status light toensure that the parking brake isapplied.

EPB Apply

To apply the EPB:

1. Be sure the vehicle is at acomplete stop.

2. Lift up the EPB switchmomentarily.

The red parking brake status lightwill flash and then stay on once theEPB is fully applied. If the redparking brake status light flashescontinuously, then the EPB is onlypartially applied or there is aproblem with the EPB. A DICmessage will display. Release theEPB and try to apply it again. If the

light does not come on, or keepsflashing, have the vehicle serviced.Do not drive the vehicle if the redparking brake status light is flashing.See your dealer. See ElectricParking Brake Light on page 5-20.

If the amber parking brake warninglight is on, lift up on the EPB switchand hold it up. Continue to hold theswitch until the red parking brakestatus light remains on. If the amberparking brake warning light is on,see your dealer.

If the EPB is applied while thevehicle is moving, the vehicle willdecelerate as long as the switch isheld up. If the switch is held up untilthe vehicle comes to a stop, theEPB will remain applied.

The vehicle may automatically applythe EPB in some situations whenthe vehicle is not moving. This isnormal, and is done to periodicallycheck the correct operation of theEPB system.

If the EPB fails to apply, the rearwheels should be blocked toprevent vehicle movement.

EPB Release

To release the EPB:

1. Place the ignition in the ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUNposition.

2. Apply and hold the brake pedal.

3. Push down momentarily on theEPB switch.

The EPB is released when the redparking brake status light is off.

If the amber parking brake warninglight is on, release the EPB bypushing down on the EPB switchand holding it down. Continue tohold the switch until the red parkingbrake status light is off. If either lightstays on after release is attempted,see your dealer.



{ Caution

Driving with the parking brake oncan overheat the brake systemand cause premature wear ordamage to brake system parts.Make sure that the parking brakeis fully released and the brakewarning light is off before driving.

Automatic EPB Release

The EPB will automatically release ifthe vehicle is running, placed intogear, and an attempt is made todrive away. Avoid rapid accelerationwhen the EPB is applied, topreserve parking brake lining life.

Regenerative BrakingRegenerative braking takes some ofthe energy from the moving vehicleand turns it back into electricalenergy. This energy is then storedback into the high voltage batterysystem, contributing to increasedenergy efficiency.

The hydraulic disc brakes work withthe regenerative braking to ensureeffective braking, such as when ahigh braking demand is requested.

The braking system is computercontrolled and blends theregenerative braking with theconventional hydraulic disc brakesto meet any requirements fordeceleration. The controllerinterprets the braking request anduses regenerative braking,conventional hydraulic braking, or acombination of both as necessary.Because the controller applies thehydraulic brakes through its highpressure accumulator, you mayoccasionally hear the motor-drivenpump when it recharges the system.This is normal.

See Warning Lights, Gauges, andIndicators on page 5-7 and DriverInformation Center (DIC) onpage 5-38. In the event of acontroller problem, the brake pedalmay be harder to push and thestopping distance may be longer.

Regen on Demand™

Regen on Demand allows increaseddeceleration by pressing andholding either of the steering wheelpaddle switches. It works inD (Drive) and L (Low). Theaccelerator pedal must be fullyreleased for it to work.

The brake pedal must be applied atlow speed, because it will not stopthe car.

Cruise control will turn off, and thebrake lights may come on, whenthis feature is activated.



Ride Control Systems

Traction Control/Electronic StabilityControlThe vehicle has a Traction ControlSystem (TCS) and StabiliTrak®, anelectronic stability control system.These systems help limit wheel slipand assist the driver in maintainingcontrol, especially on slippery roadconditions.

TCS activates if it senses that anyof the drive wheels are spinning orbeginning to lose traction. When thishappens, the system brakes thespinning wheel(s) and/or reducesengine power to limit wheel spin.

StabiliTrak activates when thecomputer senses a differencebetween the intended path and thedirection the vehicle is actuallytraveling. StabiliTrak selectivelyapplies braking pressure at any oneof the vehicle's brakes to help steerthe vehicle in the intended direction.

If cruise control is being used andtraction control or StabiliTrak beginsto limit wheel spin, cruise control willdisengage. Cruise control may beturned back on when roadconditions allow.

Both systems come onautomatically when the vehicle isstarted and begins to move. Thesystems may be heard or felt whilethey are operating or whileperforming diagnostic checks. Thisis normal and does not mean thereis a problem with the vehicle.

It is recommended to leave bothsystems on for normal drivingconditions, but It may be necessaryto turn TCS off if the vehicle getsstuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.See If the Vehicle Is Stuck onpage 9-11 and “Turning the SystemsOff and On” later in this section.

The indicator light for both systemsis in the instrument cluster. Thislight will:. Flash when TCS is limiting

wheel spin.. Flash when StabiliTrak is

activated.. Turn on and stay on when either

system is not working.

If either system fails to turn on or toactivate, a message displays in theDriver Information Center (DIC), andd comes on and stays on toindicate that the system is inactiveand is not assisting the driver inmaintaining control. The vehicle issafe to drive, but driving should beadjusted accordingly.



If d comes on and stays on:

1. Stop the vehicle.

2. Turn the engine off and wait15 seconds.

3. Start the engine.

Drive the vehicle. if d comes onand stays on, the vehicle may needmore time to diagnose the problem.If the condition persists, see yourdealer.

Turning the Systems Offand On

The button for TCS and StabiliTrakis on the center console, behind theshift lever.

{ Caution

Do not repeatedly brake oraccelerate heavily when TCS isoff. The vehicle driveline could bedamaged.

To turn off only TCS, press andrelease theY button. The traction

off light i displays in the instrumentcluster. The appropriate DICmessage is displayed. See RideControl System Messages onpage 5-48.

To turn TCS on again, press andrelease theY button. The traction

off light i displayed in theinstrument cluster will turn off.

If TCS is limiting wheel spin whentheY button is pressed, thesystem will not turn off until thewheels stop spinning.

To turn off both TCS and StabiliTrak,press and hold theY button until

the traction off light i and

StabiliTrak OFF light g come onand stay on in the instrumentcluster. The appropriate DICmessage is displayed. See RideControl System Messages onpage 5-48.

To turn TCS and StabiliTrak onagain, press and release theYbutton. The traction off light i and

StabiliTrak OFF light g in theinstrument cluster turn off.

Adding accessories can affect thevehicle's performance. SeeAccessories and Modifications onpage 10-2.



Driver Mode ControlDriver Mode Control attempts to adda sportier feel, provide a morecomfortable ride, or assist in veryhilly or mountainous terrain. Thissystem simultaneously changes thesoftware calibration of varioussub-systems. Depending on theoption package, available features,and mode selected, the suspension,steering, and powertrain will changecalibrations to achieve the desiredmode characteristics. The vehicle isequipped with Continuous DampingControl (CDC). Selecting the variousDriver Modes adjusts the ride of thevehicle to enhance the rideperformance for the road conditionsand the selected mode.

Driver Mode Control Switch

The Driver Mode Control has fourmodes: Tour, Sport, Mountain, andHold. Pressz on the MODE switchon the center console to make amode selection. The first press ofthe switch will always show the TourMode. Subsequent presses willscroll though the available modes.The Tour and Sport Modes will feelsimilar on a smooth road. Select anew setting whenever drivingconditions change. For additional

information on these Modes, seeDriver Selected Operating Modes onpage 9-22.

Tour Mode

Use for normal city and highwaydriving to provide a smooth, softride. Each time the vehicle isstarted, it will return to Tour Mode.

Sport Mode

Use where road conditions orpersonal preference demand a morecontrolled response.

When selected, the Sport Modeindicator will display in the DIC.

When in Sport Mode, the vehicle willstill shift automatically. The electricdrive unit may remain in gear longerthan it would in the normal drivingmode based on braking, throttleinput, and vehicle lateralacceleration. The steering willchange to provide more precisecontrol. The suspension will changeto provide better body control andhandling performance.



Mountain Mode

Use when driving in very hilly ormountainous terrain.

When selected, the Mountain Modeindicator will display in the DIC.

This feature is intended to maintaina reserve electrical charge of thehigh voltage battery to providebetter grade climbing performance.While driving in Mountain Mode, thevehicle will have less responsiveacceleration.

Hold Mode

The Hold Mode is only availablewhen the vehicle is in the ElectricMode. Use when wanting to changeto Extended Range Mode tomaintain the battery charge reserve.See Extended Range Mode onpage 9-22.

When selected, the Hold Modeindicator will display in the DIC.

This feature is intended to place theremaining battery charge into areserve for the driver to use as

desired. Hold Mode will not changenormal vehicle acceleration orbraking performance.

Continuous DampingControl (CDC)The CDC feature provides superiorvehicle ride and handling under avariety of passenger and loadingconditions.

The system is fully automatic anduses a computer controller tocontinuously monitor vehicle speed,wheel to body position, lift/dive, andsteering position of the vehicle. Thecontroller then sends signals toeach shock absorber toindependently adjust the dampinglevel to provide the optimumvehicle ride.

Cruise Control

{ Warning

Cruise control can be dangerouswhere you cannot drive safely ata steady speed. Do not use thecruise control on winding roads orin heavy traffic.

Cruise control can be dangerouson slippery roads. On such roads,fast changes in tire traction cancause excessive wheel slip, andyou could lose control. Do not usecruise control on slippery roads.

With cruise control, a speed ofabout 40 km/h (25 mph) or more canbe maintained without keeping yourfoot on the accelerator. Cruisecontrol does not work at speedsbelow about 40 km/h (25 mph).

If the brakes are applied, the cruisecontrol disengages.



If the StabiliTrak® system begins tolimit wheel spin while using cruisecontrol, the cruise controlautomatically disengages. SeeTraction Control/Electronic StabilityControl on page 9-33. If a collisionalert occurs when cruise control isactivated, cruise control isdisengaged. See Forward CollisionAlert (FCA) System on page 9-50.When road conditions allow thecruise control to be safely used, youcan apply the cruise control again.

J (On/Off): Press to turn thesystem on and off. A white cruisecontrol indicator appears in theinstrument cluster when cruise isturned on.

+RES (Resume/Accelerate):Press the control up briefly to +RESto make the vehicle resume to apreviously set speed or press andhold to accelerate. If cruise controlis already active, use to increasevehicle speed. To increase speed by1 km/h or 1 mph, press +RES up tothe first detent. To increase speed tothe next 5 km/h or 5 mph mark onthe speedometer, press +RES up tothe second detent.

SET− (Set/Coast): Press thecontrol down briefly to set the speedand activate cruise control. If cruisecontrol is already active, use todecrease vehicle speed. Todecrease speed by 1 km/h or 1 mph,press SET− down to the first detent.To decrease speed to the next

5 km/h or 5 mph mark on thespeedometer, press SET− down tothe second detent.

* (Cancel): Press to disengagecruise control without erasing theset speed from memory.

Setting Cruise Control

If the cruise button is on when not inuse, it could get bumped and go intocruise when not desired. Keep thecruise control button off when cruiseis not being used.

1. PressJ.

2. Get up to the desired speed.

3. Press and release the SET−control on the steering wheel.

4. Remove foot from theaccelerator.

When the cruise control has beenset to the desired speed, the cruisecontrol indicator appears green onthe instrument cluster.



Resuming a Set Speed

If the cruise control is set at adesired speed and then the brakesare applied, the cruise control isdisengaged without erasing the setspeed from memory.

Once the vehicle speed reachesabout 40 km/h (25 mph) or more,press +RES up to the first detentbriefly on the steering wheel. Thevehicle returns to the previous setspeed.

Increasing Speed While CruiseControl is at a Set Speed

If the cruise control system isalready activated:. Press and hold +RES up until

the desired speed is reached,then release it.

. To increase vehicle speed insmall increments, briefly press+RES up to the first detent. Foreach press, the vehicle goesabout 1 km/h or 1 mph faster.

. To increase vehicle speed inlarger increments, briefly press+RES up to the second detent.For each press, the vehiclespeed increases to the next5 km/h or 5 mph mark on thespeedometer.

The speedometer reading can bedisplayed in either English or metricunits. See Instrument Cluster onpage 5-7. The increment value useddepends on the units displayed.

Reducing Speed While CruiseControl is at a Set Speed

If the cruise control system isalready activated:. Press and hold SET− down until

the desired lower speed isreached, then release it.

. To decrease the vehicle speed insmall increments, briefly pressSET− down to the first detent.For each press, the vehicle goesabout 1 km/h or 1 mph slower.

. To decrease the vehicle speed inlarger increments, briefly pressSET− down to the seconddetent. For each press, thevehicle speed decreases to thenext 5 km/h or 5 mph mark onthe speedometer.


Passing Another Vehicle WhileUsing Cruise Control

Use the accelerator pedal toincrease the vehicle speed. Whenyou take your foot off the pedal, thevehicle will slow down to thepreviously set cruise speed. Whilepressing the accelerator pedal orshortly following the release tooverride cruise control, brieflyapplying the SET– switch will resultin cruise control set to the currentvehicle speed.



Using Cruise Control on Hills

How well the cruise control will workon hills depends upon the vehiclespeed, load, and the steepness ofthe hills. When going up steep hills,you might have to step on theaccelerator pedal to maintain thevehicle speed. Also, you may haveto brake or shift to a lower gear tokeep the vehicle speed down. If thebrake is applied, the cruise controldisengages.

Ending Cruise Control

To disengage cruise control, do oneof the following:. Step lightly on the brake pedal.

. Press*.

. PressJ.

. Press a Regen on Demandpaddle.

Erasing Speed Memory

The cruise control set speed iserased from memory ifJ ispressed or if the ignition isturned off.

Adaptive Cruise ControlIf equipped with Adaptive CruiseControl (ACC), it allows the driver toselect the cruise control set speedand following gap. Read this entiresection before using this system.The following gap is the followingtime between your vehicle and avehicle detected directly ahead inyour path moving in the samedirection. If no vehicle is detected inyour path, ACC works like regularcruise control. ACC uses a radarsensor. See Radio FrequencyStatement on page 13-15.

If a vehicle is detected in your path,ACC can apply acceleration orlimited, moderate braking tomaintain the selected following gap.To disengage ACC, apply the brake.If ACC is controlling your vehicle

speed when the Traction ControlSystem (TCS) activates, the ACCmay automatically disengage. SeeTraction Control/Electronic StabilityControl on page 9-33. When roadconditions allow ACC to be safelyused, the ACC can be turnedback on.

ACC will not engage if the TCS orStabiliTrak electronic stability controlsystem is disabled.

{ Warning

ACC has limited braking abilityand may not have time to slowthe vehicle down enough to avoida collision with another vehicleyou are following. This can occurwhen vehicles suddenly slow orstop ahead, or enter your lane.Also see “Alerting the Driver” inthis section. Complete attention isalways required while driving andyou should be ready to takeaction and apply the brakes. SeeDefensive Driving on page 9-5.



{ Warning

Adaptive Cruise Control will notdetect or brake for children,pedestrians, animals, or otherobjects.

Do not use Adaptive CruiseControl when:

. On winding and hilly roads orwhen the sensors areblocked by snow, ice, or dirt.The system may not detect avehicle ahead. Keep theentire front of the vehicleclean.

. Visibility is low, such as infog, rain, or snow conditions.Adaptive Cruise Controlperformance is limited underthese conditions.

. On slippery roads where fastchanges in tire traction cancause excessive wheel slip.

] (On/Off): Press to turn thesystem on or off. A white adaptivecruise control indicator comes on.

+RES (Resume/Accelerate):Press the control up briefly toresume the previous set speed orhold to accelerate. If ACC is alreadyactivated, use to increase vehiclespeed.

SET– (Set/Coast): Press thecontrol down briefly to set the speedand activate ACC. If cruise control isalready active, use to decreasevehicle speed.

* (Cancel): Press to disengageACC without erasing the selectedspeed.

3 (Follow Distance Gap): Pressto select a following gap time (ordistance) setting for ACC of Far,Medium, or Near.

Setting Adaptive Cruise Control

If the cruise button is on when not inuse, the cruise on/off control couldget pressed and cruise control couldbecome active when not desired.Keep the cruise control off whencruise is not being used.

Select the set speed desired forcruise. This is the vehicle speedwhen no vehicle is detected inits path.

ACC will not set at a speed lessthan 24 km/h (15 mph), although itcan be resumed when driving atlower speeds.

To set ACC:

1. Press].



2. Get up to the desired speed.

3. Press and release the SET–control on the steering wheel.

4. Remove foot from theaccelerator.

After ACC is set, it may immediatelyapply the brakes if a vehicle aheadis detected closer than the selectedfollowing gap.

The ACC indicator displays in theinstrument cluster. When the ACC isactive, the indicator will be lit green.

Be mindful of speed limits,surrounding traffic speeds, andweather conditions when selectingthe set speed.

Resuming a Set Speed

If the ACC is set at a desired speedand then the brakes are applied, theACC is disengaged without erasingthe set speed from memory.

To begin using ACC again, press+RES up briefly on the steeringwheel. The vehicle returns to theprevious set speed.

Increasing Speed While ACC is ata Set Speed

If ACC is already activated, do oneof the following:. Use the accelerator to get to the

higher speed. Press SET– down.Release the control and theaccelerator pedal. The vehiclewill now cruise at the higherspeed.

When the accelerator pedal ispressed, ACC will not brakebecause it is overridden.A warning message will appearon the Driver Information Center(DIC). See Cruise ControlMessages on page 5-42.

. Press and hold +RES up untilthe desired set speed appearson the display, then release it.

. To increase vehicle speed insmall increments, briefly press+RES . For each press, thevehicle goes to the next 1km/hor 1 mph faster mark on thespeedometer.

. To increase vehicle speed inlarger increments, press +RESup to the second detent. Foreach press, the vehicle speedincreases to the next 5 km/h or5 mph mark on thespeedometer.

When it is determined that there isno vehicle ahead inside the selectedfollowing gap, then the vehiclespeed will increase to the set speed.




Reducing Speed While ACC is at aSet Speed

If ACC is already activated, do oneof the following:. Use the brake to get to the

desired lower speed. PressSET– down and release theaccelerator pedal. The vehiclewill now cruise at the lowerspeed.

. Press and hold SET– down untilthe desired lower speed isreached, then release it.

. To decrease the vehicle speed insmaller increments, press SET−.For each press, the vehicle goesto the next 1 km/h or 1 mphslower mark on thespeedometer.

. To decrease the vehicle speed inlarger increments, press SET−down to the second detent. Foreach press, the vehicle speeddecreases to the next 5 km/h or5 mph mark on thespeedometer.


Selecting the Follow Distance

When a slower moving vehicle isdetected ahead within the selectedfollowing gap, ACC will adjust thevehicle's speed and attempt tomaintain the follow distance gapselected.

Press3 on the steering wheel toadjust the following gap. Whenpressed, the current gap settingdisplays briefly on the instrumentcluster.

Subsequent presses cycle the gapbutton through three settings: Far,Medium, or Near. The gap settingwill be maintained until it ischanged.

Since each gap setting correspondsto a following time (Far, Medium,or Near), the following distance willvary based on vehicle speed. The

faster the vehicle speed, the furtherback your vehicle will follow avehicle detected ahead. Considertraffic and weather conditions whenselecting the following gap. Therange of selectable gaps may not beappropriate for all drivers anddriving conditions.

Changing the gap settingautomatically changes the alerttiming sensitivity (Far, Medium,or Near) for the Forward CollisionAlert (FCA) feature. See ForwardCollision Alert (FCA) System onpage 9-50.

Alerting the Driver

If ACC is engaged, driver actionmay be required when ACC cannotapply sufficient braking because ofapproaching a vehicle too rapidly.



When this condition occurs, six redlights will flash on the windshieldand either eight beeps will soundfrom the front, or both sides of theSafety Alert Seat will pulse fivetimes. See Collision/Detectionsystems under VehiclePersonalization on page 5-51.

See Defensive Driving on page 9-5.

Approaching and Following aVehicle

The vehicle ahead symbol is inthe DIC.

The vehicle ahead symbol onlydisplays when a vehicle is detectedin your vehicle’s path moving in thesame direction.

If this symbol is not displaying, ACCwill not respond to or brake tovehicles ahead.

ACC automatically slows the vehicledown and adjusts vehicle speed tofollow the vehicle in front at theselected follow gap. The vehiclespeed increases or decreases tofollow the vehicle in front of you, butwill not exceed the set speed. It mayapply limited braking, if necessary.When braking is active, the brakelamps will come on. The automaticbraking may feel or sound differentthan if the brakes were appliedmanually. This is normal.

Stationary or Very Slow-MovingObjects

{ Warning

Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)may not detect and react tostopped or slow-moving vehiclesahead of you. For example, thesystem may not brake for a

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

vehicle it has never detectedmoving. This can occur instop-and-go traffic or when avehicle suddenly appears due toa vehicle ahead changing lanes.Your vehicle may not stop andcould cause a crash. Use cautionwhen using ACC. Your completeattention is always required whiledriving and you should be readyto take action and apply thebrakes.

ACC Automatically Disengages

ACC may automatically disengageand the driver will need to manuallyapply the brakes to slow thevehicle when:. The sensors are blocked.. The Traction Control System

(TCS) or electronic stabilitycontrol system has activated orbeen disabled.



. No traffic or other objects arebeing detected.

. There is a fault in the system.

. Regen on Demand is engaged.

A message indicating that the cruiseis disengaging will appear on theDIC and the ACC active symbol willnot be displayed when ACC is nolonger active.

Notification to Resume ACC

ACC will maintain a follow gapbehind a detected vehicle and slowyour vehicle to a stop behind thatvehicle.

If the stopped vehicle ahead hasdriven away and ACC has not beenresumed, the vehicle ahead symbolwill flash as a reminder to checktraffic ahead before proceeding. Inaddition, the left and right sides ofthe Safety Alert Seat will pulse threetimes, or three beeps will sound.See “Alert Type” and “Go Notifier”under Collision/Detection systems inVehicle Personalization onpage 5-51.

When the vehicle ahead drivesaway, press +RES or theaccelerator pedal to resume ACC.If stopped for more thantwo minutes or if the driver door isopened and the safety belt isunbuckled, the ACC automaticallyapplies the electric parking brake tohold the vehicle. The electricparking brake status light will turnon. See Electric Parking Brake onpage 9-30. To resume ACC andrelease the electric parking brake,press the accelerator pedal.

A DIC warning message maydisplay indicating to shift to P (Park)before exiting the vehicle. SeeVehicle Messages on page 5-40.

{ Warning

If ACC has stopped the vehicle,and if ACC is disengaged, turnedoff, or canceled, the vehicle willno longer be held at a stop. Thevehicle can move. When ACC is

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

holding the vehicle at a stop,always be prepared to manuallyapply the brakes.

{ Warning

Leaving the vehicle withoutplacing it in P (Park) can bedangerous. Do not leave thevehicle while it is being held at astop by ACC. Always place thevehicle in P (Park) and turn offthe ignition before leaving thevehicle.

ACC Override

If using the accelerator pedal whileACC is active, a DIC warningmessage will indicate that automaticbraking will not occur. See VehicleMessages on page 5-40. ACC will



resume operation when theaccelerator pedal is not beingpressed.

{ Warning

The ACC will not automaticallyapply the brakes if your foot isresting on the accelerator pedalor if Regen on Demand paddlesare engaged. You could crashinto a vehicle ahead of you.

Curves in the Road

{ Warning

On curves, ACC may not detect avehicle ahead in your lane. Youcould be startled if the vehicleaccelerates up to the set speed,especially when following avehicle exiting or entering exitramps. You could lose control ofthe vehicle or crash. Do not use

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

ACC while driving on an entranceor exit ramp. Always be ready touse the brakes if necessary.

{ Warning

On curves, ACC may respond toa vehicle in another lane, or maynot have time to react to a vehiclein your lane. You could crash intoa vehicle ahead of you, or losecontrol of your vehicle. Give extraattention in curves and be readyto use the brakes if necessary.Select an appropriate speed whiledriving in curves.

ACC may operate differently in asharp curve. It may reduce thevehicle speed if the curve is toosharp.

When following a vehicle andentering a curve, ACC may notdetect the vehicle ahead andaccelerate to the set speed. Whenthis happens the vehicle aheadsymbol will not appear.

ACC may detect a vehicle that isnot in your lane and apply thebrakes.



ACC may occasionally provide analert and/or braking that isconsidered unnecessary. It couldrespond to vehicles in differentlanes, signs, guardrails, and otherstationary objects when entering orexiting a curve. This is normaloperation. The vehicle does notneed service.

Other Vehicle Lane Changes

ACC will not detect a vehicle aheaduntil it is completely in the lane. Thebrake may need to be manuallyapplied.

Do Not Use ACC on Hills andWhen Towing a Trailer

Do not use ACC when driving onsteep hills or when towing a trailer.ACC will not detect a vehicle in thelane while driving on steep hills. Thedriver will often need to take overacceleration and braking on steephills, especially when towing atrailer. If the brakes are applied, theACC disengages.

Ending ACC

To disengage ACC, do one of thefollowing:. Step lightly on the brake pedal.

. Press*.

. Press].

. Press a Regen on Demandpaddle.

Erasing Speed Memory

The cruise control set speed iserased from memory if ] ispressed or if the ignition isturned off.

Cleaning the Sensing System

The radar sensor on the front of thevehicle can become blocked bysnow, ice, dirt, or mud. These areasneed to be cleaned for ACC tooperate properly.

For cleaning instructions, see“Washing the Vehicle” underExterior Care on page 10-80.

System operation may also belimited under snow, heavy rain,or road spray conditions.



Driver AssistanceSystemsThis vehicle may have features thatwork together to help avoid crashesor reduce crash damage whiledriving, backing, and parking. Readthis entire section before usingthese systems.

{ Warning

Do not rely on the DriverAssistance Systems. Thesesystems do not replace the needfor paying attention and drivingsafely. You may not hear or feelalerts or warnings provided bythese systems. Failure to useproper care when driving mayresult in injury, death, or vehicledamage. See Defensive Drivingon page 9-5.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Under many conditions, thesesystems will not:

. Detect children, pedestrians,bicyclists, or animals.

. Detect vehicles or objectsoutside the area monitored bythe system.

. Work at all driving speeds.

. Warn you or provide you withenough time to avoid a crash.

. Work under poor visibility orbad weather conditions.

. Work if the detection sensoris not cleaned or is coveredby ice, snow, mud, or dirt.

Complete attention is alwaysrequired while driving, and youshould be ready to take actionand apply the brakes and/or steerthe vehicle to avoid crashes.

Audible or Safety Alert Seat

Some driver assistance featuresalert the driver of obstacles bybeeping. To change the volume ofthe warning chime, see “Comfortand Convenience” under VehiclePersonalization on page 5-51.

With the Safety Alert Seat, thedriver seat cushion may provide avibrating pulse alert instead ofbeeping. To change this, see“Collision/Detection Systems” underVehicle Personalization onpage 5-51.

Assistance Systems forParking or BackingWhen the vehicle is in R (Reverse),the Rear Vision Camera (RVC) andUltrasonic Front and Rear ParkingAssist (UFRPA) may help the driverto avoid a crash or to reduce crashdamage while backing and parking.Some models may also have RearCross Traffic Alert (RCTA).



When the vehicle is shifted intoR (Reverse), the RVC displays animage of the area behind the vehiclein the center stack display.

{ Warning

The RVC system does not displaychildren, pedestrians, bicyclists,animals, or any other objectlocated outside the camera's fieldof view, below the bumper,or under the vehicle. Perceiveddistances may be different fromactual distances. Do not back thevehicle using only the RVCscreen, during longer, higherspeed backing maneuvers,or where there could be crosstraffic. Failure to use proper carebefore backing may result ininjury, death, or vehicle damage.Always check behind and aroundthe vehicle before backing.

1. View Displayed by the Camera

1. View Displayed by the Camera

2. Corners of the Rear Bumper

Displayed images may be farther orcloser than they appear. The areadisplayed is limited and objects thatare close to either corner of thebumper or under the bumper do notdisplay.

A warning triangle may display onthe RVC screen to show where theUltrasonic Rear Parking Assist(URPA) has detected an object. Thistriangle changes from amber to redand increases in size the closer theobject.

On vehicles with the Rear CrossTraffic Alert (RCTA), a triangle withan arrow may also display on theRVC screen to warn of trafficcoming from either direction. Whenbacking, this system detects objectscoming from up to 20 m (65 ft) fromthe left or right side, behind thevehicle. When an object is detected,either three beeps sound or threeSafety Alert Seat pulses occur onthe left or right side, depending onthe direction of the detected vehicle.



Ultrasonic Front and Rear ParkAssist (UFRPA) operates at speedsof less than 8 km/h (5 mph) anddetects nearby objects within a zone25 cm (10 in) high off the groundand below bumper level. UFRPAdetects objects up to 2.5 m (8 ft)behind the vehicle, and detectsobjects up to 1.2 m (4 ft) in front ofthe vehicle. These detectiondistances may be less duringwarmer or humid weather.

{ Warning

The parking assist system doesnot detect children, pedestrians,bicyclists, animals, or objectslocated below the bumper or thatare too close or too far from thevehicle. It is not available atspeeds greater than 8 km/h(5 mph). To prevent injury, death,or vehicle damage, even withparking assist, always check the

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

area around the vehicle andcheck all mirrors before movingforward or backing.

The instrument cluster parkingassist display may have bars thatshow “distance to object” and objectlocation information for UFRPA. Asthe object gets closer, more barslight up. When an object is firstdetected in the rear, one beep willbe heard from the rear, or bothsides of the Safety Alert Seat willpulse two times. When an object isvery close (<0.6 m (2 ft) in thevehicle rear, or <0.3 m (1 ft) in the

vehicle front), five beeps will soundfrom the rear or front, or both sidesof the Safety Alert Seat will pulsefive times. Beeps for Front ParkingAssist are higher pitched than forRear Parking Assist.

Turning the Features On or Off

TheX button in the center stack isused to turn on or off the Front andRear Parking Assist. The indicatorlight next to the button comes onwhen the features are on and turnsoff when the features have beendisabled.



The parking assist symbols andguidance lines can be turned on oroff through the Settings menu onthe infotainment system. To turn thesymbols or guidance lines on or off:

1. On the infotainment system,press the SETTINGS screenbutton, or turn the MENU knobto highlight Settings andpress MENU.

2. Select Rear Camera.

3. Press Rear Park Assist Symbolsor Guidance Lines and thenselect OFF or ON.

The Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)can be turned on and off throughVehicle Personalization. See“Collision/Detection Systems” underVehicle Personalization onpage 5-51.

Assistance Systems forDrivingIf equipped, when driving thevehicle forward, Forward CollisionAlert (FCA), Lane Departure

Warning (LDW), Side Blind ZoneAlert (SBZA), and/or the ActiveEmergency Braking System canhelp to avoid a crash or reducecrash damage.

Forward Collision Alert(FCA) SystemThe FCA system may help to avoidor reduce the harm caused byfront-end crashes. Whenapproaching a vehicle ahead tooquickly, FCA provides a red flashingalert on the windshield and rapidlybeeps or pulses the driver seat.FCA also lights an amber visualalert if following another vehiclemuch too closely.

FCA detects vehicles within adistance of approximately 60 m(197 ft) and operates at speedsabove 40 km/h (25 mph). If thevehicle has Adaptive Cruise Control(ACC), it can detect vehicles todistances of approximately 110 m

(360 ft) and operates at all speeds.See Adaptive Cruise Control onpage 9-39.

{ Warning

FCA is a warning system anddoes not apply the brakes. Whenapproaching a slower-moving orstopped vehicle ahead too rapidly,or when following a vehicle tooclosely, FCA may not provide awarning with enough time to helpavoid a crash. FCA does not warnof pedestrians, animals, signs,guardrails, bridges, constructionbarrels, or other objects. Be readyto take action and apply thebrakes. For more information, seeDefensive Driving on page 9-5.

FCA can be disabled with the FCAsteering wheel control, or if yourvehicle is equipped with AdaptiveCruise Control (ACC), throughvehicle personalization. See the“Auto Collision Preparation” portion



of “Collision/Detection Systems”under Vehicle Personalization onpage 5-51.

Detecting the Vehicle Ahead

FCA warnings will not occur unlessthe FCA system detects a vehicleahead. When a vehicle is detected,the vehicle-ahead indicator willdisplay green. Vehicles may not bedetected on curves, highway exitramps, or hills; or due to poorvisibility. FCA will not detect anothervehicle ahead until it is completelyin the driving lane.

{ Warning

FCA does not provide a warningto help avoid a crash, unless itdetects a vehicle. FCA may notdetect a vehicle ahead if the FCAsensor is blocked by dirt, snow,or ice, or if the windshield isdamaged. It may also not detect avehicle on winding or hilly roads,or in conditions that can limitvisibility such as fog, rain,or snow, or if the headlamps orwindshield are not cleaned or inproper condition. Keep thewindshield, headlamps, and FCAsensors clean and in good repair.

Collision Alert

When your vehicle approachesanother detected vehicle too rapidly,the red FCA display will flash on thewindshield. Also, eight rapidhigh-pitched beeps will sound fromthe front, or both sides of the SafetyAlert Seat will pulse five times.When this Collision Alert occurs, thebrake system may prepare for driverbraking to occur more rapidly whichcan cause a brief, mild deceleration.Continue to apply the brake pedalas the driving situation dictates.Cruise control may be disengagedwhen the Collision Alert occurs.

Tailgating Alert

The vehicle-ahead indicator willdisplay amber when you arefollowing a vehicle ahead much tooclosely.



Selecting the Alert Timing

With Adaptive Cruise Control

Without Adaptive Cruise Control

The Collision Alert control is on thesteering wheel. Press[ /3 to setthe FCA timing to far, medium, near,or on some vehicles, off. The firstbutton press shows the currentsetting on the DIC. Additional buttonpresses will change this setting. Thechosen setting will remain until it ischanged and will affect the timing ofboth the Collision Alert and theTailgating Alert features. The timingof both alerts will vary based onvehicle speed. The faster thevehicle speed, the farther away thealert will occur. Consider traffic andweather conditions when selectingthe alert timing. The range ofselectable alert timing may not beappropriate for all drivers anddriving conditions.

If your vehicle is equipped withAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC),changing the FCA timing settingautomatically changes the followinggap setting (Far, Medium, or Near).

Following Distance Indication

The following distance to a movingvehicle you are following isindicated in following time inseconds on the Driver InformationCenter (DIC). See DriverInformation Center (DIC) onpage 5-38. The minimum followingtime is 0.5 seconds away. If there isno vehicle detected ahead, or thevehicle ahead is out of sensorrange, dashes will be displayed.

Unnecessary Alerts

FCA may provide unnecessaryalerts for turning vehicles, vehiclesin other lanes, objects that are notvehicles, or shadows. These alertsare normal operation and thevehicle does not need service.

Cleaning the System

If the FCA system does not seem tooperate properly, cleaning theoutside of the windshield in front ofthe camera sensor on the back ofthe rearview mirror, and cleaning the



front of the vehicle where radarsensors are located, may correctthe issue.

Active EmergencyBraking SystemIf the vehicle has Adaptive CruiseControl (ACC) it also has the ActiveEmergency Braking System, whichincludes the Automatic CollisionPreparation (ACP) System. Thesesystems can automatically brake thevehicle to help avoid or lessen theseverity of crashes.

Automatic CollisionPreparation (ACP) System

ACP may help reduce crashdamage by applying the vehicle’sbrake system and has a detectionrange of approximately 60 m(197 ft). Braking can only occur if avehicle is detected ahead in yourpath. This is shown by the FCAvehicle-ahead indicator being lit.See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System on page 9-50.

{ Warning

ACP is an emergency crashpreparation feature and is notdesigned to avoid crashes. Donot rely on ACP to brake thevehicle.

ACP may not:. Respond to stopped vehicles,pedestrians, or animals.

. Detect a vehicle ahead onwinding or hilly roads.

. Detect a stopped orslow-moving vehicle or otherobject ahead.

. Detect a vehicle whenweather limits visibility, suchas in fog, rain, or snow. Inthese situations, ACP sensorperformance is limited.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Complete attention is alwaysrequired while driving, and youshould be ready to take actionand apply the brakes and/or steerthe vehicle to avoid crashes.

Brake Preparation

When quickly approaching a vehicleahead, Brake Preparation reducesbrake response time by having thebrake system prepared for driverbraking to occur more rapidly.

Automatic Braking

In some imminent front-end crashsituations, if the driver has notapplied the brakes, AutomaticBraking applies the brakes to helpreduce crash damage. It may evenhelp avoid some very low speedcrashes.

Automatic Braking may slow thevehicle to a complete stop to try toavoid a potential crash. If this



happens, Automatic Braking willengage the Electric Parking Brake(EPB) to hold the vehicle at a stop.To release the EPB, press the EPBbutton. A firm press of theaccelerator pedal will also releaseAutomatic Braking and the EPB.

{ Warning

Automatic Braking mayautomatically brake the vehicle insituations where it may beunnecessary. It could respond toa turning vehicle ahead,guardrails, signs, and othernon-moving objects. This couldbe uncomfortable and startling. Tooverride Automatic Braking, firmlypress the accelerator pedal, if it issafe to do so.

Automatic Braking can be disabledor reduced through vehiclepersonalization. See the “AutoCollision Preparation” portion of

“Collision/Detection Systems” underVehicle Personalization onpage 5-51.

Side Blind ZoneAlert (SBZA)If equipped, the Side Blind ZoneAlert system is a lane-changing aidthat assists drivers with avoidingcrashes that occur with vehicles inthe side blind zone (or spot) areas.The SBZA warning display will lightup in the corresponding outside sidemirror and will flash if the turn signalis on.

{ Warning

SBZA does not alert the driver tovehicles rapidly approachingoutside of the side blind zones,pedestrians, bicyclists,or animals. It may not providealerts when changing lanes underall driving conditions. Failure to

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

use proper care when changinglanes may result in injury, death,or vehicle damage. Beforemaking a lane change, alwayscheck mirrors, glance over yourshoulder, and use the turnsignals.

SBZA Detection Zones

The SBZA sensor covers a zone ofapproximately one lane over fromboth sides of the vehicle, or 3.5 m



(11 ft). The height of the zone isapproximately between 0.5 m (1.5 ft)and 2 m (6 ft) off the ground. Thiszone starts at approximately themiddle of the vehicle and goes back5 m (16 ft).

How the System Works

The SBZA symbol lights up in theside mirrors when the systemdetects a vehicle in the next laneover that is in the side blind zone.This indicates it may be unsafe tochange lanes. Before making a lanechange, check the SBZA display,check mirrors, glance over yourshoulder, and use the turn signals.

Left Side MirrorDisplay

Right Side MirrorDisplay

When the vehicle is started, bothoutside mirror SBZA displays willbriefly come on to indicate thesystem is operating. When thevehicle is moving forward, theleft- or right-side mirror display willlight up if a vehicle is detected inthat blind zone. If the turn signal isactivated in the same direction of adetected vehicle, this display willflash as an extra warning not tochange lanes.

SBZA can be disabled throughvehicle personalization. See“Collision/Detection Systems” underVehicle Personalization onpage 5-51. If SBZA is disabled bythe driver, the SBZA mirror displayswill not light up.

When the System Does NotSeem to Work Properly

SBZA may alert to objects attachedto the vehicle, such as a bicycle,or object extending out to either sideof the vehicle. This is normal systemoperation; the vehicle does not needservice.

SBZA may not always alert thedriver to vehicles in the side blindzone, especially in wet conditions.The system does not need to beserviced. The system may light updue to guardrails, signs, trees,shrubs, and other non-movingobjects. This is normal systemoperation; the vehicle does not needservice.

SBZA may not operate when theSBZA sensors in the left or rightcorners of the rear bumper arecovered with mud, dirt, snow, ice,or slush, or in heavy rainstorms. Forcleaning instructions, see "Washingthe Vehicle" under Exterior Care onpage 10-80. If the DIC still displaysthe system unavailable messageafter cleaning both sides of thevehicle toward the rear corners ofthe vehicle, see your dealer.

If the SBZA displays do not light upwhen vehicles are in the blind zoneand the system is clean, the systemmay need service. Take the vehicleto your dealer.



When SBZA is disabled for anyreason other than the driver turningit off, the Side Blind Zone Alert Onoption will not be available on thepersonalization menu.

FCC Information


Lane DepartureWarning (LDW)LDW may help avoid crashes due tounintentional lane departures. It mayprovide a warning if the vehicle iscrossing a detected lane markerwithout using a turn signal in thelane departure direction. LDW usesa camera sensor to detect the lanemarkings. It only operates at speedsof 56 km/h (35 mph) or greater.

When the vehicle crosses adetected lane marking, the LDWindicator will flash and either threebeeps will be sounded from the leftor right side, or three Safety AlertSeat pulses will occur on the left or

right side of the seat, depending onthe lane departure direction. LDWwill not warn if the turn signal is onin the departure direction, or if asharp maneuver is made.

{ Warning

The LDW system is an aid to helpthe vehicle stay in the drivinglane. It does not steer the vehicle.The LDW system may not:

. Provide enough time to avoida crash.

. Detect lane markings underbad weather conditions or ifthe windshield is dirty.

. Detect lane markings and willnot detect road edges.

. Warn that the vehicle iscrossing a lane marking if thesystem does not detect thelane marking.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

If LDW only detects lanemarkings on one side of the road,it will only warn you whendeparting the lane on the sidewhere it has detected a lanemarker. Even with LDW, alwayskeep your attention on the roadand maintain proper vehicleposition within the lane, or vehicledamage, injury, or death couldoccur. Always keep thewindshield clean and do not useLDW in bad weather conditions.

How the System Works

The LDW camera sensor is on thewindshield ahead of the rearviewmirror.

To turn LDW on and off, press @ onthe center stack. The controlindicator will light when LDW is on.



When the vehicle is started, theLDW indicator on the instrumentcluster will come on briefly.

If LDW is on, the LDW indicator willappear green if the system detectsa left or right lane marking while thevehicle is traveling at 56 km/h(35 mph) or greater. If the vehiclecrosses a detected lane markingwithout using the turn signal in thelane departure direction, thisindicator will change to amber andflash. In addition, three beeps willbe sounded from the left or rightside, or the Safety Alert Seat willpulse three times on either the leftor right side of the seat, dependingon the lane departure direction.

When the System Does NotSeem to Work Properly

If the LDW symbol does not appearwhen the system is on and thevehicle is traveling at least 56 km/h(35 mph):. The lane markings on the road

may not be seen.. The camera sensor may be

blocked by dirt, snow, or ice.. The windshield may be

damaged.. The weather may be limiting

visibility.

This is normal operation; the vehicledoes not need service.

Lane markings may not be detectedon curves, highway exit ramps,or hills; or due to poor visibility.

If the LDW camera system does notseem to operate properly, cleaningthe outside of the windshield in frontof the camera sensor may correctthe issue.

{ Warning

LDW does not provide a warningto help avoid a crash, unless itdetects the lane markings. LDWmay not detect the lane markingsif the camera sensor is blockedby dirt, snow, or ice, or if thewindshield is damaged. It mayalso not detect a lane on windingor hilly roads, or in conditions thatcan limit visibility such as fog,rain, or snow, or if the headlampsor windshield are not cleaned orin proper condition. Keep thewindshield, headlamps, andcamera sensors clean and ingood repair.

LDW warnings may occur due to tarmarks, shadows, cracks in the road,or other road imperfections. This isnormal system operation; thevehicle does not need service.



Charging

Plug-In ChargingThis section explains the processfor charging the vehicle's highvoltage battery. Do not allow thevehicle to remain in temperatureextremes for long periods withoutbeing driven or plugged in. It isrecommended that the vehicle beplugged in when temperatures arebelow 0°C (32°F) and above 32°C(90°F) to maximize high voltagebattery life.

When using a 120-volt AC electricaloutlet, it will take approximately12.5 hours to charge the vehiclewith the 12 amp AC current settingor 18 hours using the default 8 ampAC current setting. When using a240-volt charging station, it will takeapproximately five hours to chargethe vehicle. Charge times will varywith outside temperature. There arethree ways to program how the

vehicle is charged. SeeProgrammable Charging onpage 5-29.

The charging system may run fansand pumps that result in soundsfrom the vehicle while it is turnedoff. Additional unexpected clickingsounds may be caused by theelectrical devices used whilecharging.

While the charge cord is pluggedinto the vehicle, the vehicle cannotbe driven.

Charging

Start Charge

1. Make sure the vehicle is parkedand turned off.

2. Push the rearward edge of thecharge port door in and releaseto open the door.

In cold weather conditions, icemay form around the charge portdoor. Remove ice from the areabefore attempting to open orclose the charge port door.

3. Open the rear trunk, lift the leftload support floor cover, andremove the charge cord. Pull upon the charge cord handle torelease. The vehicle plug isstored as shown.

4. Plug the charge cord into theelectrical outlet. See ElectricalRequirements for BatteryCharging on page 9-66. Verifythe charge cord status. See thecharge cord user guide. SeeCharge Cord on page 9-64.Select the appropriate chargelevel using the Select ChargeLevel Preference screen on the



center stack. See “Charge LevelSelection” under ProgrammableCharging on page 5-29.

5. Plug in the vehicle plug of thecharge cord into the charge porton the vehicle. Verify that thecharging status indicatorilluminates on top of theinstrument panel and a hornchirp occurs. See ChargingStatus Feedback on page 9-60.


This vehicle has a Charge CordTheft Alert. To enable this feature,see "Charge Cord Theft Alert" inVehicle Personalization onpage 5-51. The system can bearmed and disarmed using the doorlock function on the RKEtransmitter.

End Charge

1. If armed, unlock the vehicle withthe RKE transmitter to disarmthe charge cord theft alert.

2. Disconnect the vehicle plug ofthe charge cord from the vehicle.

3. Close the charge port door bypressing firmly on the rearwardedge of the door surface.

4. Unplug the charge cord from theelectrical outlet.

5. Place the charge cord into thestorage compartment.

Delayed ChargingOverrideTo temporarily override a delayedcharge event, unplug the chargecord from the charge port and thenplug it back in within five seconds.A single horn chirp will sound andcharging will begin immediately.

To cancel a temporary override,unplug the charge cord, wait for10 seconds, and then plug thecharge cord back in. A double hornchirp will sound and charging will bedelayed.

See Programmable Charging onpage 5-29 for advanced chargescheduling options.



Charging StatusFeedbackThe vehicle has two ways ofmonitoring the charging status ofthe high voltage battery. TheInstrument Panel Charging StatusIndicator (CSI) is at the center of theinstrument panel near thewindshield. The LEDs in the OutsideRearview Mirrors (OSRVM) are alsoused to monitor charging status.

Some local laws restricting the useof colored lights on public roadsmay apply to the outside rearviewmirrors charging status feedback. Toturn the OSRVM charge indicatoroff, see “Charge Status Feedback”in Vehicle Personalization onpage 5-51.

Instrument Panel ChargingStatus Indicator (CSI)

When the vehicle is plugged in andthe vehicle power is off, the CSIindicates the following:. Solid Green – Vehicle is plugged

in. Battery is not fully charged.Battery is charging.

. Long Flashing Green – Vehicleis plugged in. Battery is not fullycharged. Battery charging isdelayed.

. Short Flashing Green – Vehicleis plugged in. Battery is fullycharged.

. Solid Yellow – Vehicle is pluggedin. It is normal for the CSI to turnyellow for a few seconds afterplugging in a compatible chargecord. The solid yellow may beextended depending on thevehicle temperature or if there isa total utility interruption viaOnStar. See Utility Interruption ofCharging on page 9-65. Thismay also indicate that thecharging system has detected afault and will not charge thebattery. See “Charge CordStatus Indicators” in the chargecord user guide.

The system may be thermallyconditioning the battery during anyof the states above, requiringelectrical energy to be transferred tothe vehicle.



If the vehicle is plugged in andvehicle power is on, the CSI will beon solid green. The same is trueduring a remote start if the vehicle isplugged in.

If the vehicle is plugged in and theCSI is off, a total utility interruptionusing OnStar or a charging fault hasbeen detected. See UtilityInterruption of Charging onpage 9-65 or “Charge Cord StatusIndicators” in the charge cord userguide.

This chart indicates vehiclefeedback when the charge cord isplugged in.



Charging StatusIndicator

Sound Action/Reason

Solid Green One horn chirp Charging has begun.

Long Flashing Green Two horn chirps Charging is delayed by ProgrammableCharging or, if the vehicle is equippedaccordingly, by a total utility interruption viaOnStar. Charging will begin later. See UtilityInterruption of Charging on page 9-65.

Short Flashing Green None Charging is complete.

Yellow (Upon Plug-in) None Charge cord is OK and the vehicle is notyet charging.

Yellow (For ExtendedTime Period afterPlug-in)

None Charge cord is OK, but the vehicle is notcharging. This may be due to vehicletemperature or a total utility interruption viaOnstar and charging will begin later. SeeUtility Interruption of Charging on page 9-65or Malfunction Indicator Lamp onpage 5-17.

Solid Green Two horn chirps Vehicle is charging but will delay at leastonce before the charge is complete.

Solid Green or LongFlashing Green

Four horn chirps Insufficient time to fully charge by departuretime due to rate preference.

None (Upon Plug-in) None Charge cord connection should be checked.



Charging StatusIndicator

Sound Action/Reason

None (After Green orYellow CSI IndicationObserved)

None Charge cord connection should be checked.If connection is good, this may be due to atotal utility interruption via OnStar andcharging will begin later. See UtilityInterruption of Charging on page 9-65 orMalfunction Indicator Lamp on page 5-17.

None Repeated horn chirpsTo disable this feature, see “Charge PowerLoss Alert” in Vehicle Personalization onpage 5-51.To stop this alert, do one of the following:. Unplug the charge cord.

. Press K on the RKE transmitter.

. Press and hold 7 on the RKEtransmitter, then press again to stop thepanic alarm.

. Press the horn pad.

Electricity was interrupted before chargingwas complete.



Outside Rearview Mirror(OSRVM) Charging StatusIndicator

The outside rear view mirrors areequipped with green LEDs used toindicate high voltage battery systemcharging status. The OSRVM CSIindicates the following:. Solid green - Battery is charging

and is less than half complete.. Fast flashing - Battery is

charging. Battery is more thanhalf complete.

. Slow flashing - Battery ischarging. Battery is nearlycomplete.

. Off - Not charging.

Charge CordSee Radio Frequency Statement onpage 13-15.

A portable charge cord used tocharge the vehicle high voltagebattery is stored under the loadsupport floor covering in the trunk.

Important Information AboutPortable Electric Vehicle Charging. Charging an electric vehicle can







{ Warning


(Continued)



Warning (Continued)






Charge Cord Status Indicators

See “Charge Cord Status Indicators”in the charge cord user guide.


Charge level selection can be madeusing the Charge Level Preferencesetting on the center stack. See“Charge Level Selection” underProgrammable Charging onpage 5-29.

{ Warning


Utility Interruption ofChargingFor participating customers usingAC charging, this vehicle willrespond to remote requests via

OnStar to limit or completely blockelectrical power grid usage for brieftime periods. A utility interruption ofcharging may increase AC vehiclecharge times, but will not affect DCcharge times.

When electrical grid power iscompletely blocked, the vehicle willdelay charging until the utilityinterruption has expired. The vehicleshould be left plugged in so that,when the utility interruption expires,the vehicle can automatically begincharging.

Changing the charge mode toImmediate or performing a delayedcharging override will not disable autility interruption.

A pop-up will appear in the centerstack display during the key cyclefollowing any utility interruption. See“Charging Override/InterruptionPop-up” under ProgrammableCharging on page 5-29.



Text will be displayed on theinstrument cluster indicating that autility interruption has occurred. SeeInstrument Cluster on page 5-7.

Electrical Requirementsfor Battery ChargingThis vehicle is capable of beingcharged with most standard vehiclecharging equipment complying toone or more of the following:. SAE J1772. SAE J2847-2. IEC 61851-1. IEC 61851-22. IEC 61851-23. IEC 61851-24. IEC 62196-1. IEC 62196-2. IEC 62196-3. ISO 15118

The following are the minimumrequirements for circuits used tocharge this vehicle:. 120 volts/15 amps. 240 volts/20 amps

Charging equipment with a rating ofat least 240 volts/20 amps willprovide the fastest charging timeand best charging efficiency torecharge the high voltage battery.240 volt/40 amp circuits provideflexibility for future vehicle chargingneeds. Always follow the chargingequipment installation instructions.Contact your dealer for moreinformation.

{ Caution

Do not use portable or stationarybackup generating equipment tocharge the vehicle. This maycause damage to the vehicle'scharging system. Only charge thevehicle from utility suppliedpower.

FuelUse of the recommended fuel is animportant part of the propermaintenance of this vehicle. Whendriving in the U.S. and Canada, tohelp keep the engine clean andmaintain optimum vehicleperformance, we recommend TOPTIER Detergent Gasolines. Seewww.toptiergas.com for a list of TOPTIER Detergent Gasolines.

Use premium unleaded gasolinemeeting ASTM specification D4814with a posted octane rating of 91 or



higher. If the octane is less than 91,damage to the engine may occurand may void the vehicle warranty.If heavy knocking is heard whenusing gasoline rated at 91 octane orhigher, the engine needs service.

Use of Seasonal Fuels

Use summer and winter fuels in theappropriate season. The fuelsindustry automatically modifies thefuel for the appropriate season.If fuel is left in the vehicle tank forlong periods of time, driving orstarting could be affected. Drive thevehicle until the fuel is at one-halftank or less, then refuel with thecurrent seasonal fuel.

Prohibited Fuels

Gasolines containing oxygenatessuch as ethers and ethanol, as wellas reformulated gasolines, areavailable in some cities. If thesegasolines comply with thepreviously described specification,then they are acceptable to use.

However, E85 (85% ethanol) andother fuels containing more than15% ethanol must be used only inFlexFuel vehicles.

{ Caution

Do not use fuel containingmethanol. It can corrode metalparts in the fuel system and alsodamage plastic and rubber parts.That damage would not becovered under the vehiclewarranty.

Some gasolines, mainly high octaneracing gasolines, can contain anoctane-enhancing additive calledmethylcyclopentadienyl manganesetricarbonyl (MMT). Do not usegasolines and/or fuel additives withMMT as they can reduce spark pluglife and affect emission controlsystem performance. Themalfunction indicator lamp may turnon. If this occurs, see your dealerfor service.

Gasoline SpecificationsAt a minimum, gasoline should meetASTM specification D 4814. Somegasolines contain anoctane-enhancing additive calledmethylcyclopentadienyl manganesetricarbonyl (MMT). We recommendagainst the use of gasolinescontaining MMT. See “ProhibitedFuels" in Fuel on page 9-66.

California FuelRequirementsIf the vehicle is certified to meetCalifornia Emissions Standards, it isdesigned to operate on fuels thatmeet California specifications. Seethe underhood emission controllabel. If this fuel is not available instates adopting California EmissionsStandards, the vehicle will operatesatisfactorily on fuels meetingfederal specifications, but emissioncontrol system performance mightbe affected. The malfunctionindicator lamp could turn on and thevehicle may not pass a smog-check



test. See Malfunction IndicatorLamp on page 5-17. If this occurs,return to your authorized dealer fordiagnosis. If it is determined that thecondition is caused by the type offuel used, repairs may not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Fuels in ForeignCountriesIf planning to drive in countriesoutside the U.S. or Canada, theproper fuel might be hard to find.Check regional auto club or fuelretail brand websites for availabilityin the country where driving. Neveruse leaded gasoline, fuel containingmethanol, manganese, or any otherfuel not recommended. Costlyrepairs caused by use of improperfuel would not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

Fuel AdditivesTo keep fuel systems clean, TOPTIER Detergent Gasoline isrecommended. See Fuel onpage 9-66.

If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline isnot available, one bottle of FuelSystem Treatment PLUS added tothe fuel tank at every engine oilchange, can help. Fuel SystemTreatment PLUS is the onlygasoline additive recommended byGeneral Motors. It is available atyour dealer.

Filling the Tank

{ Warning

Fuel vapors and fuel fires burnviolently and can cause injury ordeath.

. To help avoid injuries to youand others, read and followall the instructions on the fuelpump island.

. Turn off the engine whenrefueling.

. Keep sparks, flames, andsmoking materials awayfrom fuel.

. Do not leave the fuel pumpunattended.

. Do not reenter the vehiclewhile pumping fuel.

. Keep children away from thefuel pump and never letchildren pump fuel.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

. Fuel can spray out if the fuelcap is opened too quickly.This spray can happen if thetank is nearly full, and ismore likely in hot weather.Open the fuel cap slowly andwait for any hiss noise to stopthen unscrew the cap allthe way.

The fuel system on this vehiclerequires a refueling process tocontrol evaporative emissions. Torefuel the vehicle:

1. Press the fuel door button on thedriver door for one second.A WAIT TO REFUEL messagedisplays on the DriverInformation Center.

2. When the READY TO REFUELmessage displays, the fuel dooron the passenger side willunlock. To open the fuel door,push and release the rearwardcenter edge of the door.

3. Turn the fuel capcounterclockwise to remove.While refueling, hang the fuelcap tether from the hook on theinside of the fuel door. Completerefueling within 30 minutes ofpressing the fuel door button onthe driver door. If refueling morethan 30 minutes, press the fueldoor button again.

4. After refueling, reinstall the fuelcap by turning it clockwise until itclicks. Close the fuel door.



Do not top off or overfill the tank andwait a few seconds before removingthe nozzle. Clean fuel from paintedsurfaces as soon as possible. SeeExterior Care on page 10-80.

{ Warning

If a fire starts while you arerefueling, do not remove thenozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel byshutting off the pump or bynotifying the station attendant.Leave the area immediately.

{ Caution

If a new fuel cap is needed, besure to get the right type of capfrom your dealer. The wrong typeof fuel cap might not fit properly,might cause the malfunctionindicator lamp to light, and coulddamage the fuel tank and

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

emissions system. SeeMalfunction Indicator Lamp onpage 5-17.

Filling a Portable FuelContainer

{ Warning

Filling a portable fuel containerwhile it is in the vehicle can causefuel vapors that can ignite eitherby static electricity or othermeans. You or others could bebadly burned and the vehiclecould be damaged. Always:

. Use approved fuelcontainers.

. Remove the container fromthe vehicle, trunk, or pickupbed before filling.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Place the container on theground.

. Place the nozzle inside the fillopening of the containerbefore dispensing fuel, andkeep it in contact with the fillopening until filling iscomplete.

. Fill the container no morethan 95% full to allow forexpansion.

. Do not smoke, light matches,or use lighters whilepumping fuel.

. Avoid using cell phones orother electronic devices.



Trailer Towing

General TowingInformationThe vehicle is neither designed norintended to tow a trailer or anothervehicle.

For information on towing a disabledvehicle, see Towing the Vehicle onpage 10-76. For information ontowing the vehicle behind anothervehicle such as a motor home, seeRecreational Vehicle Towing onpage 10-78.

Conversions andAdd-Ons

Add-On ElectricalEquipment

{ Caution

Some electrical equipment candamage the vehicle or causecomponents to not work andwould not be covered by thewarranty. Always check with yourdealer before adding electricalequipment.

Add-on equipment can drain thevehicle's 12-volt battery, even if thevehicle is not operating.

When adding electrical equipment, itshould only be connected using theaccessory power outlets. Themaximum power that can besupplied by one accessory poweroutlet, or spread across all poweroutlets, is 200 watts or 15 amps.

Exceeding 200 watts or 15 ampsmay cause erratic vehicle operation.See Power Outlets on page 5-6.



2 NOTES


Vehicle Care 10-1

Vehicle Care

General InformationGeneral Information . . . . . . . . . . 10-2California Proposition65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2

California PerchlorateMaterials Requirements . . . . 10-2

Accessories andModifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2

Lifting the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3

Vehicle ChecksDoing Your OwnService Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5

Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6Engine CompartmentOverview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8

Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-9Engine Oil Life System . . . . . 10-12Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . 10-13Cooling System (Engine) . . . 10-14Cooling System (HighVoltage Battery) . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15

Cooling System (PowerElectronics and ChargerModules) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16

Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16

Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . 10-19Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23Electric Drive Unit Shift LockControl Function Check . . . 10-25

Park Brake and P (Park)Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . 10-25

Wiper BladeReplacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-25

Headlamp AimingHeadlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . 10-26

Bulb ReplacementBulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-27LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27License Plate Lamp . . . . . . . . 10-27Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . 10-28

Electrical SystemHigh Voltage Devices andWiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28

Electrical SystemOverload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28

Engine Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-29

Instrument Panel Fuse Block(Left Side) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33

Instrument Panel Fuse Block(Right Side) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-36

Rear Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-39

Wheels and TiresTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-42All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-43Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-43Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . 10-44Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . 10-45Tire Terminology andDefinitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-45

Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-48Tire Pressure MonitorSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-49

Tire Pressure MonitorOperation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-50

Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-54Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-54When It Is Time for NewTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-55

Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 10-56Different Size Tires andWheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-57

Uniform Tire QualityGrading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-58


10-2 Vehicle Care

Wheel Alignment and TireBalance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-59

Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . 10-60Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-61If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . 10-61Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . 10-63

Storing the Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . 10-70

Jump StartingJump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-70

Towing the VehicleTowing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . 10-76Recreational VehicleTowing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-78

Appearance CareExterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-80Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-85Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-88

General InformationFor service and parts needs, visityour dealer. You will receivegenuine GM parts and GM-trainedand supported service people.

Genuine GM parts have one ofthese marks:

California Proposition65 WarningMost motor vehicles, including thisone, contain and/or emit chemicalsknown to the State of California to

cause cancer and birth defects orother reproductive harm. Engineexhaust, many parts and systems,many fluids, and some componentwear by-products contain and/oremit these chemicals.

California PerchlorateMaterials RequirementsCertain types of automotiveapplications, such as airbaginitiators, safety belt pretensioners,and lithium batteries contained inRemote Keyless Entry transmitters,may contain perchlorate materials.Special handling may be necessary.For additional information, seewww.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.

Accessories andModificationsAdding non‐dealer accessories ormaking modifications to the vehiclecan affect vehicle performance andsafety, including such things asairbags, braking, stability, ride and


Vehicle Care 10-3

handling, emissions systems,aerodynamics, durability, andelectronic systems like antilockbrakes, traction control, and stabilitycontrol. These accessories ormodifications could even causemalfunction or damage not coveredby the vehicle warranty.

Damage to vehicle componentsresulting from modifications or theinstallation or use of non‐GMcertified parts, including controlmodule or software modifications, isnot covered under the terms of thevehicle warranty and may affectremaining warranty coverage foraffected parts.

GM Accessories are designed tocomplement and function with othersystems on the vehicle. See yourdealer to accessorize the vehicleusing genuine GM Accessoriesinstalled by a dealer technician.

Also, see Adding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle onpage 3-30.

Lifting the VehicleLift the vehicle using a three-stagefront arm hoist with 3-inch adaptersonly. A service jack can alsobe used.

{ Caution

Lifting the vehicle improperly candamage the vehicle and result incostly repairs not covered by thewarranty.

Lifting the Vehicle with a Hoist

Lift the vehicle with a three-stagefront arm hoist, using the four liftingpoints at the same time. See yourdealer and service manual.

The front lifting points can beaccessed from either side of thevehicle, behind the front tires.

The rear lifting points can beaccessed from either side of thevehicle, in front of the rear tires.


10-4 Vehicle Care

Lifting the Vehicle with aService Jack

{ Warning

Lifting a vehicle can cause aninjury. The vehicle can slip off thejack and roll over you or otherpeople. You and they could bebadly injured. Find a level placeto lift your vehicle. To helpprevent the vehicle from moving:

1. Set the parking brake firmly.

2. Put the shift lever inP (Park).

3. Turn off the vehicle.

To be even more certain thevehicle will not move, put blocksin front of and behind the wheels.

{ Warning

Getting under a vehicle when it islifted on a jack is dangerous.If the vehicle slips off the jack,you could be badly injured orkilled. Never get under a vehiclewhen it is supported only bya jack.

{ Warning

Raising the vehicle with the jackimproperly positioned candamage the vehicle or the vehiclemay fall and cause injury to youor others.

When using a jack to lift the vehicle,follow the instructions that camewith the jack and be sure to use thecorrect lifting points to avoiddamaging the vehicle.

{ Caution

Lifting the vehicle improperly cancause damage and result incostly repairs not covered by thewarranty. To lift the vehicleproperly, use this procedure. Foradditional information, see yourdealer and the service manual.

There are four points where thevehicle can be lifted with aservice jack.


Vehicle Care 10-5

When lifting the vehicle from therear, place the service jack directlyunder one of the spring seats.

When lifting the vehicle from thefront, place the service jack directlyunder one of the cradle mounts.

Ramps may be needed under thefront tires to provide the necessaryclearance for certain service jacks inthis location.

For more information, see DoingYour Own Service Work onpage 10-5.

Vehicle Checks

Doing Your OwnService Work

{ Warning

Never try to do your own serviceon high voltage batterycomponents. You can be injuredand the vehicle can be damagedif you try to do your own servicework. Service and repair of thesehigh voltage battery componentsshould only be performed by atrained dealer technician with theproper knowledge and tools.


(Continued)


10-6 Vehicle Care

Warning (Continued)


{ Warning

It can be dangerous to work onyour vehicle if you do not havethe proper knowledge, servicemanual, tools, or parts. Alwaysfollow owner manual proceduresand consult the service manualfor your vehicle before doing anyservice work.

If doing some of your own servicework, use the proper servicemanual. It tells you much more

about how to service the vehiclethan this manual can. To order theproper service manual, see ServicePublications Ordering Informationon page 13-11.

This vehicle has an airbag system.Before attempting to do your ownservice work, see Airbag SystemCheck on page 3-31.

Keep a record with all parts receiptsand list the mileage and the date ofany service work performed. SeeMaintenance Records onpage 11-14.

{ Caution

Even small amounts ofcontamination can cause damageto vehicle systems. Do not allowcontaminants to contact the fluids,reservoir caps, or dipsticks.

HoodTo open the hood:

1. Turn the vehicle off beforeopening the hood. If the vehicleis on, the engine will start whenthe hood is opened. See ElectricMode on page 9-21 andExtended Range Mode onpage 9-22.

2. Pull the release handle with thissymbol. It is below theinstrument panel outboard of thesteering wheel.


Vehicle Care 10-7

3. Go to the front of the vehicle andlocate the secondary releaselever under the front center ofthe hood. Push the secondaryhood release lever to the right todisengage.

4. Lift the hood and release thehood prop rod from its retainerabove the radiator support.Place the prop rod securely intothe slotted retainer in the hood.

To close the hood:

1. Before closing the hood, checkthat all filler caps are properlyinstalled. Then, lift the hood torelieve pressure on thehood prop.

2. Remove the hood prop from theslotted retainer in the hood andreturn it to its retainer above theradiator support. The prop rod

must lock into place whenreturning it to the retainer toprevent hood damage.

3. Lower the hood 20 cm (8 in)above the vehicle and release itso it fully latches. Check tomake sure the hood is firmlyclosed. Repeat the process ifnecessary.


10-8 Vehicle Care

Engine Compartment Overview


Vehicle Care 10-9

1. Engine Coolant Surge Tank andPressure Cap. See EngineCoolant on page 10-16.

2. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter onpage 10-13.

3. Engine Cover.

4. Engine Oil Dipstick. See EngineOil on page 10-9.

5. High Voltage Battery CoolantReservoir and Pressure Cap.See Cooling System (Engine) onpage 10-14 or Cooling System(High Voltage Battery) onpage 10-15 or Cooling System(Power Electronics and ChargerModules) on page 10-16.

6. Engine Cooling Fans. SeeCooling System (Engine) onpage 10-14 or Cooling System(High Voltage Battery) onpage 10-15 or Cooling System(Power Electronics and ChargerModules) on page 10-16.

7. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See EngineOil on page 10-9.

8. Power Electronics CoolantReservoir and Pressure Cap.See Cooling System (Engine) onpage 10-14 or Cooling System(High Voltage Battery) onpage 10-15 or Cooling System(Power Electronics and ChargerModules) on page 10-16.

9. High Voltage Cables (OrangeColor).

10. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See“Brake Fluid” under Brakes onpage 10-20.

11. Power Electronics Module.

12. Windshield Washer FluidReservoir. See “Adding WasherFluid” under Washer Fluid onpage 10-19.

13. Engine Compartment FuseBlock on page 10-29.

Engine OilTo ensure proper engineperformance and long life, carefulattention must be paid to engine oil.Following these simple, butimportant steps will help protectyour investment:. Always use engine oil approved

to the proper specification and ofthe proper viscosity grade. See“Selecting the Right Engine Oil”in this section.

. Check the engine oil levelregularly and maintain theproper oil level. See “CheckingEngine Oil” and “When to AddEngine Oil” in this section.

. Change the engine oil at theappropriate time. See Engine OilLife System on page 10-12.

. Always dispose of engine oilproperly. See “What to Do withUsed Oil” in this section.


10-10 Vehicle Care

Checking Engine Oil

It is a good idea to check the engineoil level at each fuel fill. In order toget an accurate reading, the vehiclemust be on level ground. Theengine oil dipstick handle is a loop.See Engine Compartment Overviewon page 10-8 for the location of theengine oil dipstick.

Obtaining an accurate oil levelreading is essential:

1. If the engine has been runningrecently, turn off the engine andallow several minutes for the oilto drain back into the oil pan.Checking the oil level too soonafter engine shutoff will notprovide an accurate oil levelreading.

{ Warning

The engine oil dipstick handlemay be hot; it could burn you.Use a towel or glove to touch thedipstick handle.

2. Pull out the dipstick and clean itwith a paper towel or cloth, thenpush it back in all the way.Remove it again, keeping the tipdown, and check the level.

When to Add Engine Oil

If the oil is below the cross-hatchedarea at the tip of the dipstick, add1 L (1 qt) of the recommended oiland then recheck the level. See“Selecting the Right Engine Oil” inthis section for an explanation ofwhat kind of oil to use. For engineoil crankcase capacity, seeCapacities and Specifications onpage 12-2.

{ Caution

Do not add too much oil. Oillevels above or below theacceptable operating rangeshown on the dipstick are harmfulto the engine. If you find that youhave an oil level above theoperating range, i.e., the enginehas so much oil that the oil levelgets above the cross-hatchedarea that shows the properoperating range, the engine couldbe damaged. You should drainout the excess oil or limit drivingof the vehicle and seek a serviceprofessional to remove theexcess amount of oil.

See Engine Compartment Overviewon page 10-8 for the location of theengine oil fill cap.

Add enough oil to put the levelsomewhere in the proper operatingrange. Push the dipstick all the wayback in when through.


Vehicle Care 10-11

Selecting the Right Engine Oil

Selecting the right engine oildepends on both the proper oilspecification and viscosity grade.See Recommended Fluids andLubricants on page 11-12.

Specification

Use and ask for licensed engine oilswith the dexos1® approvedcertification mark. Engine oilsmeeting the requirements for thevehicle should have the dexos1approved certification mark. Thiscertification mark indicates that theoil has been approved to the dexos1specification.

{ Caution

Failure to use the recommendedengine oil can result in enginedamage not covered by thevehicle warranty. Check with yourdealer or service provider onwhether the oil is approved to thedexos1 specification.

Viscosity Grade

SAE 5W-30 is the best viscositygrade for the vehicle. Do not useother viscosity grade oils such asSAE 10W-30, 10W-40, or 20W-50.

Cold Temperature Operation: In anarea of extreme cold, where thetemperature falls below −29°C(−20°F), an SAE 0W-30 oil may beused. An oil of this viscosity gradewill provide easier cold starting forthe engine at extremely lowtemperatures. When selecting an oilof the appropriate viscosity grade,always select an oil of the correct

specification. See “Specification”earlier in this section for moreinformation.

Engine Oil Additives/EngineOil Flushes

Do not add anything to the oil. Therecommended oils with the dexosspecification and displaying thedexos certification mark are all thatis needed for good performance andengine protection.

Engine oil system flushes are notrecommended and could causeengine damage not covered by thevehicle warranty.

What to Do with Used Oil

Used engine oil contains certainelements that can be unhealthy foryour skin and could even causecancer. Do not let used oil stay onyour skin for very long. Clean yourskin and nails with soap and water,or a good hand cleaner. Wash orproperly dispose of clothing or rags


10-12 Vehicle Care

containing used engine oil. See themanufacturer's warnings about theuse and disposal of oil products.

Used oil can be a threat to theenvironment. If you change yourown oil, be sure to drain all the oilfrom the filter before disposal. Neverdispose of oil by putting it in thetrash or pouring it on the ground,into sewers, or into streams orbodies of water. Recycle it by takingit to a place that collects used oil.

Engine Oil Life System

When to Change Engine Oil

This vehicle has a computer systemthat indicates when to change theengine oil and filter. This is basedon a combination of factors whichinclude engine revolutions, enginetemperature, and miles driven.Based on driving conditions, themileage at which an oil change isindicated can vary considerably. Forthe oil life system to work properly,the system must be reset every timethe oil is changed.

When the system has calculatedthat oil life has been diminished, itindicates that an oil change isnecessary. A CHANGE ENGINEOIL SOON message comes on.Change the oil as soon as possiblewithin the next 1 000 km (600 mi).It is possible that, if driving underthe best conditions, the oil lifesystem might indicate that an oilchange is not necessary for up totwo years. The engine oil and filtermust be changed at least onceevery two years and, at this time,the system must be reset. Yourdealer has trained service peoplewho will perform this work and resetthe system. It is also important tocheck the oil regularly over thecourse of an oil drain interval andkeep it at the proper level.

If the system is ever resetaccidentally, the oil must bechanged at 5 000 km (3,000 mi)since the last oil change.Remember to reset the oil lifesystem whenever the oil is changed.

How to Reset the Engine OilLife System

Reset the system whenever theengine oil is changed so that thesystem can calculate the nextengine oil change. To reset thesystem:

1. Display RESET OIL LIFE on theDIC menu. See DriverInformation Center (DIC) onpage 5-38.

2. Press and hold SEL for severalseconds while the Oil Lifedisplay is active to reset the OilLife system.

100% OIL LIFE will be displayedwhen OIL LIFE is successfullyreset.

If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOONmessage comes back on when thevehicle is started, the engine oil lifesystem has not reset. Repeat theprocedure.


Vehicle Care 10-13

Engine Air Cleaner/FilterSee Engine Compartment Overviewon page 10-8 for the location of theengine air cleaner/filter.

When to Inspect the Engine AirFilter

Inspect or replace the air filter at thescheduled maintenance intervals.See Maintenance Schedule onpage 11-2. If driving in dusty/dirtyconditions, inspect the air filter ateach engine oil change.

How to Inspect the Engine AirFilter

To inspect the air filter, remove itfrom the engine air cleaner/filterassembly and lightly shake torelease loose dust and dirt. If the airfilter remains covered with dirt, anew air filter is required.

1. Retaining Clips

2. Air Duct Clamp

3. Electrical Connector

To inspect or replace the air filter:

1. Open the hood. See Hood onpage 10-6.

2. Locate the engine air cleaner/filter assembly on the passengerside of the engine compartment.See Engine CompartmentOverview on page 10-8.

3. Disconnect the air duct byloosening the air duct clamp (2).

4. Disconnect the electricalconnector (3).

5. Lift the retaining clips (1) fromthe engine air cleaner/filterassembly.

6. Turn and tilt the air cleaner coverslightly upward and slide it out.Remove the air filter.

How to Reinstall the EngineAir Filter

1. Install the air filter into theengine air cleaner/filterassembly. The outer air filterseal must be fitted properly inthe engine air cleaner/filterassembly.

2. Replace the air cleaner cover bylowering it to meet the bottom ofthe engine air cleaner/filterassembly. Place the retainingclips (1) on the engine aircleaner/filter assembly andsecure. The rear tabs must besecured into the lower portion ofthe air cleaner.


10-14 Vehicle Care

3. Reconnect the air duct andtighten the air duct clamp (2).

4. Reconnect the electricalconnector (3).

{ Warning

Operating the engine with the aircleaner/filter off can cause you orothers to be burned. The aircleaner not only cleans the air; ithelps to stop flames if the enginebackfires. Use caution whenworking on the engine and do notdrive with the air cleaner/filter off.

{ Caution

If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirtcan easily get into the engine,which could damage it. Alwayshave the air cleaner/filter in placewhen you are driving.

Cooling System (Engine)

1. Engine Coolant Surge Tank andPressure Cap

2. Engine Cooling Fans (Outof View)

{ Warning

The electric fans under the hoodcan start up even when theengine is not running and cancause injury. Keep hands,clothing, and tools away from anyunderhood electric fan.

If the coolant inside the coolantsurge tank is boiling, do not doanything else until it cools down.The vehicle should be parked on alevel surface.

The coolant level should be up tothe cold fill line. If it is not, theremight be a leak at the radiatorhoses, heater hoses, radiator, waterpump, or somewhere else in thecooling system.

{ Warning

Heater and radiator hoses, andother engine parts, can be veryhot. Do not touch them. If you do,you can be burned.

Do not run the vehicle if there is aleak. If you run the engine, itcould lose all coolant. That couldcause an engine fire, and youcould be burned. Get any leakfixed before you drive the vehicle.


Vehicle Care 10-15

If there seems to be no leak, withthe engine on, check to see if thecooling fans are running. If theengine is overheating, the fansshould be running. If it is not, thevehicle needs service. Turn off thevehicle.

Cooling System (HighVoltage Battery)During vehicle operation and alsoduring charging, the high voltagebattery cells in the vehicle are keptwithin a normal operatingtemperature range. If thetemperature rises above thistemperature, the battery coolingsystem turns on the air conditioningcompressor and cools the coolantuntil the correct temperature isreached. If the temperature fallsbelow this temperature, a highvoltage heater, located in thebattery, heats the coolant until thecorrect temperature is reached.

What to Use

The high voltage battery coolantreservoir in the vehicle is filled witha 50/50 mixture of DEX-COOL®

engine coolant and deionized water.If using this mixture, nothing elseneeds to be added.

The coolant needs to be replaced atthe appropriate interval. SeeMaintenance Schedule onpage 11-2.

Checking Coolant

The vehicle must be on a levelsurface when checking the coolantlevel.

The high voltage battery coolantreservoir is in the enginecompartment. See EngineCompartment Overview onpage 10-8.

Check to see if coolant is visible inthe high voltage battery coolantreservoir. If coolant is visible but thecoolant level is below the cold fillline, there could be a leak in thecooling system.

The high voltage battery coolantshould only be serviced by aqualified technician.


10-16 Vehicle Care

Cooling System (PowerElectronics and ChargerModules)The power electronics and chargermodules are cooled using the samecoolant loop.

The power electronics and chargermodules in the vehicle are keptbelow a maximum temperature.If the temperature rises above thistemperature, the electric coolingfans will turn on and cool thecoolant until the correct temperatureis reached.

What to Use

The power electronics and chargermodules coolant reservoir in thevehicle is filled with a 50/50 mixtureof DEX-COOL engine coolant anddeionized water. If using thismixture, nothing else needs to beadded.

The coolant needs to be replaced atthe appropriate interval. SeeMaintenance Schedule onpage 11-2.

Checking Coolant


The power electronics and chargermodules coolant reservoir is in theengine compartment. See EngineCompartment Overview onpage 10-8.

Check to see if coolant is visible inthe power electronics and chargermodules coolant reservoir. If coolantis visible but the coolant level isbelow the cold fill line, there couldbe a leak in the cooling system.

The power electronics and chargermodules coolant should only beserviced by a qualified technician.

Engine CoolantThe engine cooling system in thevehicle is filled with DEX-COOLengine coolant. The coolant needsto be replaced every 5 years or240 000 km (150,000 mi), whicheveroccurs first.

The following explains the coolingsystem and how to check and addcoolant when it is low. If there is aproblem with engine overheating,see Engine Overheating onpage 10-19.


Vehicle Care 10-17

What to Use

{ Warning

Adding only plain water or someother liquid to the cooling systemcan be dangerous. Plain waterand other liquids, can boil beforethe proper coolant mixture will.The coolant warning system is setfor the proper coolant mixture.With plain water or the wrongmixture, the engine could get toohot but you would not get theoverheat warning. The enginecould catch fire and you orothers could be burned. Use a50/50 mixture of deionized waterand DEX-COOL coolant.

Use a 50/50 mixture of deionizedwater and DEX-COOL coolant.If using this mixture, nothing elseneeds to be added. This mixture:. Gives freezing protection down

to −37°C (−34°F), outsidetemperature.

. Gives boiling protection up to129°C (265°F), enginetemperature.

. Protects against rust andcorrosion.

. Will not damage aluminum parts.

. Helps keep the proper enginetemperature.

{ Caution

If improper coolant mixture,inhibitors, or additives are used inthe vehicle cooling system, theengine could overheat and bedamaged. Too much deionizedwater or clean drinkable watercan freeze and crack enginecooling parts. The repairs wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty. Use only the propermixture of engine coolant for thecooling system. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants on page 11-12.

Never dispose of engine coolant byputting it in the trash, pouring it onthe ground, or into sewers, streams,or bodies of water. Have the coolantchanged by an authorized servicecenter, familiar with legalrequirements regarding usedcoolant disposal. This will helpprotect the environment and yourhealth.

Checking Coolant


Check to see if coolant is visible inthe coolant surge tank. If the coolantinside the coolant surge tank isboiling, do not do anything else untilit cools down. If coolant is visiblebut the coolant level is not at orabove the cold fill mark, add a50/50 mixture of deionized waterand DEX-COOL coolant at thecoolant surge tank, but be sure thecooling system is cool before this isdone. See Engine Overheating onpage 10-19


10-18 Vehicle Care

The coolant reservoir is located onthe passenger side of the enginecompartment. See EngineCompartment Overview onpage 10-8.

The coolant level should be at orabove the cold fill line on thecoolant surge tank. If it is not, therecould be a leak in the coolingsystem.

How to Add Coolant to theCoolant Surge Tank

{ Warning

You can be burned if you spillcoolant on hot engine parts.Coolant contains ethylene glycoland it will burn if the engine partsare hot enough. Do not spillcoolant on a hot engine.

{ Caution

This vehicle has a specificcoolant fill procedure. Failure tofollow this procedure could causethe engine to overheat and beseverely damaged.

{ Warning

The electric fans under the hoodcan start up even when theengine is not running and cancause injury. Keep hands,clothing, and tools away from anyunderhood electric fan.

{ Warning

Steam and scalding liquids from ahot cooling system can blow outand burn you badly. They are

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

under pressure, and if you turnthe surge tank pressurecap— even a little— they cancome out at high speed. Neverturn the cap when the coolingsystem, including the surge tankpressure cap, is hot. Wait for thecooling system and surge tankpressure cap to cool if you everhave to turn the pressure cap.

If coolant is needed, add the properDEX-COOL coolant mixture at thecoolant surge tank.


Vehicle Care 10-19

The coolant surge tank pressurecap can be removed when thecooling system, including the surgetank pressure cap and upperradiator hose, is no longer hot.

1. Turn the pressure cap slowlycounterclockwise. If a hiss isheard, wait for that to stop.A hiss means there is still somepressure left.

2. Keep turning the cap andremove it.

3. Fill the coolant surge tank withthe proper mixture to the coldfill line.

4. Replace the pressure cap. Besure the pressure cap ishand-tight and fully seated.

{ Caution

If the pressure cap is not tightlyinstalled, coolant loss andpossible engine damage mayoccur. Be sure the cap is properlyand tightly secured.

Engine OverheatingThe vehicle has an indicator to warnof engine overheating.

If the decision is made not to lift thehood when this warning appears,get service help right away. SeeRoadside Service on page 13-5.

If the decision is made to lift thehood, make sure the vehicle isparked on a level surface.

Then check to see if the enginecooling fans are running. If theengine is overheating, the fansshould be running. If they are not,do not continue to run the vehicleand have the vehicle serviced.

{ Caution

Running the engine withoutcoolant may cause damage or afire. Vehicle damage would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Washer Fluid

What to Use

When adding windshield washerfluid to the vehicle, be sure to readthe manufacturer's instructionsbefore use. If operating the vehiclein an area where the temperaturemay fall below freezing, use a fluidthat has sufficient protection againstfreezing.


10-20 Vehicle Care

Adding Washer Fluid

Open the cap with the washersymbol on it. Add washer fluid untilthe tank is full. See EngineCompartment Overview onpage 10-8 for reservoir location.

{ Caution

. Do not use engine coolant(antifreeze) in the windshieldwasher. It can damage thewindshield washer systemand paint.

. Do not mix water withready-to-use washer fluid.Water can cause the solution

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

to freeze and damage thewasher fluid tank and otherparts of the washer system.

. When using concentratedwasher fluid, follow themanufacturer instructions foradding water.

. Fill the washer fluid tank onlythree-quarters full when it isvery cold. This allows for fluidexpansion if freezing occurs,which could damage the tankif it is completely full.

BrakesThis vehicle has disc brakes. Discbrake pads have built-in wearindicators that make a high-pitchedwarning sound when the brake padsare worn and new pads are needed.The sound can come and go or beheard all the time when the vehicleis moving, except when applying thebrake pedal firmly.

{ Warning

The brake wear warning soundmeans that soon the brakes willnot work well. That could lead toa crash. When the brake wearwarning sound is heard, have thevehicle serviced.

{ Caution

Continuing to drive with worn-outbrake pads could result in costlybrake repair.

Some driving conditions or climatescan cause a brake squeal when thebrakes are first applied or lightlyapplied. This does not meansomething is wrong with the brakes.

Properly torqued wheel nuts arenecessary to help prevent brakepulsation. When tires are rotated,inspect brake pads for wear andevenly tighten wheel nuts in the


Vehicle Care 10-21

proper sequence to torquespecifications. See Capacities andSpecifications on page 12-2.

Brake pads should be replaced ascomplete sets.

Brake Pedal Travel

See your dealer if the brake pedaldoes not return to normal height,or if there is a rapid increase inpedal travel. This could be a signthat brake service might berequired.

Brake Adjustment

Every time the brakes are applied,with or without the vehicle moving,the brakes adjust for wear.

Replacing Brake System Parts

The braking system on a vehicle iscomplex. Its many parts have to beof top quality and work well togetherif the vehicle is to have really goodbraking. The vehicle was designedand tested with top-quality brakeparts. When parts of the brakingsystem are replaced, be sure to get

new, approved replacement parts.If this is not done, the brakes mightnot work properly. For example,installing disc brake pads that arewrong for the vehicle, can changethe balance between the front andrear brakes — for the worse. Thebraking performance expected canchange in many other ways if thewrong replacement brake parts areinstalled.

Brake Fluid

The brake master cylinder reservoiris filled with DOT 3 brake fluid asindicated on the reservoir cap. SeeEngine Compartment Overview onpage 10-8 for the location of thereservoir.

There are only two reasons why thebrake fluid level in the reservoirmight go down:. The brake fluid level goes down

because of normal brake liningwear. When new linings areinstalled, the fluid level goesback up.

. A fluid leak in the brakehydraulic system can also causea low fluid level. Have the brakehydraulic system fixed, since aleak means that sooner or laterthe brakes will not work well.

Do not top off the brake fluid.Adding fluid does not correct a leak.If fluid is added when the linings areworn, there will be too much fluidwhen new brake linings areinstalled. Add or remove brake fluid,as necessary, only when work isdone on the brake hydraulic system.


10-22 Vehicle Care

{ Warning

If too much brake fluid is added, itcan spill on the engine and burn,if the engine is hot enough. Youor others could be burned, andthe vehicle could be damaged.Add brake fluid only when work isdone on the brake hydraulicsystem.

When the brake fluid falls to a lowlevel, the brake warning light comeson. See Brake System WarningLight on page 5-20.

Checking Brake Fluid

Check brake fluid by looking at thebrake fluid reservoir. See EngineCompartment Overview onpage 10-8.

With the vehicle not running for atleast one minute, the maximum fluidlevel (1) is at the top of the reservoirbody. With the vehicle running, thefluid level should be in the properoperating range (2) between theMIN and MAX marks. If it is not,have the brake hydraulic systemchecked to see if there is a leak.

After work is done on the brakehydraulic system, make sure thelevel, with the vehicle running, is inthe proper operating range (2)between the MIN and MAX marks.

What to Add

Use only new DOT 3 brake fluidfrom a sealed container. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants on page 11-12.

Always clean the brake fluidreservoir cap and the area aroundthe cap before removing it. Thishelps keep dirt from entering thereservoir.

{ Warning

With the wrong kind of fluid in thebrake hydraulic system, thebrakes might not work well. Thiscould cause a crash. Always usethe proper brake fluid.


Vehicle Care 10-23

{ Caution

. Using the wrong fluid canbadly damage brakehydraulic system parts. Forexample, just a few drops ofmineral-based oil, such asengine oil, in the brakehydraulic system can damagebrake hydraulic system partsso badly that they will have tobe replaced. Do not letsomeone put in the wrongkind of fluid.

. If brake fluid is spilled on thevehicle's painted surfaces,the paint finish can bedamaged. Be careful not tospill brake fluid on thevehicle. If you do, wash it offimmediately.

BatteryThis vehicle has a high voltagebattery and a standard 12-voltbattery.

High Voltage Battery

If the vehicle is in a crash, thesensing system may shut down thehigh voltage system. When thisoccurs, the high voltage battery isdisconnected and the vehicle willnot start. The SERVICE VEHICLESOON message in the DriverInformation Center (DIC) will bedisplayed. Before the vehicle can beoperated again, it must be servicedat your dealer.

See “If a Crash Occurs” underCollision Damage Repair onpage 13-8 and High Voltage SafetyInformation on page 1-19. If anairbag has inflated, see What WillYou See after an Airbag Inflates? onpage 3-24.

Only a trained service technicianwith the proper knowledge and toolsshould inspect, test, or replace thehigh voltage battery. See yourdealer if the high voltage batteryneeds service. The dealer hasinformation on how to recycle the

high voltage battery. There isalso information available athttp://www.recyclemybattery.com.

Keep the vehicle plugged in, evenwhen fully charged, to keep the highvoltage battery temperature readyfor the next drive. This is importantwhen outside temperatures areextremely hot or cold.

A vehicle cover, which can reducesun loading on the vehicle andimprove high voltage battery life, isavailable from your dealer.

12-Volt Battery

The 12-volt battery is in the trunk,under the center compartmentcover. Refer to the replacementnumber shown on the originalbattery label when a new 12-voltbattery is needed. The vehicle hasan Absorbed Glass Mat (AGM)12-volt battery. Installation of astandard 12-volt battery will result inreduced 12-volt battery life.


10-24 Vehicle Care

When using a 12-volt batterycharger on the 12-volt AGM battery,some chargers have an AGMbattery setting on the charger.If available, use the AGM setting onthe charger, to limit charge voltageto 14.8 volts. Follow the chargermanufacturer's instructions.

{ Warning

Battery posts, terminals, andrelated accessories contain leadand lead compounds, chemicalsknown to the State of California tocause cancer and reproductiveharm. Wash hands after handling.

Vehicle Storage

{ Warning

12‐volt batteries have acid thatcan burn you and gas that canexplode. You can be badly hurt ifyou are not careful. See Jump

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Starting on page 10-70 for tips onworking around a battery withoutgetting hurt.

Up to four weeks. Plug in the high voltage battery

charge cord if temperatures willexceed 35°C (95°F) and keepthe 12-volt battery cablesconnected.

Four weeks to 12 months. Discharge the high voltage

battery until two or three barsremain on the battery rangeindicator (Battery symbol) on theinstrument cluster.

. Do not plug in the high voltagebattery charge cord.

. Remove the black negative (−)cable from the 12-volt batteryand attach a trickle charger tothe battery terminals or keep the12-volt battery cables connected

and trickle charge from theunderhood remote positive (+)and negative (−) terminals. SeeJump Starting on page 10-70 forthe location of these terminals.

{ Caution

The vehicle is equipped with anAGM/VRLA 12-volt battery, whichcan be damaged by using theincorrect type of trickle charger.An AGM/VRLA-compatiblecharger must be used, with theappropriate setting selected.Follow the trickle chargermanufacturer instructions.

After the battery cable isreconnected, it is possible that thevehicle may not operate in ElectricMode. If this happens, the highvoltage battery may need to becharged.


Vehicle Care 10-25

Electric Drive Unit ShiftLock Control FunctionCheck

{ Warning

When you are doing thisinspection, the vehicle couldmove suddenly. If the vehiclemoves, you or others could beinjured.

1. Before starting this check, besure there is enough roomaround the vehicle. It should beparked on a level surface.

2. Firmly apply the parking brake.See Electric Parking Brake onpage 9-30.

Be ready to apply the regularbrake immediately if the vehiclebegins to move.

3. With the vehicle off and thebrake not applied, press andhold the POWER O button for

more than five seconds to placethe vehicle in Service OnlyMode. See Power Button onpage 9-16. Without applying theregular brake, try to move theshift lever out of P (Park) withnormal effort. If the shift levermoves out of P (Park), contactyour dealer for service.

Park Brake and P (Park)Mechanism Check

{ Warning

When you are doing this check,the vehicle could begin to move.You or others could be injuredand property could be damaged.Make sure there is room in frontof the vehicle in case it begins toroll. Be ready to apply the regularbrake at once should the vehiclebegin to move.

Park on a fairly steep hill, with thevehicle facing downhill. Keepingyour foot on the regular brake, setthe electric parking brake.. To check the electric parking

brake's holding ability: With thepropulsion system active and theelectric drive unit in N (Neutral),slowly remove foot pressurefrom the regular brake pedal. Dothis until the vehicle is held bythe electric parking brake only.

. To check the P (Park)mechanism's holding ability:With the propulsion systemactive, shift to P (Park). Thenrelease the electric parkingbrake followed by the regularbrake.

Contact your dealer if service isrequired.

Wiper Blade ReplacementWindshield wiper blades should beinspected for wear and cracking.See the Maintenance Schedule onpage 11-2.


10-26 Vehicle Care

Replacement blades come indifferent types and are removed indifferent ways. For proper type andlength, see MaintenanceReplacement Parts on page 11-13.

{ Caution

Allowing the wiper arm to touchthe windshield when no wiperblade is installed could damagethe windshield. Any damage thatoccurs would not be covered byyour warranty. Do not allow thewiper arm to touch the windshield.

To replace the windshield wiperblade:

1. Pull the windshield wiperassembly away from thewindshield.

2. Press the button in the middle ofthe wiper arm connector, andpull the wiper blade away fromthe arm connector.

3. Remove the wiper blade.

4. Reverse Steps 1–3 for wiperblade replacement.

Headlamp AimingHeadlamp aim has been preset andshould need no further adjustment.

If the vehicle is damaged in a crash,the headlamp aim may be affected.If adjustment to the headlamps isnecessary, see your dealer.


Vehicle Care 10-27

Bulb ReplacementFor the proper type of replacementbulbs, see Replacement Bulbs onpage 10-28.

For any bulb‐changing procedurenot listed in this section, contactyour dealer.

LED LightingThis vehicle has several LED lamps.For replacement of any LED lightingassembly, contact your dealer.

License Plate Lamp

Lamp Assembly

Bulb Assembly

1. Bulb Socket

2. Bulb

3. Lamp Assembly

To replace one of these bulbs:

1. Push the lamp assembly (3)toward the right.

2. Pull the lamp assembly down toremove.

3. Turn the bulb socket (1)counterclockwise to remove itfrom the lamp assembly (3).

4. Pull the bulb (2) straight out ofthe bulb socket (1).

5. Push the replacement bulbstraight into the bulb socket andturn the bulb socket clockwise toinstall it into the lamp assembly.

6. Push the lamp assembly backinto position until the release tablocks into place.


10-28 Vehicle Care

Replacement Bulbs

Exterior Lamp BulbNumber

LicensePlate Lamp

W5W LL

For replacement bulbs not listedhere, contact your dealer.

Electrical System

High Voltage Devices andWiring

{ Warning



Electrical SystemOverloadThe vehicle has fuses and circuitbreakers to protect against anelectrical system overload.

When the current electrical load istoo heavy, the circuit breaker opensand closes, protecting the circuituntil the current load returns tonormal or the problem is fixed. Thisgreatly reduces the chance of circuitoverload and fire caused byelectrical problems.

Fuses and circuit breakers protectthe following in the vehicle:. Headlamp Wiring. Windshield Wiper Motor. Power Windows and other

Power Accessories

Replace a bad fuse with a new oneof the identical size and rating.

If there is a problem on the road anda fuse needs to be replaced, thesame amperage fuse can be


Vehicle Care 10-29

borrowed. Choose some feature ofthe vehicle that is not needed to useand replace it as soon as possible.

Headlamp Wiring

An electrical overload may causethe lamps to go on and off, or insome cases to remain off. Have theheadlamp wiring checked right awayif the lamps go on and off orremain off.

Windshield Wipers

If the wiper motor overheats due toheavy snow or ice, the windshieldwipers will stop until the motor coolsand the wiper control is turned off.After removal of the blockage, thewiper motor will restart when thecontrol is then moved to the desiredoperating position.

Although the circuit is protectedfrom electrical overload, overloaddue to heavy snow or ice, maycause wiper damage. Always clearice and heavy snow from thewindshield before using thewindshield wipers.

If the overload is caused by anelectrical problem and not snow orice, be sure to get it fixed.

Engine CompartmentFuse Block

To open the fuse block cover, pressthe clips at the front and back androtate the cover up to the side.

{ Caution

Spilling liquid on any electricalcomponent on the vehicle maydamage it. Always keep thecovers on any electricalcomponent.


10-30 Vehicle Care

Engine Compartment Fuse Block

A fuse puller is in the enginecompartment fuse block.

The vehicle may not be equippedwith all of the fuses, relays, andfeatures shown.

MiniFuses

Amps Usage

1 15A Engine ControlModule –SwitchedPower

2 7.5A Emissions

MiniFuses

Amps Usage

3 – Not Used

4 15A Ignition Coils/Injectors

5 10A Column Lock

6a – Empty

6b – Empty

7 – Empty

8 – Empty

9 7.5A Heated Mirrors

10 5A AirConditioningControl Module

11 7.5A Traction PowerInverterModule –Battery

12 – Not Used

13 10A Cabin HeaterPump andValve


Vehicle Care 10-31

MiniFuses

Amps Usage

14 – Not Used

15 15A Traction PowerInverterModule andTransmissionControl Module– Battery

17 5A Engine ControlModule –Battery

22 10A LeftHigh-BeamHeadlamp

24 – Empty

25 – Empty

26 – Not Used

31 5A AdaptiveCruise Control/AutoHeadlamp

MiniFuses

Amps Usage

32 5A VehicleIntegrationControl Module

33 10A Run/Crank forHeatedSteeringWheel

34 10A VehicleIntegrationControl Module– Battery

35 – Not Used

36 10A PowerElectronicsCoolant Pump

37 5A Cabin HeaterControl Module

MiniFuses

Amps Usage

38 10A RechargeableEnergyStorageSystem (HighVoltageBattery)Coolant Pump

39 10A RechargeableEnergyStorageSystem (HighVoltageBattery)Control Module

40 10A FrontWindshieldWasher

41 10A RightHigh-BeamHeadlamp

46 – Empty

47 – Empty

49 – Empty


10-32 Vehicle Care

MiniFuses

Amps Usage

50 10A Run/Crank –Rear VisionCamera,AccessoryPower Module

51 7.5A Run/Crank forABS, AeroShutter, VITM

52 5A Engine ControlModule/TransmissionControl Module– Run/Crank

53 7.5A Traction PowerInverterModule – Run/Crank

MiniFuses

Amps Usage

54 7.5A Run/Crank –Fuel SystemControlModule, AirConditioningControlModule, OnBoard Charger,InstrumentCluster,AutomaticOccupantSensing,Mirrors

J-CaseFuses

Amps Usage

16 20A AIR Solenoid(PZEV Only)

18 30A RearDefoggerLower Grid

J-CaseFuses

Amps Usage

19 30A PowerWindow –Front

20 – Empty

21 30A AntilockBrakeSystemElectronicControl Unit

23 – Empty

27 40A AIR Pump(PZEV Only)

28 – Empty

29 30A Front Wipers

30 60A AntilockBrakeSystem Motor

42 30A Cooling Fan– Right

43 30A Front Wipers

44 40A Charger


Vehicle Care 10-33

J-CaseFuses

Amps Usage

45 – Empty

48 30A Cooling Fan– Left

Mini Relays Usage

3 Powertrain

4 Heated Mirrors

7 Empty

9 AIR Pump(PZEV Only)

11 Empty

12 Empty

13 Empty

14 Run/Crank

MicroRelays

Usage

1 Empty

2 AIR Solenoid(PZEV Only)

6 Empty

8 Empty

10 Empty

Ultra MicroRelays

Usage

5 Empty

Instrument Panel FuseBlock (Left Side)

The left instrument panel fuse blockis on the left side end of theinstrument panel, behind the endcap. To access the fuses, insert aplastic tool between the end paneland the instrument panel, andcarefully release the end capretaining clips. When all clips arereleased, remove the panel.


10-34 Vehicle Care

To reinstall the door, insert theforward edge hook feature, andpress around the edges of the endcap to reengage all of the clips.



Fuses Amps Usage

F1 20A Power Outlet/CigaretteLighter – Topof IPStorage Bin

F2 15A Infotainment(HMI, CD)

Fuses Amps Usage

F3 10A InstrumentCluster

F4 10A InfotainmentDisplay,SteeringWheelControlSwitches

F5 10A Heating,Ventilation, &AirConditioning


Vehicle Care 10-35

Fuses Amps Usage

F6 10A Airbag(SensingDiagnosticModule/PassengerSensingModule)

F7 15A Data LinkConnector,Left (Primary)

F8 10A Column Lock

F9 10A OnStar

F10 15A Body ControlModule 1/Body ControlModuleElectronics/KeylessEntry/PowerModing/Center HighMountedStoplamp/License Plate

Fuses Amps Usage

Lamps/LeftDaytimeRunningLamp/LeftParkingLamps/TrunkReleaseRelayControl/WasherPump RelayControl/SwitchIndicatorLights

F11 15A Body ControlModule 4/LeftHeadlamp

F12 – Empty

F13 – Empty

F14 – Empty

F15 20A Power Outlet(InsideConsole Bin)

Fuses Amps Usage

F16 5A WirelessCharger

F17 – Empty

F18 – Empty

Relays Usage

R1 Retained AccessoryPower Relay forPower Outlets

R2 Empty

R3 Empty

R4 Empty

Diodes Usage

Diode Empty


10-36 Vehicle Care

Instrument Panel FuseBlock (Right Side)

The right instrument panel fuseblock is on the right side end of theinstrument panel, behind the endcap. To access the fuses, insert aplastic tool between the end paneland the instrument panel, andcarefully release the end capretaining clips. When all clips arereleased, remove the panel.

To reinstall the door, insert theforward edge hook feature, andpress around the edges of the endcap to reengage all of the clips.


Vehicle Care 10-37



Fuses Amps Usage

F1 2A SteeringWheel Switch

F2 10A AutoHeadlampLeveling

Fuses Amps Usage

F3 10A MotorizedCup Holder

F4 15A Body ControlModule 3/RightHeadlamp

Fuses Amps Usage

F5 7.5A Body ControlModule 2/Body ControlModuleElectronics/Trunk Lamp/RightDaytimeRunningLamp/ShifterLock/SwitchBacklighting

F6 15A Tilt/TelescopeColumn

F7 7.5A Body ControlModule 6/Map Lights/CourtesyLights/Back-upLamp


10-38 Vehicle Care

Fuses Amps Usage

F8 15A Body ControlModule 7/LeftFront TurnSignal/RightRear Stopand TurnSignal Lamp

F9 – Empty

F10 15A Data LinkConnector,Right(Secondary)

F11 7.5A UniversalGarage DoorOpener, RainSensor, FrontCamera

F12 30A Blower Motor

F13 – Empty

F14 – Empty

F15 – Empty

F16 10A Glove Box

Fuses Amps Usage

F17 – Empty

F18 – Empty

Relays Usage

R1 Empty

R2 Glove Box Door

R3 Empty

R4 Empty

Diodes Usage

DIODE Empty


Vehicle Care 10-39

Rear Compartment FuseBlock

There are two rear compartmentfuse blocks, located on the left sideof the trunk behind a cover. The vehicle may not be equipped

with all of the fuses, relays, andfeatures shown.

Fuses Amps Usage

F1 – Empty

F2 15A Fuel SystemControlModule

F3 5A PassiveEntry/PassiveStart


10-40 Vehicle Care

Fuses Amps Usage

F4 15A Heated Seats

F5 2A RegulatedVoltageControl,CurrentSensor

F6 10A Fuel (DiurnalValve andEvap. LeakCheckModule)

F7 15A AccessoryPowerModuleCooling Fan

F8 30A Amplifier

F9 – Empty

Fuses Amps Usage

F10 5A RegulatedVoltageControl/UltrasonicFront andRear ParkingAssist, SideBlind Zone

F11 15A Horn

F12 – Empty

F13 30A ElectricParkingBrake

F14 30A Rear Defog(Upper Grid)

F15 – Empty

F16 10A TrunkRelease

F17 – Empty

F18 – Empty

Relays Usage

R1 Rear Defog(Upper Grid)

R2 Trunk Release

R3 Empty

R4 Empty

R5 Empty

R6 Empty

R7/R8 Horn

Diodes Usage

DIODE Empty


Vehicle Care 10-41

Fuses Amps Usage

F1 – Empty

F2 15A Radio

F3 10A PedestrianProtection

F4 10A CDC

F5 10A Memory SeatModule

F6 – Empty

Fuses Amps Usage

F7 10A Mirror/Window/SeatSwitch

F8 20A PassiveEntry/PassiveStart 2

F9 15A HeatedSeat 2

F10 – Empty

F11 – Empty

Fuses Amps Usage

F12 30A DriverPower Seat

F13 30A PassengerPower Seat

F14 – Empty

F15 – Empty

F16 – Empty

F17 – Empty

F18 – Empty

Relays Usage

R1 Empty

R2 Empty

R3 Empty

R4 Empty

Diodes Usage

DIODE Empty


10-42 Vehicle Care

Wheels and Tires

TiresEvery new GM vehicle hashigh-quality tires made by aleading tire manufacturer. Seethe warranty manual forinformation regarding the tirewarranty and where to getservice. For additionalinformation refer to the tiremanufacturer.

{ Warning

. Poorly maintained andimproperly used tires aredangerous.

. Overloading the tires cancause overheating as aresult of too much flexing.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

There could be a blowout anda serious crash. See VehicleLoad Limits on page 9-12.

. Underinflated tires posethe same danger asoverloaded tires. Theresulting crash couldcause serious injury.Check all tires frequentlyto maintain therecommended pressure.Tire pressure should bechecked when the tiresare cold.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Overinflated tires are morelikely to be cut, punctured,or broken by a suddenimpact — such as whenpressure.

. Worn or old tires cancause a crash. If the treadis badly worn,replace them.

. Replace any tires thathave been damaged byimpacts with potholes,curbs, etc.

. Improperly repaired tirescan cause a crash. Onlythe dealer or anauthorized tire service

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 10-43

Warning (Continued)

center should repair, replace,dismount, and mount the tires.

. Do not spin the tires inexcess of 56 km/h(35 mph) on slipperysurfaces such as snow,mud, ice, etc. Excessivespinning may cause thetires to explode.

All-Season TiresThis vehicle may come withall-season tires. These tires aredesigned to provide good overallperformance on most road surfacesand weather conditions. Originalequipment tires designed to GM'sspecific tire performance criteriahave a TPC specification codemolded onto the sidewall. Originalequipment all-season tires can be

identified by the last two charactersof this TPC code, which willbe “MS.”

Consider installing winter tires onthe vehicle if frequent driving onsnow or ice-covered roads isexpected. All-season tires provideadequate performance for mostwinter driving conditions, but theymay not offer the same level oftraction or performance as wintertires on snow or ice-covered roads.See Winter Tires on page 10-43.

Winter TiresThis vehicle was not originallyequipped with winter tires. Wintertires are designed for increasedtraction on snow and ice-coveredroads. Consider installing wintertires on the vehicle if frequentdriving on ice or snow coveredroads is expected. See your dealerfor details regarding winter tireavailability and proper tire selection.Also, see Buying New Tires onpage 10-56.

With winter tires, there may bedecreased dry road traction,increased road noise, and shortertread life. After changing to wintertires, be alert for changes in vehiclehandling and braking.

If using winter tires:. Use tires of the same brand and

tread type on all four wheelpositions.

. Use only radial ply tires of thesame size, load range, andspeed rating as the originalequipment tires.

Winter tires with the same speedrating as the original equipment tiresmay not be available for H, V, W, Y,and ZR speed rated tires. If wintertires with a lower speed rating arechosen, never exceed the tire'smaximum speed capability.


10-44 Vehicle Care

Tire Sidewall LabelingUseful information about a tire ismolded into its sidewall. Theexamples show a typicalpassenger tire sidewall.

Passenger (P-Metric) Tire Example

(1) Tire Size: The tire size is acombination of letters andnumbers used to define aparticular tire's width, height,aspect ratio, construction type,and service description. See the“Tire Size” illustration later in thissection for more detail.

(2) TPC Spec (TirePerformance CriteriaSpecification): Originalequipment tires designed toGM's specific tire performancecriteria have a TPC specificationcode molded onto the sidewall.GM's TPC specifications meet orexceed all federal safetyguidelines.

(3) DOT (Department ofTransportation): TheDepartment of Transportation(DOT) code indicates that thetire is in compliance with theU.S. Department ofTransportation Motor VehicleSafety Standards.

DOT Tire Date ofManufacture: The last fourdigits of the TIN indicate the tiremanufactured date. The first twodigits represent the week(01-52) and the last two digits,the year. For example, the third

week of the year 2010 wouldhave a four-digit DOT dateof 0310.

(4) Tire Identification Number(TIN): The letters and numbersfollowing the DOT code are theTire Identification Number (TIN).The TIN shows themanufacturer and plant code,tire size, and date the tire wasmanufactured. The TIN ismolded onto both sides of thetire, although only one side mayhave the date of manufacture.

(5) Tire Ply Material: The typeof cord and number of plies inthe sidewall and under the tread.

(6) Uniform Tire QualityGrading (UTQG): Tiremanufacturers are required tograde tires based on threeperformance factors: treadwear,traction, and temperature


Vehicle Care 10-45

resistance. For more informationsee Uniform Tire QualityGrading on page 10-58.

(7) Maximum Cold InflationLoad Limit: Maximum load thatcan be carried and themaximum pressure needed tosupport that load.

Tire Designations

Tire Size

The following is an example of atypical passenger vehicletire size.

(1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire:The United States version of ametric tire sizing system. Theletter P as the first character in

the tire size means a passengervehicle tire engineered tostandards set by the U.S. Tireand Rim Association.

(2) Tire Width: The three-digitnumber indicates the tire sectionwidth in millimeters fromsidewall to sidewall.

(3) Aspect Ratio: A two-digitnumber that indicates the tireheight-to-width measurements.For example, if the tire sizeaspect ratio is 60, as shown initem 3 of the illustration, it wouldmean that the tire's sidewall is60 percent as high as it is wide.

(4) Construction Code: A lettercode is used to indicate the typeof ply construction in the tire.The letter R means radial plyconstruction; the letter D meansdiagonal or bias plyconstruction; and the letter Bmeans belted-bias plyconstruction.

(5) Rim Diameter: Diameter ofthe wheel in inches.

(6) Service Description: Thesecharacters represent the loadindex and speed rating of thetire. The load index representsthe load carrying capacity a tireis certified to carry. The speedrating is the maximum speed atire is certified to carry a load.

Tire Terminology andDefinitionsAir Pressure : The amount ofair inside the tire pressingoutward on each square inch ofthe tire. Air pressure isexpressed in kPa (kilopascal)or psi (pounds per square inch).

Accessory Weight : Thecombined weight of optionalaccessories. Some examples ofoptional accessories are, electric


10-46 Vehicle Care

drive unit, power windows,power seats, and airconditioning.

Aspect Ratio : The relationshipof a tire's height to its width.

Belt : A rubber coated layer ofcords that is located betweenthe plies and the tread. Cordsmay be made from steel or otherreinforcing materials.

Bead : The tire bead containssteel wires wrapped by steelcords that hold the tire ontothe rim.

Bias Ply Tire : A pneumatic tirein which the plies are laid atalternate angles less than90 degrees to the centerline ofthe tread.

Cold Tire Pressure : Theamount of air pressure in a tire,measured in kPa (kilopascal)or psi (pounds per square inch)

before a tire has built up heatfrom driving. See Tire Pressureon page 10-48.

Curb Weight : The weight of amotor vehicle with standard andoptional equipment including themaximum capacity of fuel, oil,and coolant, but withoutpassengers and cargo.

DOT Markings : A code moldedinto the sidewall of a tiresignifying that the tire is incompliance with the U.S.Department of Transportation(DOT) Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards. The DOT codeincludes the Tire IdentificationNumber (TIN), an alphanumericdesignator which can alsoidentify the tire manufacturer,production plant, brand, anddate of production.

GVWR : Gross Vehicle WeightRating. See Vehicle Load Limitson page 9-12.

GAWR FRT : Gross AxleWeight Rating for the front axle.See Vehicle Load Limits onpage 9-12.

GAWR RR : Gross Axle WeightRating for the rear axle. SeeVehicle Load Limits onpage 9-12.

Intended Outboard Sidewall :The side of an asymmetrical tire,that must always face outwardwhen mounted on a vehicle.

Kilopascal (kPa) : The metricunit for air pressure.

Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire : Atire used on light duty trucks andsome multipurpose passengervehicles.

Load Index : An assignednumber ranging from 1 to 279that corresponds to the loadcarrying capacity of a tire.


Vehicle Care 10-47

Maximum Inflation Pressure :The maximum air pressure towhich a cold tire can be inflated.The maximum air pressure ismolded onto the sidewall.

Maximum Load Rating : Theload rating for a tire at themaximum permissible inflationpressure for that tire.

Maximum Loaded VehicleWeight : The sum of curbweight, accessory weight,vehicle capacity weight, andproduction options weight.

Normal Occupant Weight :The number of occupants avehicle is designed to seatmultiplied by 68 kg (150 lbs). SeeVehicle Load Limits onpage 9-12.

Occupant Distribution :Designated seating positions.

Outward Facing Sidewall :The side of an asymmetrical tirethat has a particular side thatfaces outward when mounted ona vehicle. The side of the tirethat contains a whitewall, bearswhite lettering, or bearsmanufacturer, brand, and/ormodel name molding that ishigher or deeper than the samemoldings on the other sidewallof the tire.

Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : Atire used on passenger cars andsome light duty trucks andmultipurpose vehicles.

Recommended InflationPressure : Vehiclemanufacturer's recommendedtire inflation pressure as shownon the tire placard. See TirePressure on page 10-48 andVehicle Load Limits onpage 9-12.

Radial Ply Tire : A pneumatictire in which the ply cords thatextend to the beads are laid at90 degrees to the centerline ofthe tread.

Rim : A metal support for a tireand upon which the tire beadsare seated.

Sidewall : The portion of a tirebetween the tread and the bead.

Speed Rating : Analphanumeric code assigned toa tire indicating the maximumspeed at which a tire canoperate.

Traction : The friction betweenthe tire and the road surface.The amount of grip provided.

Tread : The portion of a tire thatcomes into contact withthe road.

Treadwear Indicators : Narrowbands, sometimes called wearbars, that show across the tread


10-48 Vehicle Care

of a tire when only 1.6 mm(1/16 in) of tread remains. SeeWhen It Is Time for New Tireson page 10-55.

UTQGS (Uniform Tire QualityGrading Standards) : A tireinformation system that providesconsumers with ratings for atire's traction, temperature, andtreadwear. Ratings aredetermined by tiremanufacturers usinggovernment testing procedures.The ratings are molded into thesidewall of the tire. See UniformTire Quality Grading onpage 10-58.

Vehicle Capacity Weight : Thenumber of designated seatingpositions multiplied by 68 kg(150 lbs) plus the rated cargoload. See Vehicle Load Limitson page 9-12.

Vehicle Maximum Load on theTire : Load on an individual tiredue to curb weight, accessoryweight, occupant weight, andcargo weight.

Vehicle Placard : A labelpermanently attached to avehicle showing the vehicle'scapacity weight and the originalequipment tire size andrecommended inflation pressure.See “Tire and LoadingInformation Label” under VehicleLoad Limits on page 9-12.

Tire PressureTires need the correct amount ofair pressure to operateeffectively.

{ Caution

Neither tire underinflation noroverinflation is good.Underinflated tires, or tiresthat do not have enough air,can result in:

. Tire overloading andoverheating which couldlead to a blowout.

. Premature orirregular wear.

. Poor handling.

. Reduced fuel economy.

Overinflated tires, or tires thathave too much air, canresult in:

. Unusual wear.

. Poor handling.

. Rough ride.

. Needless damage fromroad hazards.


Vehicle Care 10-49

The Tire and LoadingInformation label on the vehicleindicates the original equipmenttires and the correct cold tireinflation pressures. Therecommended pressure is theminimum air pressure needed tosupport the vehicle's maximumload carrying capacity.

For additional informationregarding how much weight thevehicle can carry, and anexample of the Tire and LoadingInformation label, see VehicleLoad Limits on page 9-12. Howthe vehicle is loaded affectsvehicle handling and ridecomfort. Never load the vehiclewith more weight than it wasdesigned to carry.

When to Check

Check the tires once a monthor more.

How to Check

Use a good quality pocket-typegauge to check the tirepressure. Proper tire inflationcannot be determined by lookingat the tire. Check the tireinflation pressure when the tiresare cold, meaning the vehiclehas not been driven for at leastthree hours or no more than1.6 km (1 mi).

Remove the valve cap from thetire valve stem. Press the tiregauge firmly onto the valve toget the pressure measurement.If the cold tire inflation pressurematches the recommendedpressure on the Tire andLoading Information label, nofurther adjustment is necessary.

If the inflation pressure is low,add air until the recommendedpressure is reached. If theinflation pressure in high, presson the metal stem in the center

of the tire valve to release air.Re-check the tire pressure withthe tire gauge.

Return the valve caps on thevalve stems to keep out dirt andmoisture and prevent leaks.

Tire Pressure MonitorSystemThe Tire Pressure Monitor System(TPMS) uses radio and sensortechnology to check tire pressurelevels. The TPMS sensors monitorthe air pressure in your tires andtransmit tire pressure readings to areceiver located in the vehicle.

Each tire, including the spare (ifprovided), should be checkedmonthly when cold and inflated tothe inflation pressure recommendedby the vehicle manufacturer on thevehicle placard or tire inflationpressure label. (If your vehicle hastires of a different size than the sizeindicated on the vehicle placard or


10-50 Vehicle Care

tire inflation pressure label, youshould determine the proper tireinflation pressure for those tires.)

As an added safety feature, yourvehicle has been equipped with atire pressure monitoring system(TPMS) that illuminates a low tirepressure telltale when one or moreof your tires is significantlyunder-inflated.

Accordingly, when the low tirepressure telltale illuminates, youshould stop and check your tires assoon as possible, and inflate themto the proper pressure. Driving on asignificantly under-inflated tirecauses the tire to overheat and canlead to tire failure. Under-inflationalso reduces fuel efficiency and tiretread life, and may affect thevehicle's handling and stoppingability.

Please note that the TPMS is not asubstitute for proper tiremaintenance, and it is the driver'sresponsibility to maintain correct tirepressure, even if under-inflation has

not reached the level to triggerillumination of the TPMS low tirepressure telltale.

Your vehicle has also beenequipped with a TPMS malfunctionindicator to indicate when thesystem is not operating properly.The TPMS malfunction indicator iscombined with the low tire pressuretelltale. When the system detects amalfunction, the telltale will flash forapproximately one minute and thenremain continuously illuminated.This sequence will continue uponsubsequent vehicle start-ups aslong as the malfunction exists.

When the malfunction indicator isilluminated, the system may not beable to detect or signal low tirepressure as intended. TPMSmalfunctions may occur for a varietyof reasons, including the installationof replacement or alternate tires orwheels on the vehicle that preventthe TPMS from functioning properly.Always check the TPMS malfunctiontelltale after replacing one or moretires or wheels on your vehicle to

ensure that the replacement oralternate tires and wheels allow theTPMS to continue to functionproperly.

See Tire Pressure MonitorOperation on page 10-50.


Tire Pressure MonitorOperationThis vehicle may have a TirePressure Monitor System (TPMS).The TPMS is designed to warn thedriver when a low tire pressurecondition exists. TPMS sensors aremounted onto each tire and wheelassembly, excluding the spare tireand wheel assembly. The TPMSsensors monitor the air pressure inthe tires and transmit the tirepressure readings to a receiverlocated in the vehicle.


Vehicle Care 10-51

When a low tire pressure conditionis detected, the TPMS illuminatesthe low tire pressure warning lighton the instrument cluster. If thewarning light comes on, stop assoon as possible and inflate thetires to the recommended pressureshown on the Tire and LoadingInformation label. See Vehicle LoadLimits on page 9-12.

A message to check the pressure ina specific tire displays in the DriverInformation Center (DIC). The lowtire pressure warning light and theDIC warning message come on ateach ignition cycle until the tires areinflated to the correct inflationpressure. Using the DIC, tirepressure levels can be viewed. Foradditional information and details

about the DIC operation anddisplays see Driver InformationCenter (DIC) on page 5-38.

The low tire pressure warning lightmay come on in cool weather whenthe vehicle is first started, and thenturn off as the vehicle is driven. Thiscould be an early indicator that theair pressure is getting low andneeds to be inflated to the properpressure.

A Tire and Loading Informationlabel, attached to your vehicle,shows the size of the originalequipment tires and the correctinflation pressure for the tires whenthey are cold. See Vehicle LoadLimits on page 9-12, for an exampleof the Tire and Loading Informationlabel and its location. Also see TirePressure on page 10-48.

The TPMS can warn about a lowtire pressure condition but it doesnot replace normal tiremaintenance. See Tire Inspection

on page 10-54, Tire Rotation onpage 10-54 and Tires onpage 10-42.

{ Caution

Tire sealant materials are not allthe same. A non-approved tiresealant could damage the TPMSsensors. TPMS sensor damagecaused by using an incorrect tiresealant is not covered by thevehicle warranty. Always use onlythe GM approved tire sealantavailable through your dealer orincluded in the vehicle.

Factory-installed Tire Inflator Kitsuse a GM approved liquid tiresealant. Using non-approved tiresealants could damage the TPMSsensors. See Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit on page 10-63 forinformation regarding the inflator kitmaterials and instructions.


10-52 Vehicle Care

TPMS Malfunction Light andMessage

The TPMS will not function properlyif one or more of the TPMS sensorsare missing or inoperable. When thesystem detects a malfunction, thelow tire warning light flashes forabout one minute and then stays onfor the remainder of the ignitioncycle. A DIC warning message alsodisplays. The malfunction light andDIC warning message come on ateach ignition cycle until the problemis corrected. Some of the conditionsthat can cause these to comeon are:. One of the road tires has been

replaced with the spare tire,if equipped. The spare tire doesnot have a TPMS sensor. Themalfunction light and DICmessage should go off after theroad tire is replaced and thesensor matching process isperformed successfully. See“TPMS Sensor MatchingProcess” later in this section.

. The TPMS sensor matchingprocess was not done or notcompleted successfully afterrotating the tires. Themalfunction light and the DICmessage should go off aftersuccessfully completing thesensor matching process. See"TPMS Sensor MatchingProcess" later in this section.

. One or more TPMS sensors aremissing or damaged. Themalfunction light and the DICmessage should go off when theTPMS sensors are installed andthe sensor matching process isperformed successfully. Seeyour dealer for service.

. Replacement tires or wheels donot match the original equipmenttires or wheels. Tires and wheelsother than those recommendedcould prevent the TPMS fromfunctioning properly. See BuyingNew Tires on page 10-56.

. Operating electronic devices orbeing near facilities using radiowave frequencies similar to theTPMS could cause the TPMSsensors to malfunction.

If the TPMS is not functioningproperly it cannot detect or signal alow tire condition. See your dealerfor service if the TPMS malfunctionlight and DIC message come onand stay on.

TPMS Sensor MatchingProcess

Each TPMS sensor has a uniqueidentification code. The identificationcode needs to be matched to a newtire/wheel position after rotating thevehicle’s tires or replacing one ormore of the TPMS sensors. TheTPMS sensor matching processshould also be performed afterreplacing a spare tire with a roadtire containing the TPMS sensor.The malfunction light and the DICmessage should go off at the nextignition cycle. The sensors arematched to the tire/wheel positions,


Vehicle Care 10-53

using a TPMS relearn tool, in thefollowing order: driver side front tire,passenger side front tire, passengerside rear tire, and driver side rear.See your dealer for service or topurchase a relearn tool.

There are two minutes to match thefirst tire/wheel position, andfive minutes overall to match all fourtire/wheel positions. If it takeslonger, the matching process stopsand must be restarted.

The TPMS sensor matchingprocess is:

1. Set the parking brake.

2. Place the vehicle power mode inON/RUN. See Power Button onpage 9-16.

3. Make sure the Tire Pressure infodisplay option is turned on. Theinfo displays on the DIC can beturned on and off through theSettings menu. See DriverInformation Center (DIC) onpage 5-38.

4. Use the five-way DIC control onthe right side of the steeringwheel to scroll to the TirePressure screen under the DICinfo page. See DriverInformation Center (DIC) onpage 5-38.

5. Press and hold the SEL buttonin the center of the five-way DICcontrol.

The horn sounds twice to signalthe receiver is in relearn modeand the TIRE LEARNINGACTIVE message displays onthe DIC screen.

6. Start with the driver sidefront tire.

7. Place the relearn tool againstthe tire sidewall, near the valvestem. Then press the button toactivate the TPMS sensor.A horn chirp confirms that thesensor identification code hasbeen matched to this tire andwheel position.

8. Proceed to the passenger sidefront tire, and repeat Step 7.

9. Proceed to the passenger siderear tire, and repeat Step 7.

10. Proceed to the driver side reartire, and repeat Step 7. Thehorn sounds two times toindicate the sensoridentification code has beenmatched to the driver side reartire, and the TPMS sensormatching process is no longeractive. The TIRE LEARNINGACTIVE message on the DICdisplay screen goes off.

11. Shut the ignition off.

12. Set all four tires to therecommended air pressurelevel as indicated on the Tireand Loading Information label.


10-54 Vehicle Care

Tire InspectionWe recommend that the tires,including the spare tire, if thevehicle has one, be inspectedfor signs of wear or damage atleast once a month.

Replace the tire if:. The indicators at three or

more places around the tirecan be seen.

. There is cord or fabricshowing through the tire'srubber.

. The tread or sidewall iscracked, cut, or snaggeddeep enough to show cord orfabric.

. The tire has a bump, bulge,or split.

. The tire has a puncture, cut,or other damage that cannotbe repaired well because ofthe size or location of thedamage.

Tire RotationTires should be rotated every12 000 km (7,500 mi). The firstrotation is the most important.See Maintenance Schedule onpage 11-2.

Tires are rotated to achieve amore uniform wear for all tires.

Anytime unusual wear isnoticed, rotate the tires as soonas possible, check for proper tireinflation pressure, and check fordamaged tires or wheels. If theunusual wear continues after therotation, check the wheelalignment. See When It Is Timefor New Tires on page 10-55and Wheel Replacement onpage 10-60.

Use this rotation pattern whenrotating the tires.

Adjust the front and rear tires tothe recommended inflationpressure on the Tire andLoading Information label afterthe tires have been rotated. SeeTire Pressure on page 10-48and Vehicle Load Limits onpage 9-12.

Reset the Tire Pressure MonitorSystem. See Tire PressureMonitor Operation onpage 10-50.


Vehicle Care 10-55

Check that all wheel nuts areproperly tightened. See “WheelNut Torque” under Capacitiesand Specifications onpage 12-2.

{ Warning

Rust or dirt on a wheel, or onthe parts to which it isfastened, can make wheelnuts become loose after atime. The wheel could comeoff and cause a crash. Whenchanging a wheel, remove anyrust or dirt from places wherethe wheel attaches to thevehicle. In an emergency, acloth or a paper towel can beused, however, use a scraperor wire brush to remove allrust or dirt.

Lightly coat the center of thewheel hub with wheel bearinggrease after a wheel change or

tire rotation to prevent corrosionor rust build-up. Do not getgrease on the flat wheelmounting surface or on thewheel nuts or bolts.

When It Is Time for NewTiresFactors such as maintenance,temperatures, driving speeds,vehicle loading, and road conditionsaffect the wear rate of the tires.

Treadwear indicators are one way totell when it is time for new tires.Treadwear indicators appear whenthe tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in)or less of tread remaining. See TireInspection on page 10-54 and TireRotation on page 10-54.

The rubber in tires ages over time.This also applies to the spare tire,if the vehicle has one, even if it isnever used. Multiple factorsincluding temperatures, loadingconditions, and inflation pressuremaintenance affect how fast agingtakes place. GM recommends thattires, including the spare ifequipped, be replaced aftersix years, regardless of tread wear.The tire manufacture date is the lastfour digits of the DOT TireIdentification Number (TIN) which ismolded into one side of the tiresidewall. The first two digitsrepresent the week (01–52) and thelast two digits, the year. Forexample, the third week of the year2010 would have a four-digit DOTdate of 0310.


10-56 Vehicle Care

Vehicle Storage

Tires age when stored normallymounted on a parked vehicle. Parka vehicle that will be stored for atleast a month in a cool, dry, cleanarea away from direct sunlight toslow aging. This area should be freeof grease, gasoline, or othersubstances that can deterioraterubber.

Parking for an extended period cancause flat spots on the tires thatmay result in vibrations whiledriving. When storing a vehicle forat least a month, remove the tires orraise the vehicle to reduce theweight from the tires.

Buying New TiresGM has developed and matchedspecific tires for the vehicle. Theoriginal equipment tires installedwere designed to meet GeneralMotors Tire Performance CriteriaSpecification (TPC Spec)system rating. When

replacement tires are needed,GM strongly recommendsbuying tires with the same TPCSpec rating.

GM's exclusive TPC Specsystem considers over a dozencritical specifications that impactthe overall performance of thevehicle, including brake systemperformance, ride and handling,traction control, and tirepressure monitoringperformance. GM's TPC Specnumber is molded onto the tire'ssidewall near the tire size. If thetires have an all-season treaddesign, the TPC spec numberwill be followed by MS, for mudand snow. See Tire SidewallLabeling on page 10-44.

GM recommends replacing worntires in complete sets of four.Uniform tread depth on all tireswill help to maintain theperformance of the vehicle.

Braking and handlingperformance may be adverselyaffected if all the tires are notreplaced at the same time.If proper rotation andmaintenance have been done,all four tires should wear out atabout the same time. See TireRotation on page 10-54.However, if it is necessary toreplace only one axle set ofworn tires, place the new tireson the rear axle.

Winter tires with the same speedrating as the original equipmenttires may not be available for H,V, W, Y, and ZR speed ratedtires. Never exceed the wintertires’ maximum speed capabilitywhen using winter tires with alower speed rating.


Vehicle Care 10-57

{ Warning

Tires could explode duringimproper service. Attemptingto mount or dismount a tirecould cause injury or death.Only your dealer or authorizedtire service center shouldmount or dismount the tires.

{ Warning

Mixing tires of different sizes,brands, or types may causeloss of control of the vehicle,resulting in a crash or othervehicle damage. Use thecorrect size, brand, and typeof tire on all wheels.

{ Warning

Using bias-ply tires on thevehicle may cause the wheelrim flanges to develop cracksafter many miles of driving.A tire and/or wheel could failsuddenly and cause a crash.Use only radial-ply tires withthe wheels on the vehicle.

If the vehicle tires must bereplaced with a tire that does nothave a TPC Spec number, makesure they are the same size,load range, speed rating, andconstruction (radial) as theoriginal tires.

Vehicles that have a tirepressure monitoring systemcould give an inaccuratelow-pressure warning if non-TPCSpec rated tires are installed.See Tire Pressure MonitorSystem on page 10-49.

The Tire and LoadingInformation Label indicates theoriginal equipment tires on thevehicle. See Vehicle Load Limitson page 9-12, for the labellocation and more informationabout the Tire and LoadingInformation label.

Different Size Tires andWheelsIf wheels or tires are installed thatare a different size than the originalequipment wheels and tires, vehicleperformance, including its braking,ride and handling characteristics,stability, and resistance to rollovermay be affected. If the vehicle haselectronic systems such as antilockbrakes, rollover airbags, tractioncontrol, electronic stability control,or All-Wheel Drive, the performanceof these systems can also beaffected.


10-58 Vehicle Care

{ Warning

If different sized wheels are used,there may not be an acceptablelevel of performance and safety iftires not recommended for thosewheels are selected. Thisincreases the chance of a crashand serious injury. Only use GMspecific wheel and tire systemsdeveloped for the vehicle, andhave them properly installed by aGM certified technician.

See Buying New Tires onpage 10-56 and Accessories andModifications on page 10-2.

Uniform Tire QualityGradingQuality grades can be foundwhere applicable on the tiresidewall between tread shoulderand maximum section width. Forexample:

Treadwear 200 Traction AATemperature A

The following information relatesto the system developed by theUnited States National HighwayTraffic Safety Administration(NHTSA), which grades tires bytreadwear, traction, andtemperature performance. Thisapplies only to vehicles sold inthe United States. The gradesare molded on the sidewalls ofmost passenger car tires. TheUniform Tire Quality Grading(UTQG) system does not applyto deep tread, winter tires,compact spare tires, tires with

nominal rim diameters of10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm),or to some limited-productiontires.

While the tires available onGeneral Motors passenger carsand light trucks may vary withrespect to these grades, theymust also conform to federalsafety requirements andadditional General Motors TirePerformance Criteria (TPC)standards.

All Passenger Car Tires MustConform to Federal SafetyRequirements In Addition ToThese Grades.

Treadwear

The treadwear grade is acomparative rating based on thewear rate of the tire when testedunder controlled conditions on aspecified government testcourse. For example, a tire


Vehicle Care 10-59

graded 150 would wear one andone-half (1½) times as well onthe government course as a tiregraded 100. The relativeperformance of tires dependsupon the actual conditions oftheir use, however, and maydepart significantly from thenorm due to variations in drivinghabits, service practices anddifferences in roadcharacteristics and climate.

Traction

The traction grades, fromhighest to lowest, are AA, A, B,and C. Those grades representthe tire's ability to stop on wetpavement as measured undercontrolled conditions onspecified government testsurfaces of asphalt andconcrete. A tire marked C mayhave poor traction performance.Warning: The traction gradeassigned to this tire is based on

straight-ahead braking tractiontests, and does not includeacceleration, cornering,hydroplaning, or peak tractioncharacteristics.

Temperature

The temperature grades are A(the highest), B, and C,representing the tire's resistanceto the generation of heat and itsability to dissipate heat whentested under controlledconditions on a specified indoorlaboratory test wheel. Sustainedhigh temperature can cause thematerial of the tire to degenerateand reduce tire life, andexcessive temperature can leadto sudden tire failure. The gradeC corresponds to a level ofperformance which allpassenger car tires must meetunder the Federal Motor SafetyStandard No. 109. Grades B andA represent higher levels of

performance on the laboratorytest wheel than the minimumrequired by law. Warning: Thetemperature grade for this tire isestablished for a tire that isproperly inflated and notoverloaded. Excessive speed,underinflation, or excessiveloading, either separately or incombination, can cause heatbuildup and possible tire failure.

Wheel Alignment and TireBalanceThe tires and wheels were alignedand balanced at the factory toprovide the longest tire life and bestoverall performance. Adjustments towheel alignment and tire balancingare not necessary on a regularbasis. Consider an alignment checkif there is unusual tire wear or thevehicle is significantly pulling to oneside or the other. Some slight pull tothe left or right, depending on thecrown of the road and/or other road


10-60 Vehicle Care

surface variations such as troughsor ruts, is normal. If the vehicle isvibrating when driving on a smoothroad, the tires and wheels may needto be rebalanced. See your dealerfor proper diagnosis.

Wheel ReplacementReplace any wheel that is bent,cracked, or badly rusted orcorroded. If wheel nuts keep comingloose, the wheel, wheel bolts, andwheel nuts should be replaced.If the wheel leaks air, replace it.Some aluminum wheels can berepaired. See your dealer if any ofthese conditions exist.

Your dealer will know the kind ofwheel that is needed.

Each new wheel should have thesame load-carrying capacity,diameter, width, and offset, andshould be mounted the same wayas the one it replaces.

Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheelnuts, or Tire Pressure MonitorSystem (TPMS) sensors with newGM original equipment parts.

{ Warning

Using the wrong replacementwheels, wheel bolts, or wheelnuts can be dangerous. It couldaffect the braking and handling ofthe vehicle. Tires can lose air,and cause loss of control, causinga crash. Always use the correctwheel, wheel bolts, and wheelnuts for replacement.

{ Caution

The wrong wheel can also causeproblems with bearing life, brakecooling, speedometer orodometer calibration, headlampaim, bumper height, vehicle

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

ground clearance, and tireclearance to the body andchassis.

{ Warning

Never use oil or grease on studsor the threads of the wheel nuts.The wheel nuts might come looseand the wheel could fall off,causing a crash.

{ Warning

Incorrect wheel nuts or improperlytightened wheel nuts can causethe wheel to become loose andeven come off. This could lead toa crash. Be sure to use thecorrect wheel nuts. If you have to

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 10-61

Warning (Continued)

replace them, be sure to get newGM original equipmentwheel nuts.

{ Caution

Improperly tightened wheel nutscan lead to brake pulsation androtor damage. To avoid expensivebrake repairs, evenly tighten thewheel nuts in the propersequence and to the propertorque specification.

Used Replacement Wheels

{ Warning

Replacing a wheel with a usedone is dangerous. How it hasbeen used or how far it has beendriven may be unknown. It could

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

fail suddenly and cause a crash.When replacing wheels, use anew GM original equipmentwheel.

Tire Chains

{ Warning

Do not use tire chains. There isnot enough clearance. Tire chainsused on a vehicle without theproper amount of clearance cancause damage to the brakes,suspension, or other vehicleparts. The area damaged by thetire chains could cause loss ofcontrol and a crash.

Use another type of tractiondevice only if its manufacturerrecommends it for the vehicle'stire size combination and road

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

conditions. Follow thatmanufacturer's instructions. Toavoid vehicle damage, drive slowand readjust or remove thetraction device if it contacts thevehicle. Do not spin the wheels.If traction devices are used, installthem on the front tires.

If a Tire Goes FlatThis vehicle has a tire sealant andcompressor kit. See Tire Sealantand Compressor Kit on page 10-63.There is no spare tire, no tirechanging equipment, and no placeto store a tire.

To properly lift this vehicle, seeLifting the Vehicle on page 10-3.


10-62 Vehicle Care

It is unusual for a tire to blowoutwhile driving, especially if the tiresare maintained properly. See Tireson page 10-42. If air goes out of atire, it is much more likely to leakout slowly. But if there ever is ablowout, here are a few tips aboutwhat to expect and what to do:

If a front tire fails, the flat tire willcreate a drag that pulls the vehicletoward that side. Take your foot offthe accelerator pedal and grip thesteering wheel firmly. Steer tomaintain lane position, and thengently brake to a stop, well off theroad, if possible.

A rear blowout, particularly on acurve, acts much like a skid andmay require the same correction asused in a skid. Stop pressing theaccelerator pedal and steer tostraighten the vehicle. It may bevery bumpy and noisy. Gently braketo a stop, well off the road,if possible.

{ Warning

Driving on a flat tire will causepermanent damage to the tire.Re-inflating a tire after it has beendriven on while severelyunderinflated or flat may cause ablowout and a serious crash.Never attempt to re-inflate a tirethat has been driven on whileseverely underinflated or flat.Have your dealer or an authorizedtire service center repair orreplace the flat tire as soon aspossible.

If a tire goes flat, avoid further tireand wheel damage by driving slowlyto a level place and stopping, welloff the road, if possible.

1. Turn on the hazard warningflashers. See Hazard WarningFlashers on page 6-5.

2. Set the parking brake firmly.

3. Put the shift lever in P (Park).See Shifting Into Park onpage 9-19.

4. Turn off the engine.

5. Inspect the flat tire.

If the tire has been separated fromthe wheel, has damaged sidewalls,or has a puncture larger than6 mm (0.25 in), the tire is tooseverely damaged for the tiresealant and compressor kit to beeffective. See Roadside Service onpage 13-5.

If the tire has a puncture less than6 mm (0.25 in) in the tread area ofthe tire, see Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit on page 10-63.


Vehicle Care 10-63

Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit

{ Warning

Running the engine in ExtendedRange Mode in an enclosed areawith poor ventilation is dangerous.Engine exhaust may enter thevehicle. Engine exhaust containscarbon monoxide (CO) whichcannot be seen or smelled. It cancause unconsciousness and evendeath. Never run the engine inExtended Range Mode in anenclosed area that has no freshair ventilation. For moreinformation, see Engine Exhauston page 9-27.

{ Warning

Overinflating a tire could causethe tire to rupture and you orothers could be injured. Be sureto read and follow the tire sealantand compressor kit instructionsand inflate the tire to itsrecommended pressure. Do notexceed the recommendedpressure.

{ Warning

Storing the tire sealant andcompressor kit or otherequipment in the passengercompartment of the vehicle couldcause injury. In a sudden stop orcollision, loose equipment couldstrike someone. Store the tiresealant and compressor kit in itsoriginal location.

If this vehicle has a tire sealant andcompressor kit, there may not be aspare tire, tire changing equipment,and on some vehicles there may notbe a place to store a tire.

The tire sealant and compressorcan be used to temporarily sealpunctures up to 6 mm (0.25 in) inthe tread area of the tire. It can alsobe used to inflate anunderinflated tire.

If the tire has been separated fromthe wheel, has damaged sidewalls,or has a large puncture, the tire istoo severely damaged for the tiresealant and compressor kit to beeffective. See Roadside Service onpage 13-5.

Read and follow all of the tiresealant and compressor kitinstructions.


10-64 Vehicle Care

The kit includes: 1. Selector Switch (Sealant/Airor Air Only)

2. On/Off Button3. Pressure Gauge4. Pressure Deflation Button

(If equipped)5. Tire Sealant Canister6. Sealant/Air Hose (Clear)7. Air Only Hose (Black)8. Power Plug9. Canister Release Button

(Under Sealant/Air Hose)

Tire Sealant

Read and follow the safe handlinginstructions on the label adhered tothe sealant canister.

Check the tire sealant expirationdate on the sealant canister. Thesealant canister should be replacedbefore its expiration date.Replacement sealant canisters areavailable at your local dealer. See“Removal and Installation of theSealant Canister” following.

There is only enough sealant to sealone tire. After usage, the sealantcanister and sealant/air hoseassembly must be replaced. See“Removal and Installation of theSealant Canister” following.

Using the Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit to TemporarilySeal and Inflate aPunctured Tire

Follow the directions closely forcorrect sealant usage.


Vehicle Care 10-65

When using the tire sealant andcompressor kit during coldtemperatures, warm the kit in a

heated environment for five minutes.This will help to inflate the tirefaster.

If a tire goes flat, avoid further tireand wheel damage by driving slowlyto a level place. Turn on the hazardwarning flashers. See HazardWarning Flashers on page 6-5.

See If a Tire Goes Flat onpage 10-61 for other importantsafety warnings.

Do not remove any objects thathave penetrated the tire.

1. Remove the tire sealant andcompressor kit from its storagelocation. See Storing the TireSealant and Compressor Kit onpage 10-70.

2. Unwrap the sealant/air hose (6)and the power plug (8).

3. Place the kit on the ground.

Make sure the tire valve stem ispositioned close to the groundso the hose will reach it.

4. Remove the valve stem cap fromthe flat tire by turning itcounterclockwise.

5. Attach the sealant/air hose (6)onto the tire valve stem. Turn itclockwise until it is tight.

6. Plug the power plug (8) into theaccessory power outlet in thevehicle. Unplug all items fromother accessory power outlets.See Power Outlets on page 5-6.

If the vehicle has an accessorypower outlet, do not use thecigarette lighter.

If the vehicle only has a cigarettelighter, use the cigarette lighter.

Do not pinch the power plugcord in the door or window.

7. Start the vehicle. The vehiclemust be running while using theair compressor.

8. Press and turn the selectorswitch (1) counterclockwise tothe Sealant + Air position.


10-66 Vehicle Care

9. Press the on/off button (2) toturn the tire sealant andcompressor kit on.

The compressor will injectsealant and air into the tire.

The pressure gauge (3) willinitially show a high pressurewhile the compressor pushes thesealant into the tire. Once thesealant is completely dispersedinto the tire, the pressure willquickly drop and start to riseagain as the tire inflates withair only.

10. Inflate the tire to therecommended inflationpressure using the pressuregauge (3). The recommendedinflation pressure can be foundon the Tire and LoadingInformation label. See TirePressure on page 10-48.

The pressure gauge (3) mayread higher than the actual tirepressure while the compressoris on. Turn the compressor offto get an accurate pressure

reading. The compressor maybe turned on/off until thecorrect pressure is reached.

{ Caution

If the recommended pressurecannot be reached afterapproximately 25 minutes, thevehicle should not be drivenfarther. The tire is too severelydamaged and the tire sealant andcompressor kit cannot inflate thetire. Remove the power plug fromthe accessory power outlet andunscrew the inflating hose fromthe tire valve. See RoadsideService on page 13-5.

11. Press the on/off button (2) toturn the tire sealant andcompressor kit off.

The tire is not sealed and willcontinue to leak air until thevehicle is driven and thesealant is distributed in the tire;

therefore, Steps 12–18 must bedone immediately afterStep 11.

Be careful while handling thetire sealant and compressor kitas it could be warm afterusage.

12. Unplug the power plug (8) fromthe accessory power outlet inthe vehicle.

13. Turn the sealant/air hose (6)counterclockwise to remove itfrom the tire valve stem.

14. Replace the tire valvestem cap.

15. Replace the sealant/air hose(6), and the power plug (8)back in their original location.


Vehicle Care 10-67

16. If the flat tire was able to inflateto the recommended inflationpressure, remove themaximum speed label from thesealant canister (5) and place itin a highly visible location.

Do not exceed the speed onthis label until the damaged tireis repaired or replaced.

17. Return the equipment to itsoriginal storage location in thevehicle.

18. Immediately drive the vehicle8 km (5 mi) to distribute thesealant in the tire.

19. Stop at a safe location andcheck the tire pressure. Referto Steps 1–11 under “Using theTire Sealant and CompressorKit without Sealant to Inflate aTire (Not Punctured).”

If the tire pressure has fallenmore than 68 kPa (10 psi)below the recommendedinflation pressure, stop drivingthe vehicle. The tire is too

severely damaged and the tiresealant cannot seal the tire.See Roadside Service onpage 13-5.

If the tire pressure has notdropped more than 68 kPa(10 psi) from the recommendedinflation pressure, inflate thetire to the recommendedinflation pressure.

20. Wipe off any sealant from thewheel, tire, and vehicle.

21. Dispose of the used sealantcanister (5) and sealant/airhose (6) assembly at a localdealer or in accordance withlocal state codes and practices.

22. Replace it with a new canisteravailable from your dealer.

23. After temporarily sealing a tireusing the tire sealant andcompressor kit, take thevehicle to an authorized dealerwithin a 161 km (100 mi) ofdriving to have the tire repairedor replaced.

Using the Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit withoutSealant to Inflate a Tire (NotPunctured)

To use the air compressor to inflatea tire with air only and not sealant:


10-68 Vehicle Care

If a tire goes flat, avoid further tireand wheel damage by driving slowlyto a level place. Turn on the hazardwarning flashers. See HazardWarning Flashers on page 6-5.

See If a Tire Goes Flat onpage 10-61 for other importantsafety warnings.

1. Remove the tire sealant andcompressor kit from its storagelocation. See Storing the TireSealant and Compressor Kit onpage 10-70.

2. Unwrap the air only hose (7) andthe power plug (8).

3. Place the kit on the ground.

Make sure the tire valve stem ispositioned close to the groundso the hose will reach it.

4. Remove the tire valve stem capfrom the flat tire by turning itcounterclockwise.

5. Attach the air only hose (7) ontothe tire valve stem by turning itclockwise until it is tight.

6. Plug the power plug (8) into theaccessory power outlet in thevehicle. Unplug all items fromother accessory power outlets.See Power Outlets on page 5-6.

If the vehicle has an accessorypower outlet, do not use thecigarette lighter.

If the vehicle only has a cigarettelighter, use the cigarette lighter.

Do not pinch the power plugcord in the door or window.

7. Start the vehicle. The vehiclemust be running while using theair compressor.

8. Press and turn the selectorswitch (1) clockwise to the AirOnly position.

9. Press the on/off button (2) toturn the compressor on.

The compressor will inflate thetire with air only.


Vehicle Care 10-69

10. Inflate the tire to therecommended inflationpressure using the pressuregauge (3). The recommendedinflation pressure can be foundon the Tire and LoadingInformation label. See TirePressure on page 10-48.

The pressure gauge (3) mayread higher than the actual tirepressure while the compressoris on. Turn the compressor offto get an accurate reading.The compressor may be turnedon/off until the correct pressureis reached.

If you inflate the tire higherthan the recommendedpressure you can adjust theexcess pressure by pressingthe pressure deflationbutton (4), if equipped, until theproper pressure reading isreached. This option is onlyfunctional when using the aironly hose (7).

11. Press the on/off button (2) toturn the tire sealant andcompressor kit off.

Be careful while handling thetire sealant and compressor kitas it could be warm afterusage.

12. Unplug the power plug (8) fromthe accessory power outlet inthe vehicle.

13. Disconnect the air only hose(7) from the tire valve stem byturning it counterclockwise, andreplace the tire valve stem cap.

14. Replace the air only hose (7)and the power plug (8) andcord back in their originallocations.

15. Place the equipment in theoriginal storage location in thevehicle.

The tire sealant and compressor kithas an accessory adapter located ina compartment on the bottom of itshousing that may be used to inflateair mattresses, balls, etc.

Removal and Installation of theSealant Canister

To remove the sealant canister:

1. Unwrap the sealant hose.

2. Press the canister releasebutton (9).

3. Pull up and remove the canister.


10-70 Vehicle Care

4. Replace with a new canisterwhich is available from yourdealer.

5. Push the new canister intoplace.

Storing the Tire Sealantand Compressor KitTo access the tire sealant andcompressor kit:

1. Open the trunk. See Trunk onpage 2-13.

2. Lift and remove the cover.

3. Remove the tire sealant andcompressor kit.

To store the tire sealant andcompressor kit, reverse the steps.

Jump StartingJump starting is connecting jumpercables between the two vehicles toenable vehicle starting. If the ELR oranother vehicle has a run-down12-volt battery, it can be jumpstarted using good condition jumpercables.

{ Warning

The high voltage battery cannotbe jump started either withanother vehicle or batterycharger. Personal injury, death,or damage to the vehicle couldresult.


Vehicle Care 10-71

{ Warning

Batteries are dangerous and cancause injury. Batteries containacid and can explode or ignite.They contain electricity that canburn. Follow the exact stepsprovided or injuries could occur.

Using an open flame near abattery can cause battery gas toexplode; you or others could behurt. Battery acid can causeblindness.

Be sure the battery in the othervehicle has enough water. Addwater if the level is low. A lowwater level could cause explosivegas to be present.

Battery fluid contains acid thatcan burn. If battery fluid gets ineyes or on skin; flush with waterand get medical help immediately.

{ Warning

Electric fans can start up evenwhen the engine is not runningand can cause injury. Keephands, clothing, and tools awayfrom any underhood electric fans.

{ Caution

Ignoring these steps could resultin costly damage to the vehiclethat would not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Trying to startthe vehicle by pushing or pulling itwill not work, and it could damagethe vehicle.

Jump Starting the ELR

If the ELR will not start, the 12-voltbattery may be run down. To jumpstart the ELR jumper cables areconnected directly to the positive (+)

and negative (−) terminals on the12-volt battery in the rearcargo area.

1. Positive (+) Terminal

2. Negative (−) Terminal

1. The other vehicle used to jumpstart the ELR must have a12-volt battery with a negativeground system.


10-72 Vehicle Care

{ Caution

If the other vehicle does not havea 12-volt system with a negativeground, both vehicles can bedamaged. Only use a vehicle thathas a 12-volt system with anegative ground for jump starting.

2. Park both vehicles close enoughso that the jumper cables canreach both vehicles' positive (+)and negative (−) terminals. Thevehicles must not touch eachother. It could cause anunwanted ground connectionthat could damage both vehicles'electrical systems.

Put both vehicles in P (Park) foran automatic transmission orelectric drive unit. For a manualtransmission, place the vehiclein Neutral and set the parkingbrake.

{ Caution

If any accessories are left on orplugged in during the jumpstarting procedure, they could bedamaged. The repairs would notbe covered by the vehiclewarranty. Whenever possible, turnoff or unplug all accessories oneither vehicle when jump starting.

3. Turn off the ignition on the othervehicle. Turn off the radio, alllamps, and accessories that arenot needed in both vehicles.Unplug accessories from thecigarette lighter or the accessorypower outlets. This avoidssparks and helps save bothbatteries and accessories.

4. Locate the positive (+) andnegative (−) terminals on theother vehicle.

5. Locate the positive (+) andnegative (−) battery terminals onthe ELR. The access cover is

under the load floor accesscover in the rear cargo area.Open the access covers for thepositive (+) terminal (1) and thenegative (−) terminal (2).

6. Check that the jumper cables donot have loose or missinginsulation or a shock could resultand the vehicles could bedamaged.

Before connecting the jumpercables, here are some basicthings to know. Positive (+)jumper cable goes to positive (+)battery terminal or a remotepositive (+) terminal if available.Negative (−) jumper cable goesto negative (−) battery terminalor a remote negative (−) terminalif available. Do not connectpositive (+) to negative (−) orthere will be a short that maydamage the battery and otherparts of the vehicle.


Vehicle Care 10-73

{ Caution

If the jumper cables areconnected or removed in thewrong order, electrical shortingmay occur and damage thevehicle. The repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.Always connect and remove thejumper cables in the correct order,making sure that the cables donot touch each other or othermetal.

Connecting the Jumper Cables

1. Connect the red positive (+)jumper cable to the positive (+)terminal (1) of the ELR. Do notlet the other end of the cabletouch metal.

2. Connect the other end of the redpositive (+) jumper cable to thepositive (+) terminal of the othervehicle.

3. Connect the black negative (−)jumper cable to the negative (−)battery terminal of the othervehicle battery. Do not let theother end touch anything untilthe next step.

4. Connect the other end of theblack negative (−) jumper cableto the negative (−) terminal (2) ofthe ELR.

5. Press the POWER O button tostart. This will wake up theelectronics on the ELR. After theinstrument cluster initializes, theELR will use power from thehigh voltage battery to chargethe 12-volt battery. The jumpercables can then bedisconnected. If the ELR doesnot start, call your dealer orRoadside Service. SeeRoadside Service on page 13-5.

Disconnecting the Jumper Cables

1. Disconnect the black negative(−) jumper cable from the ELR.Do not let the other end of thecable touch anything until afterthe next step.

2. Disconnect the black negative(−) jumper cable from the othervehicle with the good battery.

3. Disconnect the red positive (+)jumper cable from the othervehicle. Do not let the other endof the cable touch anything untilafter the next step.

4. Disconnect the red positive (+)jumper cable from the ELR.

Jump Starting Another Vehicle

When using the ELR to jump startanother vehicle with a run-downbattery, jumper cables areconnected directly to the positive (+)and negative (−) terminals on the12-volt battery in the rearcargo area.


10-74 Vehicle Care

1. Positive (+) Terminal

2. Negative (−) Terminal

1. Check the other vehicle. It musthave a 12-volt battery with anegative ground system.

{ Caution

If the other vehicle does not havea 12-volt system with a negativeground, both vehicles can bedamaged. Only use a vehicle thathas a 12-volt system with anegative ground for jump starting.

2. Park both vehicles close enoughso that the jumper cables canreach both vehicles' positive (+)and negative (−) terminals. Thevehicles must not touch eachother. It could cause anunwanted ground connectionthat could damage both vehicles'electrical systems.

Put both vehicles in P (Park) foran automatic transmission orelectric drive unit. For a manualtransmission, place the vehiclein Neutral and set the parkingbrake.

{ Caution

If any accessories are left on orplugged in during the jumpstarting procedure, they could bedamaged. The repairs would notbe covered by the vehiclewarranty. Whenever possible, turnoff or unplug all accessories oneither vehicle when jump starting.

3. Turn off both vehicles. Turn offthe radio, all lamps, andaccessories that are not neededin both vehicles. Unplugaccessories from the cigarettelighter or the accessory poweroutlets. This avoids sparks andhelps save both batteries andaccessories.

4. Locate the positive (+) andnegative (−) terminals on thevehicle with the run-downbattery.

5. Locate the positive (+) andnegative (−) battery terminals onthe ELR. The access cover isunder the load floor accesscover in the rear cargo area.Open the access covers for thepositive (+) terminal (1) and thenegative (−) terminal (2).


Vehicle Care 10-75

6. Check that the jumper cables donot have loose or missinginsulation or a shock could resultand the vehicles could bedamaged.

Before connecting the jumpercables, here are some basicthings to know. Positive (+)jumper cable goes to positive (+)battery terminal or a remotepositive (+) terminal if available.Negative (−) jumper cable goesto remote negative (−) terminal ifavailable, or a heavy, unpaintedmetal engine part or a solidengine ground on the vehiclewith the run-down battery.

Do not connect positive (+) tonegative (−) or there will be ashort that may damage thebattery or other parts of thevehicle. Do not connect thenegative (−) cable to thenegative (−) terminal on therun-down battery because thiscan cause sparks.

{ Caution

If the jumper cables areconnected or removed in thewrong order, electrical shortingmay occur and damage thevehicle. The repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.Always connect and remove thejumper cables in the correct order,making sure that the cables donot touch each other or othermetal.

Connecting the Jumper Cables

1. Connect the red positive (+)jumper cable to the positive (+)terminal of the other vehicle withthe run-down battery. Use aremote positive (+) terminal ifavailable. Do not let the otherend touch metal.

2. Connect the other end of the redpositive (+) jumper cable to thepositive (+) battery terminal ofthe ELR.

3. Connect the black negative (−)jumper cable to the negative (−)battery terminal of the ELR. Donot let the other end touchanything until the next step.

4. Make the final connection to aheavy, unpainted metal enginepart or to the remote negative(−) terminal on the other vehiclewith the run-down battery.

5. Press the POWER O button tostart the ELR. This will wake upthe electronics on the ELR. Theengine will only start if it isneeded.

6. Try to start the other vehicle thathad the run-down battery. If itwill not start after a few tries, itprobably needs service.

Disconnecting the Jumper Cables

1. Disconnect the black negative(−) jumper cable from the othervehicle that had the run-downbattery. Do not let the other endof the cable touch anything untilafter the next step.


10-76 Vehicle Care

2. Disconnect the black negative(−) jumper cable from the ELR.

3. Disconnect the red positive (+)jumper cable from the ELR. Donot let the other end of the cabletouch anything until after thenext step.

4. Disconnect the red positive (+)jumper cable from the othervehicle.

5. Return the positive (+) andnegative (−) terminal covers totheir original positions.

Towing the Vehicle

{ Caution

Incorrectly towing a disabledvehicle may cause damage to thevehicle. The disabled vehicleshould be towed on a flatbed carcarrier. Use care when there islow ground clearance and/orspecial equipment. Attempting topull the vehicle onto a flatbedwithout following the proper stepscould damage the vehicle.

Consult your dealer or aprofessional towing service if thedisabled vehicle must be towed.

To load a vehicle onto a flatbedcarrier:

1. The vehicle must be on a flatsurface.

2. The front tires must be properlyinflated. If necessary, move arear tire to the front to replace aflat or damaged tire.

3. Place the tow chain hooks (2)into one of the torque boxopenings (1) behind the frontwheels.


Vehicle Care 10-77

4. Place a 1.2 m (4 ft) X 102 mm(4 in) X 102 mm (4 in) woodbeam (4) under the front cradlecrossmember (3), and on top ofboth tow chains (5) to ensure thetow chains do not come intocontact with the front fascia (1).

Try to minimize the contact ofthe chains with the flexibleair dam (2).

5. Ramps (2) are required for thefront fascia (3) to clear theflatbed (1). The ramp heightshould be approximately 102 mm(4 in). Lower the flatbed onto theset of ramps.

{ Caution

If ramps are not used, the frontfascia will come into contact withthe flatbed and may causedamage. Always use ramps.

6. After the front tires are on theflatbed adjust the flatbed upwardto provide additional clearancebetween the air dam, fascia, andflatbed.

7. When the fascia has enoughclearance to clear the flatbed,lower the flatbed, and finishpulling the vehicle onto theflatbed.

8. Use the proper nylon strapharnesses around the tires tosecure them to the flatbed carcarrier.


10-78 Vehicle Care

If the vehicle is parked off theshoulder of the road, at an anglethat it cannot be pulled onto aflatbed, a hook/chain can be placedinto either of the front torque boxopenings to pull the vehicle onto aflat surface. Make sure that thechains do not come in contact withthe rocker panel (1) or the frontfascia (2).

{ Caution

When using tow straps to movethe vehicle, damage may occur ifthe tow straps contact the rearfascia. Do not let the tow strapscontact the rear fascia.

If you cannot access the fronttorque box openings, wrap a towstrap through one, or both of therear trailing arms (1) between thebushing and torque tube, and pullthe vehicle onto a flat surface. Donot wrap the tow strap around therear torque tube (2).

Recreational VehicleTowingRecreational vehicle towing refers totowing the vehicle behind anothervehicle such as a motor home. Thetwo most common types ofrecreational vehicle towing areknown as dinghy towing and dollytowing. Dinghy towing is towing the

vehicle with all four wheels on theground. Dolly towing is towing thevehicle with two wheels on theground and two wheels up on adevice known as a dolly.

Here are some important things toconsider before recreational vehicletowing:. The towing capacity of the

towing vehicle. Read the towvehicle manufacturer'srecommendations.

. How far the vehicle can betowed. Some vehicles haverestrictions on how far and howlong they can tow.

. Whether the vehicle has theproper towing equipment. Seeyour dealer or traileringprofessional for additional adviceand equipmentrecommendations.

. Is the vehicle ready to be towed.Just as preparing the vehicle fora long trip, make sure thevehicle is prepared to be towed.


Vehicle Care 10-79

Dinghy Towing

{ Caution

If the vehicle is towed with all fourwheels on the ground, the driveunit could be damaged. Repairswould not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Do not tow thevehicle with all four wheels on theground.

The vehicle was not designed to betowed with all four wheels on theground. If the vehicle must be

towed, a dolly should be used. Seethe information on dolly towingfollowing.

Dolly Towing from the Front

The vehicle can be towed from thefront using a dolly. To tow thevehicle using a dolly:

1. Attach the dolly to the towvehicle following the dollymanufacturer's instructions.

2. Drive the front wheels onto thedolly.

3. Put the shift lever in P (Park).

4. Set the parking brake andremove the key.

5. Clamp the steering wheel in astraight-ahead position with aclamping device designed fortowing.

6. Secure the vehicle to the dolly.

7. Release the parking brake.

8. Check for adequate rear fasciato ground clearance.

Dolly Towing from the Rear


10-80 Vehicle Care

{ Caution

Towing the vehicle from the rear,with the front wheels on theground, could damage the driveunit, and front fascia. Do not towthe vehicle from the rear with thefront wheels on the ground.

Appearance Care

Exterior Care

Locks

Locks are lubricated at the factory.Use a de-icing agent only whenabsolutely necessary, and have thelocks greased after using. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants on page 11-12.

Washing the Vehicle

To preserve the vehicle's finish,wash it often and out of directsunlight.

{ Caution

Do not use petroleum-based,acidic, or abrasive cleaningagents as they can damage thevehicle's paint, metal, or plasticparts. If damage occurs, it wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty. Approved cleaning

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

products can be obtained fromyour dealer. Follow allmanufacturer directions regardingcorrect product usage, necessarysafety precautions, andappropriate disposal of anyvehicle care product.

{ Caution

Avoid using high-pressurewashes closer than 30 cm (12 in)to the surface of the vehicle. Useof power washers exceeding8,274 kPa (1,200 psi) can resultin damage or removal of paintand decals.

This symbole is on anyunderhood compartment electricalcenter that should not be power


Vehicle Care 10-81

washed. This could cause damagethat would not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

If using an automatic car wash,follow the car wash instructions. Thewindshield wiper must be off.Remove any accessories that maybe damaged or interfere with the carwash equipment.

Rinse the vehicle well, beforewashing and after, to remove allcleaning agents completely. If theyare allowed to dry on the surface,they could stain.

Dry the finish with a soft, cleanchamois or an all-cotton towel toavoid surface scratches and waterspotting.

Finish Care

Application of aftermarket clearcoatsealant/wax materials is notrecommended. If painted surfacesare damaged, see your dealer tohave the damage assessed andrepaired. Foreign materials such ascalcium chloride and other salts, ice

melting agents, road oil and tar, treesap, bird droppings, chemicals fromindustrial chimneys, etc., candamage the vehicle's finish if theyremain on painted surfaces. Washthe vehicle as soon as possible.If necessary, use non-abrasivecleaners that are marked safe forpainted surfaces to remove foreignmatter.

Occasional hand waxing or mildpolishing should be done to removeresidue from the paint finish. Seeyour dealer for approved cleaningproducts.

Do not apply waxes or polishes touncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber,decals, simulated wood, or flat paintas damage can occur.

{ Caution

Machine compounding oraggressive polishing on abasecoat/clearcoat paint finishmay damage it. Use only

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

non-abrasive waxes and polishesthat are made for a basecoat/clearcoat paint finish on thevehicle.

To keep the paint finish looking new,keep the vehicle garaged orcovered whenever possible.

Protecting Exterior Bright MetalMoldings

{ Caution

Failure to clean and protect thebright metal moldings can resultin a hazy white finish or pitting.This damage would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.


10-82 Vehicle Care

The bright metal moldings on thevehicle are aluminum. To preventdamage always follow thesecleaning instructions:. Be sure the molding is cool to

the touch before applying anycleaning solution.

. Use a cleaning solutionapproved for aluminum. Somecleaners are highly acidic orcontain alkaline substances andcan damage the moldings.

. Always dilute a concentratedcleaner according to themanufacturer’s instructions.

. Do not use chrome cleaners.

. Do not use cleaners that are notintended for automotive use.

. Use a nonabrasive wax on thevehicle after washing to protectand extend the molding finish.

Front Air Deflector

1. Outer Air Deflector2. Inner Air Deflector3. Tab4. Slot

The front air deflector directs theairflow under the vehicle.

If it becomes detached, insert thetab into the slot. Repeat for theother side.

Cleaning Exterior Lamps/Lenses, Emblems, Decals andStripes

Use only lukewarm or cold water, asoft cloth, and a car washing soapto clean exterior lamps, lenses,emblems, decals and stripes. Followinstructions under "Washing theVehicle" previously in this section.

Lamp covers are made of plastic,and some have a UV protectivecoating.

Use only lukewarm water, a softcloth, and mild car washing soap toclean exterior lamps and lenses. Donot clean or wipe them while theyare dry.

Do not use any of the following onlamp covers:. Abrasive or caustic agents.. Washer fluids and other cleaning

agents in higher concentrationsthan suggested by themanufacturer.


Vehicle Care 10-83

. Solvents, alcohols, fuels,or other harsh cleaners.

. Ice scrapers or other hard items.

. Aftermarket appearance caps orcovers while the lamps areilluminated, due to excessiveheat generated.

{ Caution

Failure to clean lamps properlycan cause damage to the lampcover that would not be coveredby the vehicle warranty.

{ Caution

Using wax on low gloss blackfinish stripes can increase thegloss level and create anon-uniform finish. Clean lowgloss stripes with soap andwater only.

Air Intakes

Clear debris from the air intakes,between the hood and windshield,when washing the vehicle.

Windshield and Wiper Blades

Clean the outside of the windshieldwith glass cleaner.

Clean rubber blades using lint-freecloth or paper towel soaked withwindshield washer fluid or a milddetergent. Wash the windshieldthoroughly when cleaning theblades. Bugs, road grime, sap, anda buildup of vehicle wash/waxtreatments may cause wiperstreaking.

Replace the wiper blades if they areworn or damaged. Damage can becaused by extreme dustyconditions, sand, salt, heat, sun,snow, and ice.

Weatherstrips

Apply Dielectric silicone grease onweatherstrips to make them lastlonger, seal better, and not stick or

squeak. Lubricate weatherstrips atleast once a year. Hot, dry climatesmay require more frequentapplication. Black marks fromrubber material on painted surfacescan be removed by rubbing with aclean cloth. See RecommendedFluids and Lubricants onpage 11-12.

Tires

Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner toclean the tires.

{ Caution

Using petroleum-based tiredressing products on the vehiclemay damage the paint finish and/or tires. When applying a tiredressing, always wipe off anyoverspray from all paintedsurfaces on the vehicle.


10-84 Vehicle Care

Wheels and Trim—Aluminumor Chrome

Use a soft, clean cloth with mildsoap and water to clean the wheels.After rinsing thoroughly with cleanwater, dry with a soft, clean towel.A wax may then be applied.

{ Caution

Chrome wheels and other chrometrim may be damaged if thevehicle is not washed after drivingon roads that have been sprayedwith magnesium, calcium,or sodium chloride. Thesechlorides are used on roads forconditions such as ice and dust.Always wash the chrome withsoap and water after exposure.

{ Caution

To avoid surface damage, do notuse strong soaps, chemicals,abrasive polishes, cleaners,brushes, or cleaners that containacid on aluminum orchrome-plated wheels. Use onlyapproved cleaners. Also, neverdrive a vehicle with aluminum orchrome-plated wheels through anautomatic car wash that usessilicone carbide tire cleaningbrushes. Damage could occurand the repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Steering, Suspension, andChassis Components

Visually inspect steering,suspension, and chassiscomponents for damaged, loose,or missing parts or signs of wear atleast once a year.

Inspect power steering for properhook-up, binding, leaks, cracks,chafing, etc.

Visually check constant velocity jointboots and axle seals for leaks.

Body Component Lubrication

Lubricate all key lock cylinders,hood hinges, liftgate hinges, and thesteel fuel door hinge unless thecomponents are plastic. Applyingsilicone grease on weatherstripswith a clean cloth will make themlast longer, seal better, and not stickor squeak.

Underbody Maintenance

At least twice a year, spring and fall,use plain water to flush dirt anddebris from the vehicle's underbody.Your dealer or an underbody carwashing system can do this. If notremoved, rust and corrosion candevelop.


Vehicle Care 10-85

Sheet Metal Damage

If the vehicle is damaged andrequires sheet metal repair orreplacement, make sure the bodyrepair shop applies anti-corrosionmaterial to parts repaired orreplaced to restore corrosionprotection.

Original manufacturer replacementparts will provide the corrosionprotection while maintaining thevehicle warranty.

Finish Damage

Quickly repair minor chips andscratches with touch-up materialsavailable from your dealer to avoidcorrosion. Larger areas of finishdamage can be corrected in yourdealer's body and paint shop.

Chemical Paint Spotting

Airborne pollutants can fall uponand attack painted vehicle surfacescausing blotchy, ring-shapeddiscolorations, and small, irregular

dark spots etched into the paintsurface. Refer to “Finish Care”previously in this section.

Interior CareTo prevent dirt particle abrasions,regularly clean the vehicle's interior.Immediately remove any soils. Notethat newspapers or dark garmentsthat can transfer color to homefurnishings can also permanentlytransfer color to the vehicle'sinterior.

Use a soft bristle brush to removedust from knobs and crevices on theinstrument cluster. Using a mildsoap solution, immediately removehand lotions, sunscreen, and insectrepellent from all interior surfaces orpermanent damage may result.

Your dealer may have products forcleaning the interior. Use cleanersspecifically designed for thesurfaces being cleaned to preventpermanent damage. Apply allcleaners directly to the cleaningcloth. Do not spray cleaners directly

on any switches or controls.Cleaners should be removedquickly. Never allow cleaners toremain on the surface beingcleaned for extended periodsof time.

Cleaners may contain solvents thatcan become concentrated in theinterior. Before using cleaners, readand adhere to all safety instructionson the label. While cleaning theinterior, maintain adequateventilation by opening the doors andwindows.

To prevent damage, do not cleanthe interior using the followingcleaners or techniques:. Never use a razor or any other

sharp object to remove a soilfrom any interior surface.

. Never use a brush with stiffbristles.

. Never rub any surfaceaggressively or with excessivepressure.


10-86 Vehicle Care

. Do not use laundry detergents ordishwashing soaps withdegreasers. For liquid cleaners,use approximately 20 drops per3.8 L (1 gal) of water.A concentrated soap solution willleave a residue that createsstreaks and attracts dirt. Do notuse solutions that contain strongor caustic soap.

. Do not heavily saturate theupholstery when cleaning.

. Do not use solvents or cleanerscontaining solvents.

Interior Glass

To clean, use a terry cloth fabricdampened with water. Wipe dropletsleft behind with a clean dry cloth.Commercial glass cleaners may beused, if necessary, after cleaningthe interior glass with plain water.

{ Caution

To prevent scratching, never useabrasive cleaners on automotiveglass. Abrasive cleaners oraggressive cleaning may damagethe rear window defogger.

Cleaning the windshield with waterduring the first three to six monthsof ownership will reduce tendencyto fog.

Speaker Covers

Vacuum around a speaker covergently, so that the speaker will notbe damaged. Clean spots with justwater and mild soap.

Coated Moldings

Coated moldings should be cleaned.. When lightly soiled, wipe with a

sponge or soft lint-free clothdampened with water.

. When heavily soiled, use warmsoapy water.

Fabric/Carpet/Suede

Start by vacuuming the surfaceusing a soft brush attachment. If arotating brush attachment is beingused during vacuuming, only use iton the floor carpet. Before cleaning,gently remove as much of the soilas possible using one of thefollowing techniques:. Gently blot liquids with a paper

towel. Continue blotting until nomore soil can be removed.

. For solid soils, remove as muchas possible prior to vacuuming.

To clean:

1. Saturate a clean lint-freecolorfast cloth with water.Microfiber cloth is recommendedto prevent lint transfer to thefabric or carpet.

2. Remove excess moisture bygently wringing until water doesnot drip from the cleaning cloth.


Vehicle Care 10-87

3. Start on the outside edge of thesoil and gently rub toward thecenter. Fold the cleaning cloth toa clean area frequently toprevent forcing the soil in to thefabric.

4. Continue gently rubbing thesoiled area until there is nolonger any color transfer fromthe soil to the cleaning cloth.

5. If the soil is not completelyremoved, use a mild soapsolution followed only by plainwater.

If the soil is not completelyremoved, it may be necessary touse a commercial upholsterycleaner or spot lifter. Test a smallhidden area for colorfastness beforeusing a commercial upholsterycleaner or spot lifter. If ringformation occurs, clean the entirefabric or carpet.

Following the cleaning process, apaper towel can be used to blotexcess moisture.

Cleaning High Gloss Surfacesand Vehicle Information andRadio Displays

For vehicles with high glosssurfaces or vehicle displays, use amicrofiber cloth to wipe surfaces.Before wiping the surface with themicrofiber cloth, use a soft bristlebrush to remove dirt that couldscratch the surface. Then use themicrofiber cloth by gently rubbing toclean. Never use window cleanersor solvents. Periodically hand washthe microfiber cloth separately,using mild soap. Do not use bleachor fabric softener. Rinse thoroughlyand air dry before next use.

{ Caution

Do not attach a device with asuction cup to the display. Thismay cause damage and wouldnot be covered by the warranty.

Instrument Panel, Leather,Vinyl, Other Plastic Surfaces,Low Gloss Paint Surfaces andNatural Open Pore WoodSurfaces

Use a soft microfiber clothdampened with water to removedust and loose dirt. For a morethorough cleaning, use a softmicrofiber cloth dampened with amild soap solution.

{ Caution

Soaking or saturating leather,especially perforated leather, aswell as other interior surfaces,may cause permanent damage.Wipe excess moisture from thesesurfaces after cleaning and allowthem to dry naturally. Never useheat, steam, spot lifters, or spotremovers. Do not use cleanersthat contain silicone or wax-basedproducts. Cleaners containing

(Continued)


10-88 Vehicle Care

Caution (Continued)

these solvents can permanentlychange the appearance and feelof leather or soft trim and are notrecommended.

Do not use cleaners that increasegloss, especially on the instrumentpanel. Reflected glare can decreasevisibility through the windshieldunder certain conditions.

{ Caution

Use of air fresheners may causepermanent damage to plasticsand painted surfaces. If an airfreshener comes in contact withany plastic or painted surface inthe vehicle, blot immediately andclean with a soft cloth dampenedwith a mild soap solution.Damage caused by air freshenerswould not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

Cargo Cover andConvenience Net

Wash with warm water and milddetergent. Do not use chlorinebleach. Rinse with cold water, andthen dry completely.

Care of Safety Belts

Keep belts clean and dry.

{ Warning

Do not bleach or dye safety belts.It may severely weaken them. Ina crash, they might not be able toprovide adequate protection.Clean safety belts only with mildsoap and lukewarm water.

Floor Mats

{ Warning

If a floor mat is the wrong size oris not properly installed, it caninterfere with the pedals.Interference with the pedals cancause unintended accelerationand/or increased stoppingdistance which can cause a crashand injury. Make sure the floormat does not interfere with thepedals.

Use the following guidelines forproper floor mat usage:. The original equipment floor

mats were designed for yourvehicle. If the floor mats needreplacing, it is recommendedthat GM certified floor mats bepurchased. Non-GM floor matsmay not fit properly and mayinterfere with the pedals. Alwayscheck that the floor mats do notinterfere with the pedals.


Vehicle Care 10-89

. Use the floor mat with thecorrect side up. Do not turnit over.

. Do not place anything on top ofthe driver side floor mat.

. Use only a single floor mat onthe driver side.

. Do not place one floor mat ontop of another.

Removing and Replacing theFloor Mats

Pull up on the rear of the floor matto unlock each retainer and remove.

Reinstall by lining up the floor matretainer openings over the carpetretainers and snap into position.

Make sure the floor mat is properlysecured in place.

Verify the floor mat does notinterfere with the pedals.


10-90 Vehicle Care

2 NOTES


Service and Maintenance 11-1

Service andMaintenance

General InformationGeneral Information . . . . . . . . . . 11-1

Maintenance ScheduleMaintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 11-2

Special Application ServicesSpecial ApplicationServices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-8

Additional Maintenanceand CareAdditional Maintenanceand Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-9

Recommended Fluids,Lubricants, and PartsRecommended Fluids andLubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-12

Maintenance ReplacementParts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-13

Maintenance RecordsMaintenance Records . . . . . . 11-14

General InformationYour vehicle is an importantinvestment. This section describesthe required maintenance for thevehicle. Follow this schedule to helpprotect against major repairexpenses resulting from neglect orinadequate maintenance. It mayalso help to maintain the value ofthe vehicle if it is sold. It is theresponsibility of the owner to haveall required maintenance performed.

Your dealer has trained technicianswho can perform requiredmaintenance using genuinereplacement parts. They haveup-to-date tools and equipment forfast and accurate diagnostics. Manydealers have extended evening andSaturday hours, courtesytransportation, and onlinescheduling to assist with serviceneeds.

Your dealer recognizes theimportance of providingcompetitively priced maintenanceand repair services. With trained

technicians, the dealer is the placefor routine maintenance such as oilchanges and tire rotations andadditional maintenance items liketires, brakes, batteries, and wiperblades.

{ Caution

Damage caused by impropermaintenance can lead to costlyrepairs and may not be coveredby the vehicle warranty.Maintenance intervals, checks,inspections, recommended fluids,and lubricants are important tokeep the vehicle in good workingcondition.

The Tire Rotation and RequiredServices are the responsibility of thevehicle owner. It is recommended tohave your dealer perform theseservices every 12 000 km/7,500 mi.Proper vehicle maintenance helps tokeep the vehicle in good workingcondition, improves fuel economy,and reduces vehicle emissions.


11-2 Service and Maintenance

Because of the way people usevehicles, maintenance needs vary.There may need to be morefrequent checks and services. TheAdditional Required Services -Normal are for vehicles that:. Carry passengers and cargo

within recommended limits onthe Tire and Loading Informationlabel. See Vehicle Load Limitson page 9-12.

. Are driven on reasonable roadsurfaces within legal drivinglimits.

. Use the recommended fuel. SeeFuel on page 9-66.

Refer to the information in theMaintenance Schedule AdditionalRequired Services - Normal chart.

The Additional Required Services -Severe are for vehicles that are:. Mainly driven in heavy city traffic

in hot weather.. Mainly driven in hilly or

mountainous terrain.

. Frequently towing a trailer.

. Used for high speed orcompetitive driving.

. Used for taxi, police, or deliveryservice.

Refer to the information in theMaintenance Schedule AdditionalRequired Services - Severe chart.

{ Warning

Performing maintenance work canbe dangerous and can causeserious injury. Performmaintenance work only if therequired information, proper tools,and equipment are available.If they are not, see your dealer tohave a trained technician do thework. See Doing Your OwnService Work on page 10-5.

MaintenanceScheduleOwner Checks and Services

At Each Fuel Stop. Check the engine oil level. See

Engine Oil on page 10-9.

Once a Month. Check the tire inflation

pressures. See Tire Pressure onpage 10-48.

. Inspect the tires for wear. SeeTire Inspection on page 10-54.

. Check the windshield washerfluid level. See Washer Fluid onpage 10-19.

. Engine, power electronics, andhigh voltage battery packcoolant level checks. SeeCooling System (Engine) onpage 10-14 or Cooling System(High Voltage Battery) onpage 10-15 or Cooling System(Power Electronics and ChargerModules) on page 10-16.



Engine Oil Change

Every 24 months or when theCHANGE ENGINE OIL SOONmessage displays, change theengine oil and filter as soon aspossible, within the next 1 000 km/600 mi. The engine oil and filtermust be changed at least onceevery 24 months. After each oil andfilter change, the oil life system mustbe reset. See Engine Oil LifeSystem on page 10-12. Morefrequent changes may be requiredwhen the vehicle is exposed to acorrosive environment, such asareas of high humidity, along anocean coast, and/or areas thatapply road salt during winter.

Your trained dealer technician canperform this work. If the engine oillife system is reset accidentally,service the vehicle within 5 000 km/3,000 mi since the last service.Reset the oil life system when theoil is changed.

Tire Rotation and RequiredServices Every 12 000 km/7,500 mi

Rotate the tires, if recommended forthe vehicle, and perform thefollowing services. See TireRotation on page 10-54.. Check engine oil level and oil

life percentage. If needed,change engine oil and filter, andreset oil life system. See EngineOil on page 10-9 and Engine OilLife System on page 10-12.

. Check engine coolant level. SeeEngine Coolant on page 10-16.

. Check windshield washer fluidlevel. See Washer Fluid onpage 10-19.

. Visually inspect windshield wiperblades for wear, cracking,or contamination. See ExteriorCare on page 10-80. Replaceworn or damaged wiper blades.See Wiper Blade Replacementon page 10-25.

. Check tire inflation pressures.See Tire Pressure onpage 10-48.

. Inspect tire wear. See TireInspection on page 10-54.

. Visually check for fluid leaks.

. Inspect engine air cleaner filter.See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter onpage 10-13.

. Inspect brake system.

. Visually inspect steering,suspension, and chassiscomponents for damaged, loose,or missing parts or signs ofwear. See Exterior Care onpage 10-80.

. Check restraint systemcomponents. See Safety SystemCheck on page 3-18.

. Visually inspect fuel system fordamage or leaks.

. Visually inspect exhaust systemand nearby heat shields forloose or damaged parts.



. Lubricate body components. SeeExterior Care on page 10-80.

. Check electric drive unit shiftlock control function. SeeElectric Drive Unit Shift LockControl Function Check onpage 10-25.

. Check parking brake and electricdrive unit mechanism. See ParkBrake and P (Park) MechanismCheck on page 10-25.

. Check accelerator pedal fordamage, high effort, or binding.Replace if needed.

. Visually inspect gas strut forsigns of wear, cracks, or otherdamage. Check the hold openability of the strut. See yourdealer if service is required.

. Check tire sealant expirationdate, if equipped. See TireSealant and Compressor Kit onpage 10-63.



Maintenance ScheduleAdditional RequiredServices - Normal

12000km/7,500mi

24000km/15,000mi

36000km/22,500mi

48000km/30,000mi

60000km/37,500mi

72000km/45,000mi

84000km/52,500mi

96000km/60,000mi

108000km/67,500mi

120000km/75,000mi

132000km/82,500mi

144000km/90,000mi

156000km/97,500mi

168000km/105,000mi

180000km/112,500mi

192000km/120,000mi

204000km/127,500mi

216000km/135,000mi

228000km/142,500mi

240000km/150,000mi

Rotate tires and perform Required Services.Check engine oil level and oil life percentage.Change engine oil and filter, if needed.

@ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @

Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @

Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @

Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3) @ @ @

Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @

Change electric drive unit fluid. Change filter ifserviceable. @

Drain and fill engine, power electronics, and highvoltage battery cooling systems. (4) @

Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (5) @

Replace brake fluid. (6) @



Footnotes — MaintenanceSchedule Additional RequiredServices - Normal

(1) Or every two years, whichevercomes first. More frequentreplacement may be needed if thevehicle is driven in areas with heavytraffic, areas with poor air quality,or areas with high dust levels.Replacement may also be needed ifthere is a reduction in air flow,excessive window fogging, or odors.

(2) Check all fuel and vapor linesand hoses for proper hook-up,routing, and condition.

(3) Or every four years, whichevercomes first.

(4) Or every five years, whichevercomes first. See Cooling System(Engine) on page 10-14 or CoolingSystem (High Voltage Battery) onpage 10-15 or Cooling System(Power Electronics and ChargerModules) on page 10-16.

(5) Or every 10 years, whichevercomes first. Inspect for fraying,excessive cracking, or damage;replace, if needed.

(6) Or every 10 years, whichevercomes first.



Maintenance ScheduleAdditional RequiredServices - Severe

12000km/7,500mi

24000km/15,000mi

36000km/22,500mi

48000km/30,000mi

60000km/37,500mi

72000km/45,000mi

84000km/52,500mi

96000km/60,000mi

108000km/67,500mi

120000km/75,000mi

132000km/82,500mi

144000km/90,000mi

156000km/97,500mi

168000km/105,000mi

180000km/112,500mi

192000km/120,000mi

204000km/127,500mi

216000km/135,000mi

228000km/142,500mi

240000km/150,000mi

Rotate tires and perform Required Services.Check engine oil level and oil life percentage.Change engine oil and filter, if needed.

@ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @

Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @

Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @

Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3) @ @ @

Change electric drive unit fluid. Change filter ifserviceable. @ @ @

Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @

Drain and fill engine, power electronics, and highvoltage battery cooling systems. (4) @

Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (5) @

Replace brake fluid. (6) @



Footnotes — MaintenanceSchedule Additional RequiredServices - Severe

(1) Or every two years, whichevercomes first. More frequentreplacement may be needed if thevehicle is driven in areas with heavytraffic, areas with poor air quality,or areas with high dust levels.Replacement may also be needed ifthere is a reduction in air flow,excessive window fogging, or odors.

(2) Check all fuel and vapor linesand hoses for proper hook-up,routing, and condition.

(3) Or every four years, whichevercomes first.

(4) Or every five years, whichevercomes first. See Cooling System(Engine) on page 10-14 or CoolingSystem (High Voltage Battery) onpage 10-15 or Cooling System(Power Electronics and ChargerModules) on page 10-16.

(5) Or every 10 years, whichevercomes first. Inspect for fraying,excessive cracking, or damage;replace, if needed.

(6) Or every 10 years, whichevercomes first.

Special ApplicationServices. Severe Commercial Use

Vehicles Only: Lubricate chassiscomponents every 5 000 km/3,000 mi.

. Have underbody flushing serviceperformed. See "UnderbodyMaintenance" in Exterior Careon page 10-80.

. Have the air conditioning systemflushed and refilled anddesiccant replaced every10 years.



AdditionalMaintenance and CareYour vehicle is an importantinvestment and caring for it properlymay help to avoid future costlyrepairs. To maintain vehicleperformance, additionalmaintenance services may berequired.

It is recommended that your dealerperform these services — theirtrained dealer technicians knowyour vehicle best. Your dealer canalso perform a thoroughassessment with a multi-pointinspection to recommend when yourvehicle may need attention.

The following list is intended toexplain the services and conditionsto look for that may indicateservices are required.

Battery

The battery supplies power to startthe engine and operate anyadditional electrical accessories.. To avoid break-down or failure to

start the vehicle, maintain abattery with full cranking power.

. Trained dealer technicians havethe diagnostic equipment to testthe battery and ensure that theconnections and cables arecorrosion-free.

Belts. Belts may need replacing if they

squeak or show signs ofcracking or splitting.

. Trained dealer technicians haveaccess to tools and equipmentto inspect the belts andrecommend adjustment orreplacement when necessary.

Brakes

Brakes stop the vehicle and arecrucial to safe driving.. Signs of brake wear may include

chirping, grinding, or squealingnoises, or difficulty stopping.

. Trained dealer technicians haveaccess to tools and equipmentto inspect the brakes andrecommend quality partsengineered for the vehicle.

Fluids

Proper fluid levels and approvedfluids protect the vehicle’s systemsand components. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants on page 11-12 for GMapproved fluids.. Engine oil and windshield

washer fluid levels should bechecked at every fuel fill.

. Instrument cluster lights maycome on to indicate that fluidsmay be low and need to befilled.



Hoses

Hoses transport fluids and shouldbe regularly inspected to ensurethat there are no cracks or leaks.With a multi-point inspection, yourdealer can inspect the hoses andadvise if replacement is needed.

Lamps

Properly working headlamps,taillamps, and brake lamps areimportant to see and be seen onthe road.. Signs that the headlamps need

attention include dimming, failureto light, cracking, or damage.The brake lamps need to bechecked periodically to ensurethat they light when braking.

. With a multi-point inspection,your dealer can check the lampsand note any concerns.

Shocks and Struts

Shocks and struts help aid in controlfor a smoother ride.. Signs of wear may include

steering wheel vibration, bounce/sway while braking, longerstopping distance, or uneventire wear.

. As part of the multi-pointinspection, trained dealertechnicians can visually inspectthe shocks and struts for signsof leaking, blown seals,or damage, and can advisewhen service is needed.

Tires

Tires need to be properly inflated,rotated, and balanced. Maintainingthe tires can save money and fuel,and can reduce the risk of tirefailure.. Signs that the tires need to be

replaced include three or morevisible treadwear indicators; cordor fabric showing through the

rubber; cracks or cuts in thetread or sidewall; or a bulge orsplit in the tire.

. Trained dealer technicians caninspect and recommend the righttires. Your dealer can alsoprovide tire/wheel balancingservices to ensure smoothvehicle operation at all speeds.Your dealer sells and servicesname brand tires.

Vehicle Care

To help keep the vehicle looking likenew, vehicle care products areavailable from your dealer. Forinformation on how to clean andprotect the vehicle’s interior andexterior, see Interior Care onpage 10-85 and Exterior Care onpage 10-80.



Wheel Alignment

Wheel alignment is critical forensuring that the tires deliveroptimal wear and performance.. Signs that the alignment may

need to be adjusted includepulling, improper vehiclehandling, or unusual tire wear.

. Your dealer has the requiredequipment to ensure properwheel alignment.

Windshield

For safety, appearance, and thebest viewing, keep the windshieldclean and clear.. Signs of damage include

scratches, cracks, and chips.. Trained dealer technicians can

inspect the windshield andrecommend proper replacementif needed.

Wiper Blades

Wiper blades need to be cleanedand kept in good condition toprovide a clear view.. Signs of wear include streaking,

skipping across the windshield,and worn or split rubber.

. Trained dealer technicians cancheck the wiper blades andreplace them when needed.



Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts

Recommended Fluids and Lubricants

Usage Fluid/Lubricant

Engine Oil Use only engine oil licensed to the dexos1® specification of the properSAE viscosity grade. ACDelco dexos1 Synthetic Blend is recommended.See Engine Oil on page 10-9.

Engine Cooling System Premix DEX-COOL® (GM Part No. 12378390, in Canada 10953456). SeeEngine Coolant on page 10-16.

High Voltage Battery Cooling System Premix DEX-COOL (GM Part No. 12378390, in Canada 10953456).

Power Electronics Cooling System Premix DEX-COOL (GM Part No. 12378390, in Canada 10953456).

Hydraulic Brake System DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 19299818, inCanada 19299819).

Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protectionrequirements.

Parking Brake Cable Guides Chassis Lubricant (GM Part No. 12377985, in Canada 88901242) orlubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB.

Electric Drive Unit DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.

Key Lock Cylinders Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, inCanada 10953474).



Usage Fluid/Lubricant

Hood and Trunk Hinges Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, inCanada 10953474).

Weatherstrip Conditioning Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) orDielectric Silicone Grease (GM Part No. 12345579, in Canada 10953481.

Maintenance Replacement PartsReplacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.

Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number

Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 20871244 A3148C

Engine Oil Filter 55352643 PF65

Spark Plugs 55580961 41-120

Wiper Blades

Driver – 65 cm (25.6 in) 22742323 —

Passenger – 65 cm (25.6 in) 22742324 —



Maintenance RecordsAfter the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and thetype of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.

DateOdometerReading

Serviced By Services Performed



DateOdometerReading



Technical Data 12-1

Technical Data

Vehicle IdentificationVehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1

Service Parts IdentificationLabel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1

Vehicle DataCapacities andSpecifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2

Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . 12-3

Vehicle Identification

Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN)

This legal identifier is in the frontcorner of the instrument panel, onthe left side of the vehicle. It can beseen through the windshield fromoutside. The VIN also appears onthe Vehicle Certification and ServiceParts labels and certificates of titleand registration.

Engine Identification

The eighth character in the VIN isthe engine code. This codeidentifies the vehicle's engine,specifications, and replacementparts. See “Engine Specifications”under Capacities and Specificationson page 12-2 for the vehicle'sengine code.

Service PartsIdentification LabelThe label is on the rearcompartment storage floor and hasthe following information:. Vehicle Identification

Number (VIN).. Model designation.. Paint information.. Production options and special

equipment.

Do not remove this label from thevehicle.


12-2 Technical Data

Vehicle Data

Capacities and SpecificationsThe following approximate capacities are given in metric and English conversions. Refer to Recommended Fluidsand Lubricants on page 11-12 for more information.

ApplicationCapacities

Metric English

Air Conditioning Refrigerant For the air conditioning system refrigerant chargetype and amount, see the refrigerant label underthe hood. See your dealer for more information.

Cooling Systems

Engine 7.3 L 7.7 qt

High Voltage Battery 5.8 L 6.2 qt

Power Electronics 2.8 L 3.0 qt

Engine Oil with Filter 3.5 L 3.7 qt

Fuel Tank 35.2 L 9.3 gal

Electric Drive Unit 8.45 L 8.93 qt

Wheel Nut Torque 140Y 100 lb ft

All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in thismanual.


Technical Data 12-3

Engine Specifications

Engine VIN Code Electric Drive Unit Spark Plug Gap

1.4L L4 4 Automatic 0.60–0.70 mm(0.024–0.027 in)

Engine Drive Belt Routing


12-4 Technical Data

2 NOTES


Customer Information 13-1

CustomerInformation

Customer InformationCustomer SatisfactionProcedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-1

Customer AssistanceOffices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-3

Customer Assistance for TextTelephone (TTY) Users . . . . . 13-4

Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . 13-4Roadside Service . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5Scheduling ServiceAppointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-7

Courtesy TransportationProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-7

Collision Damage Repair . . . . 13-8Service PublicationsOrdering Information . . . . . . 13-11

Reporting Safety DefectsReporting Safety Defects tothe United StatesGovernment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-12

Reporting Safety Defects tothe CanadianGovernment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13

Reporting Safety Defects toGeneral Motors . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13

Vehicle Data Recording andPrivacyVehicle Data Recording andPrivacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13

Event Data Recorders . . . . . . 13-14OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-14Infotainment System . . . . . . . . 13-15Radio FrequencyIdentification (RFID) . . . . . . . 13-15

Radio FrequencyStatement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-15

Customer Information

Customer SatisfactionProcedureYour satisfaction and goodwill areimportant to your dealer and toCadillac. Normally, any concernswith the sales transaction or theoperation of the vehicle will beresolved by your dealer's sales orservice departments. Sometimes,however, despite the best intentionsof all concerned, misunderstandingscan occur. If your concern has notbeen resolved to your satisfaction,the following steps should be taken:

STEP ONE: Discuss your concernwith a member of dealershipmanagement. Normally, concernscan be quickly resolved at that level.If the matter has already beenreviewed with the sales, service orparts manager, contact the owner ofyour dealership or the generalmanager.


13-2 Customer Information

STEP TWO: If after contacting amember of dealership management,it appears your concern cannot beresolved by your dealership withoutfurther help, in the U.S., call theCadillac Customer AssistanceCenter at 855-422-3357(855 4 CAD ELR). In Canada, callthe Canadian Cadillac CustomerCare Centre at 1-888-446-2000.

We encourage you to call thetoll-free number in order to give yourinquiry prompt attention. Have thefollowing information available togive the Customer Assistancerepresentative:. Vehicle Identification

Number (VIN). This is availablefrom the vehicle registration ortitle, or the plate at the top left ofthe instrument panel and visiblethrough the windshield.

. Dealership name and location.

. Vehicle delivery date andpresent mileage.

When contacting Cadillac,remember that your concern willlikely be resolved at a dealer'sfacility. That is why we suggestfollowing Step One first.

STEP THREE — U.S. Owners:Both General Motors and yourdealer are committed to makingsure you are completely satisfiedwith the new vehicle. However,if you continue to remain unsatisfiedafter following the procedureoutlined in Steps One and Two, youcan file with the Better BusinessBureau (BBB) Auto Line® Programto enforce your rights.

The BBB Auto Line Program is anout-of-court program administeredby the Council of Better BusinessBureaus to settle automotivedisputes regarding vehicle repairs orthe interpretation of the New VehicleLimited Warranty. Although you maybe required to resort to this informaldispute resolution program prior tofiling a court action, use of theprogram is free of charge and yourcase will generally be heard within

40 days. If you do not agree with thedecision given in your case, youmay reject it and proceed with anyother venue for relief availableto you.

You may contact the BBB Auto LineProgram using the toll-freetelephone number or write them atthe following address:

BBB Auto Line ProgramCouncil of Better BusinessBureaus, Inc.4200 Wilson BoulevardSuite 800Arlington, VA 22203-1838

Telephone: 1-800-955-5100www.dr.bbb.org/goauto

This program is available in all50 states and the District ofColumbia. Eligibility is limited byvehicle age, mileage, and otherfactors. General Motors reservesthe right to change eligibilitylimitations and/or discontinue itsparticipation in this program.



STEP THREE — CanadianOwners: In the event that you donot feel your concerns have beenaddressed after following theprocedure outlined in Steps Oneand Two, General Motors of CanadaLimited wants you to be aware of itsparticipation in a no-chargemediation/arbitration program.General Motors of Canada Limitedhas committed to binding arbitrationof owner disputes involvingfactory-related vehicle serviceclaims. The program provides forthe review of the facts involved byan impartial third party arbiter, andmay include an informal hearingbefore the arbiter. The program isdesigned so that the entire disputesettlement process, from the timeyou file your complaint to the finaldecision, should be completed inapproximately 70 days. We believeour impartial program offersadvantages over courts in mostjurisdictions because it is informal,quick, and free of charge.

For further information concerningeligibility in the Canadian MotorVehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP),call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or callthe General Motors Customer CareCentre, 1-888-446-2000 (English),1-800-263-7854 (French),or write to:

Mediation/Arbitration Programc/o Customer Care CentreGeneral Motors of Canada LimitedMail Code: CA1-163-0051908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7

The inquiry should be accompaniedby the Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN).

Customer AssistanceOfficesCadillac encourages customers tocall the toll-free number forassistance. However, if a customerwishes to write or e-mail Cadillac,the letter should be addressed to:

United States and Puerto Rico

Cadillac Customer AssistanceCenterCadillac Motor Car DivisionP.O. Box 33169Detroit, MI 48232-5169www.Cadillac.com

1−855-422-3357 (855 4 CAD ELR)1-800-833-2622 (For TextTelephone devices (TTYs))Roadside Service: 1-888–811–1926

From U.S. Virgin Islands:

1-800-496-9994



Canada

General Motors of Canada LimitedCanadian Cadillac Customer CareCentre, Mail Code: CA1-163-0051908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7www.gm.ca

1-888-446-2000 (English)1-800-263-7854 (French)Roadside Service: 1-800-882-1112

Overseas

Contact the local General MotorsBusiness Unit.

Customer Assistance forText Telephone (TTY)UsersTo assist customers who are deaf,hard of hearing, or speech-impairedand who use Text Telephones(TTYs), Cadillac has TTY equipmentavailable at its Customer AssistanceCenter. Any TTY user can

communicate with Cadillac bydialing: 1-800-833-2622. TTY usersin Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830.

Online Owner Center

Online Owner Experience(U.S.) my.cadillac.com

The Cadillac online ownerexperience is a one-stop resourcethat allows interaction with Cadillacand keeps important vehicle-specificinformation in one place.

Membership Benefits

E (Vehicle Information):Download owner manuals and viewvehicle-specific how-to videos.

G (Maintenance Information):View maintenance schedules,required alerts, OnStar onboardvehicle diagnostic information, andschedule service appointments.

I (Service History): Viewprintable dealer-recorded servicerecords and self-recorded servicerecords.

D (Preferred DealerInformation): Select a preferreddealer and view dealer location,maps, phone numbers, and hours.

J (Warranty TrackingInformation): Track the vehicle’swarranty information.

J (Recall Information): Viewactive recalls or search by VehicleIdentification Number (VIN). SeeVehicle Identification Number (VIN)on page 12-1.

H (Other Account Information):View GM Card, SiriusXM Satelliteradio, and OnStar accountinformation.

F (Live Chat Support): Chat livewith online help representatives.

w (Charging and Efficiency):View the battery status, charginginformation, and mileage history.

x (Remote Commands):Remotely start/stop the vehicle,activate the horn and lights alert,



and lock/unlock the vehicle.Requires an Android™ or iPhone®

and an active OnStar subscription.

See my.cadillac.com to register thevehicle.

Cadillac Owner Centre(Canada) cadillacowner.ca

Take a trip to the Cadillac OwnerCentre:. Chat live with online help

representatives.. Locate owner resources such as

lease-end, financing, andwarranty information.

. Retrieve favorite articles,quizzes, tips, and multimediagalleries organized into theFeatures and Auto CareSections.

. Download owner manuals.

. Find Cadillac-recommendedmaintenance services.

Roadside ServiceU.S.: 1-888–811-1926.

Canada: 1-800-882-1112.

Text Telephone (TTY) Users(U.S. Only): 1-888-889-2438.

Service is available 24 hours a day,365 days a year.

Calling for Service

When calling Roadside Service,have the following informationready:. Your name, home address, and

home telephone number.. Telephone number of your

location.. Location of the vehicle.. Model, year, color, and license

plate number of the vehicle.. Odometer reading, Vehicle

Identification Number (VIN), anddelivery date of the vehicle.

. Description of the problem.

Coverage

Services are provided up to 6 years/110 000 km (70,000 mi), whichevercomes first.

In the U.S., anyone driving thevehicle is covered. In Canada, aperson driving the vehicle withoutpermission from the owner is notcovered.

Roadside Service is not a part of theNew Vehicle Limited Warranty.General Motors North America andCadillac reserve the right to makeany changes or discontinue theRoadside Service program at anytime without notification.

General Motors North America andCadillac reserve the right to limitservices or payment to an owner ordriver if they decide the claims aremade too often, or the same type ofclaim is made many times.

Cadillac Owner Privileges™. Emergency Charge Delivery:

Delivery of up to a 30 minute/5 mile charge. There is also the



option of being towed to thenearest charging station orhome, whichever is closest, if amobile charging unit is notavailable or if the wait for mobilecharging is considered to beexcessive. (U.S. only)

. Emergency Fuel Delivery:Delivery of enough fuel for thevehicle to get to the nearestservice station.

. Lock-Out Service: Service tounlock the vehicle if you arelocked out. A remote unlock maybe available if you have OnStar.For security reasons, the drivermust present identificationbefore this service is given.

. Emergency Tow from a PublicRoad or Highway: Tow to thenearest Cadillac dealer forwarranty service, or if the vehiclewas in a crash and cannot bedriven. Assistance is also givenwhen the vehicle is stuck in thesand, mud, or snow.

. Flat Tire Change: Service tochange a flat tire with a sparetire. The spare tire, if equipped,must be in good condition andproperly inflated. It is yourresponsibility for the repair orreplacement of the tire if it is notcovered by the warranty.

. Battery Jump Start: Service tojump start a dead battery.

. Trip Interruption Benefits andService: If your trip isinterrupted due to a warrantyfailure, incidental expenses maybe reimbursed during thePowertrain warranty period.Items considered are hotel,meals and rental car.

Cadillac Technician RoadsideService (U.S. Only)

Cadillac's exceptional RoadsideService is more than an auto club ortowing service. It provides everyCadillac owner in the United Stateswith the advantage of contacting aCadillac advisor and, where

available, a Cadillac trained dealertechnician who can provide on-siteservice.

A dealer technician will travel toyour location within a 30-mile radiusof a participating Cadillacdealership. If beyond this radius, wewill arrange to have your car towedto the nearest Cadillac dealership.Each technician travels with aspecially equipped service vehiclecomplete with the necessaryCadillac parts and tools required tohandle most roadside repairs.

Services Not Included inRoadside Service. Impound towing caused by

violation of any laws.. Legal fines.. Mounting, dismounting,

or changing of snow tires,chains, or other traction devices.

. Towing or services for vehiclesdriven on a non-public road orhighway.



Services Specific toCanadian-Purchased Vehicles. Fuel delivery: Reimbursement

is up to 7 liters. Diesel fueldelivery may be restricted.Propane and other fuels are notprovided through this service.

. Lock-Out Service: Vehicleregistration is required.

. Trip Interruption Benefits andService: Pre-authorization,original detailed receipts, and acopy of the repair orders arerequired. Once authorization hasbeen received, the RoadsideService advisor will help youmake arrangements and explainhow to receive payment.

. Alternative Service: Ifassistance cannot be providedright away, the Roadside Serviceadvisor may give you permissionto get local emergency roadservice. You will receivepayment, up to $100, aftersending the original receipt toRoadside Service. Mechanical

failures may be covered,however any cost for parts andlabor for repairs not covered bythe warranty are the ownerresponsibility.

Scheduling ServiceAppointmentsWhen the vehicle requires warrantyservice, contact your dealer andrequest an appointment. Byscheduling a service appointmentand advising the service consultantof your transportation needs, yourdealer can help minimize yourinconvenience.

If the vehicle cannot be scheduledinto the service departmentimmediately, keep driving it until itcan be scheduled for service,unless, of course, the problem issafety related. If it is, please callyour dealership, let them know this,and ask for instructions.

If your dealer requests you to bringthe vehicle for service, you areurged to do so as early in the workday as possible to allow forsame-day repair.

Courtesy TransportationProgramTo enhance your ownershipexperience, we and our participatingdealers are proud to offer CourtesyTransportation, a customer supportprogram for vehicles with theBumper-to-Bumper (Base WarrantyCoverage period in Canada), andextended powertrain in both theU.S. and Canada.

Several Courtesy Transportationoptions are available to assist inreducing inconvenience whenwarranty repairs are required.

Courtesy Transportation is not apart of the New Vehicle LimitedWarranty. A separate bookletentitled “Limited Warranty andOwner Assistance Information”



furnished with each new vehicleprovides detailed warranty coverageinformation.

Transportation Options

Warranty service can generally becompleted while you wait. However,if you are unable to do so, yourdealer may offer the followingtransportation options:

Shuttle Service

This includes one-way or round-tripshuttle service within reasonabletime and distance parameters ofyour dealer's area.

Public Transportation or FuelReimbursement

If overnight warranty repairs areneeded, and public transportation isused, the expense must besupported by original receipts andwithin the maximum amount allowedby GM for shuttle service. If U.S.customers arrange their owntransportation, limitedreimbursement for reasonable fuelexpenses may be available. Claim

amounts should reflect actual costsand be supported by originalreceipts. See your dealer forinformation.

Courtesy Rental Vehicle

For an overnight warranty repair, thedealer may provide an availablecourtesy rental vehicle or provide forreimbursement of a rental vehicle.Reimbursement is limited and mustbe supported by original receipts aswell as a signed and completedrental agreement and meet state/provincial, local, and rental vehicleprovider requirements.Requirements vary and may includeminimum age requirements,insurance coverage, credit card, etc.Additional fees such as fuel usagecharges, taxes, levies, usage fees,excessive mileage, or rental usagebeyond the completion of the repairare also your responsibility.

It may not be possible to provide alike vehicle as a courtesy rental.

Additional ProgramInformation

All program options, such as shuttleservice, may not be available atevery dealer. Contact your dealerfor specific availability.

General Motors reserves the right tounilaterally modify, change,or discontinue CourtesyTransportation at any time and toresolve all questions of claimeligibility pursuant to the terms andconditions described herein at itssole discretion.

Collision Damage RepairIf the vehicle is involved in acollision and it is damaged, have thedamage repaired by a qualifiedtechnician using the properequipment and quality replacementparts. Poorly performed collisionrepairs diminish the vehicle resalevalue, and safety performance canbe compromised in subsequentcollisions.



Collision Parts

Genuine GM Collision parts are newparts made with the same materialsand construction methods as theparts with which the vehicle wasoriginally built. Genuine GMCollision parts are the best choice toensure that the vehicle's designedappearance, durability, and safetyare preserved. The use of GenuineGM parts can help maintain the GMNew Vehicle Limited Warranty.

Recycled original equipment partsmay also be used for repair. Theseparts are typically removed fromvehicles that were total losses inprior crashes. In most cases, theparts being recycled are fromundamaged sections of the vehicle.A recycled original equipment GMpart may be an acceptable choice tomaintain the vehicle's originallydesigned appearance and safetyperformance; however, the history ofthese parts is not known. Such partsare not covered by the GM New

Vehicle Limited Warranty, and anyrelated failures are not covered bythat warranty.

Aftermarket collision parts are alsoavailable. These are made bycompanies other than GM and maynot have been tested for the vehicle.As a result, these parts may fitpoorly, exhibit premature durability/corrosion problems, and may notperform properly in subsequentcollisions. Aftermarket parts are notcovered by the GM New VehicleLimited Warranty, and any vehiclefailure related to such parts is notcovered by that warranty.

Repair Facility

GM also recommends that youchoose a collision repair facility thatmeets your needs before you everneed collision repairs. Your dealermay have a collision repair centerwith GM-trained technicians andstate-of-the-art equipment, or beable to recommend a collision repair

center that has GM-trainedtechnicians and comparableequipment.

Insuring the Vehicle

Protect your investment in the GMvehicle with comprehensive andcollision insurance coverage. Thereare significant differences in thequality of coverage afforded byvarious insurance policy terms.Many insurance policies providereduced protection to the GMvehicle by limiting compensation fordamage repairs by usingaftermarket collision parts. Someinsurance companies will notspecify aftermarket collision parts.When purchasing insurance, werecommend that you ensure that thevehicle will be repaired with GMoriginal equipment collision parts.If such insurance coverage is notavailable from your currentinsurance carrier, consider switchingto another insurance carrier.



If the vehicle is leased, the leasingcompany may require you to haveinsurance that ensures repairs withGenuine GM Original EquipmentManufacturer (OEM) parts orGenuine Manufacturer replacementparts. Read the lease carefully, asyou may be charged at the end ofthe lease for poor quality repairs.

If a Crash Occurs

If there has been an injury, callemergency services for help. Do notleave the scene of a crash until allmatters have been taken care of.Move the vehicle only if its positionputs you in danger, or you areinstructed to move it by a policeofficer.

Give only the necessary informationto police and other parties involvedin the crash.

For emergency towing seeRoadside Service on page 13-5.

Gather the following information:. Driver name, address, and

telephone number.

. Driver license number.

. Owner name, address, andtelephone number.

. Vehicle license plate number.

. Vehicle make, model, andmodel year.

. Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN).

. Insurance company and policynumber.

. General description of thedamage to the other vehicle.

Choose a reputable repair facilitythat uses quality replacement parts.See “Collision Parts” earlier in thissection.

In a crash, the sensing system mayshut down the high voltage system.See Battery on page 10-23 forimportant safety information. If anairbag has inflated, see What WillYou See after an Airbag Inflates? onpage 3-24.

If the vehicle is damaged from acrash, flood, fire, or other event itmay be necessary to have thevehicle inspected. See Battery onpage 10-23 and High Voltage SafetyInformation on page 1-19 forimportant safety information.

Managing the Vehicle DamageRepair Process

In the event that the vehicle requiresdamage repairs, GM recommendsthat you take an active role in itsrepair. If you have a pre-determinedrepair facility of choice, take thevehicle there, or have it towed there.Specify to the facility that anyrequired replacement collision partsbe original equipment parts, eithernew Genuine GM parts or recycledoriginal GM parts. Remember,recycled parts will not be covered bythe GM vehicle warranty.

Insurance pays the bill for the repair,but you must live with the repair.Depending on your policy limits,your insurance company mayinitially value the repair using



aftermarket parts. Discuss this withthe repair professional, and insist onGenuine GM parts. Remember,if the vehicle is leased, you may beobligated to have the vehiclerepaired with Genuine GM parts,even if your insurance coveragedoes not pay the full cost.

If another party's insurancecompany is paying for the repairs,you are not obligated to accept arepair valuation based on thatinsurance company's collision policyrepair limits, as you have nocontractual limits with that company.In such cases, you can have controlof the repair and parts choices aslong as the cost stays withinreasonable limits.

Service PublicationsOrdering Information

Service Manuals

Service Manuals have the diagnosisand repair information on theengine, electric drive unit, axle,suspension, brakes, electrical,steering, body, etc.

Service Bulletins

Service Bulletins give additionaltechnical service informationneeded to knowledgeably serviceGeneral Motors cars and trucks.Each bulletin contains instructionsto assist in the diagnosis andservice of the vehicle.

Owner Information

Owner publications are writtenspecifically for owners and intendedto provide basic operationalinformation about the vehicle. TheOwner Manual includes theMaintenance Schedule for allmodels.

In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio,Owner Manual, and WarrantyBooklet.

RETAIL SELL PRICE:$35.00 (U.S.) plus handling andshipping fees.

Without Portfolio: OwnerManual only.

RETAIL SELL PRICE:$25.00 (U.S.) plus handling andshipping fees.

Current and Past Models

Technical Service Bulletins andManuals are available for currentand past model GM vehicles.

ORDER TOLL FREE:1-800-551-4123 Monday - Friday8:00 AM - 6:00 PM Eastern Time

For Credit Card Orders Only(VISA-MasterCard-Discover), visitHelm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com



Or write to:

Helm, IncorporatedAttention: Customer Service47911 Halyard DrivePlymouth, MI 48170

Prices are subject to change withoutnotice and without incurringobligation. Allow ample time fordelivery.

All listed prices are quoted in U.S.funds. Make checks payable in U.S.funds.

Reporting SafetyDefects

Reporting Safety Defectsto the United StatesGovernmentIf you believe that your vehiclehas a defect which could causea crash or could cause injury ordeath, you should immediatelyinform the National HighwayTraffic Safety Administration(NHTSA) in addition to notifyingGeneral Motors.

If NHTSA receives similarcomplaints, it may open aninvestigation, and if it finds thata safety defect exists in a groupof vehicles, it may order a recalland remedy campaign.

However, NHTSA cannotbecome involved in individualproblems between you, yourdealer, or General Motors.

To contact NHTSA, you may callthe Vehicle Safety Hotlinetoll-free at 1-888-327-4236(TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go tohttp://www.safercar.gov; orwrite to:

Administrator, NHTSA1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E.Washington, D.C. 20590

You can also obtain otherinformation about motorvehicle safety fromhttp://www.safercar.gov.



Reporting Safety Defectsto the CanadianGovernmentIf you live in Canada, and youbelieve that the vehicle has a safetydefect, notify Transport Canadaimmediately, and notify GeneralMotors of Canada Limited. CallTransport Canada at1-800-333-0510 or write to:

Transport CanadaRoad Safety Branch80 rue NoelGatineau, QC J8Z 0A1

Reporting Safety Defectsto General MotorsIn addition to notifying NHTSA (orTransport Canada) in a situation likethis, notify General Motors.

Call 1-800-458-8006, or write:

Cadillac Customer AssistanceCenterCadillac Motor Car DivisionP.O. Box 33169Detroit, MI 48232-5169

In Canada, call 1‐888‐446‐2000,or write:

Canadian Cadillac Customer CareCentre, Mail Code: CA1-163-005General Motors of Canada Limited1908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7

Vehicle DataRecording andPrivacyThe vehicle has a number ofcomputers that record informationabout the vehicle’s performance andhow it is driven. For example, thevehicle uses computer modules tomonitor and control engine andelectric drive unit performance, tomonitor the conditions for airbagdeployment and to deploy them in acrash, and, if equipped, to provideantilock braking to help the drivercontrol the vehicle. These modulesmay store data to help the dealertechnician service the vehicle.Some modules may also store dataabout how the vehicle is operated,such as rate of fuel consumption oraverage speed. These modules mayretain personal preferences, such asradio presets, seat positions, andtemperature settings.



Event Data RecordersThis vehicle is equipped with anevent data recorder (EDR). Themain purpose of an EDR is torecord, in certain crash or nearcrash-like situations, such as an airbag deployment or hitting a roadobstacle, data that will assist inunderstanding how a vehicle’ssystems performed. The EDR isdesigned to record data related tovehicle dynamics and safetysystems for a short period of time,typically 30 seconds or less. TheEDR in this vehicle is designed torecord such data as:. How various systems in your

vehicle were operating;. Whether or not the driver and

passenger safety belts werebuckled/fastened;

. How far (if at all) the driverwas depressing the acceleratorand/or brake pedal; and,

. How fast the vehicle wastraveling.

These data can help provide abetter understanding of thecircumstances in which crashes andinjuries occur. NOTE: EDR data arerecorded by your vehicle only if anon-trivial crash situation occurs; nodata are recorded by the EDR undernormal driving conditions and nopersonal data (e.g., name, gender,age, and crash location) arerecorded. However, other parties,such as law enforcement, couldcombine the EDR data with the typeof personally identifying dataroutinely acquired during a crashinvestigation.

To read data recorded by an EDR,special equipment is required, andaccess to the vehicle or the EDR isneeded. In addition to the vehiclemanufacturer, other parties, such aslaw enforcement, that have thespecial equipment, can read theinformation if they have access tothe vehicle or the EDR.

GM will not access this data orshare it with others except: with theconsent of the vehicle owner or,

if the vehicle is leased, with theconsent of the lessee; in responseto an official request by police orsimilar government office; as part ofGM's defense of litigation throughthe discovery process; or, asrequired by law. Data that GMcollects or receives may also beused for GM research needs or maybe made available to others forresearch purposes, where a need isshown and the data is not tied to aspecific vehicle or vehicle owner.

OnStar®

If the vehicle is equipped withOnStar® and has an activesubscription, additional data may becollected through the OnStarsystem. This includes informationabout the vehicle’s operation;collisions involving the vehicle; theuse of the vehicle and its features;and, in certain situations, thelocation and approximate GPSspeed of the vehicle. Refer to the



OnStar Terms and Conditions andPrivacy Statement on the OnStarwebsite.

Infotainment SystemUsing the navigation system mayresult in the storage of destinations,addresses, telephone numbers, andother trip information. See theinfotainment manual for informationon stored data and for deletioninstructions.

Radio FrequencyIdentification (RFID)RFID technology is used in somevehicles for functions such as tirepressure monitoring and ignitionsystem security, as well as inconnection with conveniences suchas Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitters for remote door locking/unlocking and starting, andin-vehicle transmitters for garagedoor openers. RFID technology inGM vehicles does not use or record

personal information or link with anyother GM system containingpersonal information.

Radio FrequencyStatementThis vehicle has systems thatoperate on a radio frequency thatcomply with Part 15 of the FederalCommunications Commission (FCC)rules and with Industry CanadaStandards RSS‐GEN/210/220/310.

Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions:

1. The device may not causeharmful interference.

2. The device must accept anyinterference received, includinginterference that may causeundesired operation of thedevice.

Changes or modifications to any ofthese systems by other than anauthorized service facility could voidauthorization to use this equipment.



2 NOTES


OnStar 14-1

OnStar

OnStar OverviewOnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1

OnStar ServicesEmergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-3Vehicle Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . 14-5

OnStar Additional InformationOnStar AdditionalInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-5

OnStar Overview

If equipped, this vehicle has acomprehensive, in-vehicle systemthat can connect to a live Advisorfor Emergency, Security, Navigation,Connection, and DiagnosticServices.

The OnStar system status light isnext to the OnStar buttons. If thestatus light is:. Solid Green: System is ready.. Flashing Green: On a call.. Red: Indicates a problem.

PressQ or call 1-888-4-ONSTAR(1-888-466-7827) to speak to anAdvisor.

Press= to:

. Make a call, end a call,or answer an incoming call.

. Give OnStar Hands-Free Callingvoice commands.

. Give OnStar Turn-by-TurnNavigation voice commands.Requires the available Directionsand Connections service plan.

PressQ to connect to a liveAdvisor to:. Verify account information or

update contact information.. Get driving directions. Requires

the available Directions andConnections service plan.

. Receive On-DemandDiagnostics for a check of thevehicle’s key operating systems.

. Receive Roadside Assistance.


14-2 OnStar

Press the OnStar Emergency button> to get a priority connection to anEmergency Advisor available24/7 to:. Get help for an emergency.. Be a Good Samaritan or

respond to an AMBER Alert.. Get assistance in severe

weather or other crisis andevacuation routes.

OnStar Services

EmergencyWith Automatic Crash Response,the built-in system can automaticallyconnect to help in most crashes,even if help cannot be requested.

Press> to connect to anEmergency Advisor. GPStechnology is used to identify thevehicle location and can providecritical information to emergencypersonnel. The Advisor is alsotrained to offer critical assistance inemergency situations.

SecurityOnStar provides services like StolenVehicle Assistance, Remote IgnitionBlock, and Roadside Assistance,if equipped. OnStar can unlock thevehicle doors remotely, if equippedwith automatic door locks, and canhelp police locate the vehicle if it isstolen.

NavigationOnStar navigation requires theDirections and Connectionsservice plan.

PressQ to receive directions orhave them sent to the vehiclenavigation screen, if equipped.Destinations can also be forwardedto the vehicle from MapQuest.com.The OnStar mapping database iscontinuously updated. For coveragemaps, see www.onstar.com (U.S.)or www.onstar.ca (Canada).

Turn-by-Turn Navigation

1. PressQ to connect to a liveAdvisor.

2. Request directions.

3. Directions are downloaded to thevehicle.

4. Follow the voice-guidedcommands.


OnStar 14-3

Using Voice CommandsDuring a Planned Route

Cancel Route

1. Press=. System responds:“OnStar ready,” then a tone. Say“Cancel route.” Systemresponds: “Do you want tocancel directions?”

2. Say “Yes.” System responds:“OK, request completed, thankyou, goodbye.”

Route Preview

1. Press=. System responds:“OnStar ready,” then a tone.

2. Say “Route preview.” Systemresponds with the next threemaneuvers.

Repeat


2. Say “Repeat.” System respondswith the last direction given, thenresponds with “OnStar ready,”then a tone.

Get My Destination


2. Say “Get my destination.”System responds with theaddress and the distance to thedestination, then responds with“OnStar ready,” then a tone.

Other Navigation ServicesAvailable from OnStar

OnStar eNav: Allows subscribersto send destinations fromMapQuest.com to their Turn-by-TurnNavigation or screen-basednavigation system. When ready, thedirections will be downloaded to thevehicle.

Destination Download: PressQ,then request the Advisor todownload directions to thenavigation system in the vehicle.

After the call ends, press the “Go”button on the navigation screen tobegin driving directions.

If directions are downloaded to thenavigation system, the route canonly be canceled through thenavigation system.

Destinations can also bedownloaded on the go. Forinformation about eNav, DestinationDownload, and coverage maps seewww.onstar.com (U.S.) orwww.onstar.ca (Canada).

ConnectionsOnStar Hands-Free Calling allowscalls to be made and received fromthe vehicle. The vehicle can also becontrolled through the OnStarRemoteLink® mobile app. Forcoverage maps, seewww.onstar.com (U.S.) orwww.onstar.ca (Canada).


14-4 OnStar

OnStar Mobile App

Download the OnStar RemoteLinkmobile app to select Apple®,Android™, and BlackBerry® devicesto check vehicle fuel level, oil life,or tire pressure; to start the vehicle(if equipped) or unlock it; or toconnect to an OnStar Advisor. ForOnStar RemoteLink information andcompatibility, see www.onstar.com(U.S.) or www.onstar.ca (Canada).

Hands-Free Calling

1. Press=. System responds:“OnStar ready.”

2. Say “Call.” System responds:“Please say the name or numberto call.”

3. Say the entire number withoutpausing, including a “1” and thearea code. System responds:“OK calling.”

Calling 911 Emergency

1. Press=. System responds:“OnStar ready,” followed bya tone.

2. Say “Call.” System responds:“Please say the name or numberto call.”

3. Say “911” without pausing.System responds: “911.”

4. Say “Call.” System responds:“OK, dialing 911.”

Retrieve My Number


2. Say “My number.” Systemresponds: “Your OnStarHands-Free Calling number is,”then says the number.

End a Call

Press=. System responds: “Callended.”

Store a Name Tag for SpeedDialing


2. Say “Store.” System responds:“Please say the number youwould like to store.”

3. Say the entire number withoutpausing. System responds:“Please say the name tag.”

4. Pick a name tag. Systemresponds: “About to store <nametag>. Does that sound OK?”

5. Say “Yes” or say “No” to tryagain. System responds: “OK,storing <name tag>.”

Place a Call Using a StoredNumber


2. Say “Call <name tag>.” Systemresponds: “OK, calling<name tag>.”


OnStar 14-5

Verify Minutes and Expiration

Press= and say “Minutes” then“Verify” to check how many minutesremain and their expiration date.

Vehicle DiagnosticsOnStar Vehicle Diagnostics willperform a vehicle check everymonth. It will check the electric driveunit, antilock brakes, and majorvehicle systems. It also checks thetire pressures, if the vehicle isequipped with the Tire PressureMonitoring System. If anOn-Demand Diagnostics check isneeded between e-mails, pressQ,and an Advisor can run a check.

OnStar AdditionalInformationTransferring Service

PressQ to request account transfereligibility information. The Advisorcan assist in canceling or removingaccount information. If OnStarreceives information that vehicleownership has changed, OnStarmay send a voice message to thevehicle, requesting updated accountinformation.

Reactivation for SubsequentOwners

PressQ and follow the prompts tospeak to an Advisor as soon aspossible after acquiring the vehicle.The Advisor will update vehiclerecords and will explain the OnStarservice offers and options available.

How OnStar Service Works

Automatic Crash Response,Emergency Services, Crisis Assist,Stolen Vehicle Assistance, VehicleDiagnostics, Remote Door Unlock,Roadside Assistance, Turn-by-TurnNavigation, and Hands-Free Callingare available on most vehicles. Notall OnStar services are availableeverywhere or on all vehicles. Formore information, a full descriptionof OnStar services, systemlimitations, and OnStar terms andconditions:. Call 888-4-ONSTAR

(888-466-7827).. See www.onstar.com (U.S.).. See www.onstar.ca (Canada).. Call TTY 1-877-248-2080.

. PressQ to speak with anAdvisor.

OnStar services require a vehicleelectrical system, wireless service,and GPS satellite technologies to beavailable and operating for features


14-6 OnStar

to function properly. These systemsmay not operate if the battery isdischarged or disconnected.

OnStar service cannot work unlessyour vehicle is in a place whereOnStar has an agreement with awireless service provider for servicein that area, and the wirelessservice provider has coverage,network capacity, reception, andtechnology compatible with OnStarservice. Service involving locationinformation about the vehicle cannotwork unless GPS signals areavailable, unobstructed, andcompatible with the OnStarhardware. OnStar service may notwork if the OnStar equipment is notproperly installed or it has not beenproperly maintained. If equipment orsoftware is added, connected,or modified, OnStar service may notwork. Other problems beyond thecontrol of OnStar may preventservice such as hills, tall buildings,tunnels, weather, electrical systemdesign and architecture of the

vehicle, damage to the vehicle in acrash, or wireless phone networkcongestion or jamming.


Services for People withDisabilities

Advisors provide services to helpsubscribers with physical disabilitiesand medical conditions.

PressQ for help with:

. Locating a gas station with anattendant to pump gas.

. Finding a hotel, restaurant, etc.,that meets accessibility needs.

. Providing directions to theclosest hospital or pharmacy inurgent situations.

TTY Users

OnStar has the ability tocommunicate to the deaf,hard-of-hearing, or speech-impairedcustomers while in the vehicle. Theavailable dealer-installed TTY

system can provide in-vehicleaccess to all of the OnStar services,except Virtual Advisor and OnStarTurn-by-Turn Navigation.

OnStar.com (U.S.) or OnStar.ca(Canada)

The website provides access toaccount information, allowsmanagement of the OnStarsubscription, and viewing of videosof each service. Get subscriptionplan pricing and sign up for OnStarVehicle Diagnostics. Click on the“My Account” tab on the homepage. The website navigation andservices provided may vary bycountry.

OnStar Personal IdentificationNumber (PIN)

A PIN is needed to access some ofthe OnStar services, like RemoteDoor Unlock and Stolen VehicleAssistance. You will be prompted tochange the PIN the first time whenspeaking with an Advisor. To


OnStar 14-7

change the OnStar PIN, call OnStarand provide the Advisor with thecurrent number.

Warranty

OnStar equipment may bewarranted as part of the NewVehicle Limited Warranty. Themanufacturer of the vehiclefurnishes detailed warrantyinformation.

Languages

The vehicle can be programmed torespond in multiple languages.PressQ and ask an Advisor.Advisors are available in English,Spanish and French. Availablelanguages may vary by country.

Potential Issues

OnStar cannot perform RemoteDoor Unlock or Stolen VehicleAssistance after the vehicle hasbeen off continuously for five days.

After five days, OnStar can contactRoadside Assistance and alocksmith to help gain access to thevehicle.

Global PositioningSystem (GPS). Obstruction of the GPS can

occur in a large city with tallbuildings; in parking garages;around airports; in tunnels,underpasses, or parkinggarages; or in an area with verydense trees. If GPS signals arenot available, the OnStar systemshould still operate to callOnStar. However, OnStar couldhave difficulty identifying theexact location.

. In emergency situations, OnStarcan use the last stored GPSlocation to send to emergencyresponders.

. A temporary loss of GPS cancause loss of the ability to senda Turn-by-Turn Navigation route.

The Advisor may give a verbalroute or may ask for a call backafter the vehicle is driven into anopen area.

Cellular and GPS Antennas

Avoid placing items over or near theantenna to prevent blocking cellularand GPS signal reception. Cellularreception is required for OnStar tosend remote signals to the vehicle.

Unable to Connect to OnStarMessage

If there is limited cellular coverageor the cellular network has reachedmaximum capacity, this messagemay come on. PressQ to try thecall again or try again after driving afew miles into another cellular area.

Vehicle and Power Issues

OnStar services require a vehicleelectrical system, wireless service,and GPS satellite technologies to beavailable and operating for features


14-8 OnStar

to function properly. These systemsmay not operate if the battery isdischarged or disconnected.

Add-on Electrical Equipment

The OnStar system is integratedinto the electrical architecture of thevehicle. Do not add any electricalequipment. See Add-On ElectricalEquipment on page 9-71. Addedelectrical equipment may interferewith the operation of the OnStarsystem and cause it to not operate.

Privacy

The complete OnStar PrivacyStatement may be found atwww.onstar.com (U.S.),or www.onstar.ca (Canada).Privacy-sensitive users of wirelesscommunications are cautioned thatthe privacy of any information sentvia wireless cellular communicationscannot be assured. Third partiesmay unlawfully intercept or accesstransmissions and privatecommunications without consent.

OnStar - libcurl and unzipacknowledgments

Certain OnStar components includelibcurl and unzip software. Beloware the notices and licensesassociated with this software:

libcurl:

COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSIONNOTICE

Copyright (c) 1996 - 2010, DanielStenberg, <[email protected]>.

All rights reserved.

Permission to use, copy, modify,and distribute this software for anypurpose with or without fee ishereby granted, provided that theabove copyright notice and thispermission notice appear in allcopies.

THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED“AS IS,” WITHOUT WARRANTY OFANY KIND, EXPRESS ORIMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOTLIMITED TO THE WARRANTIESOF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS

FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSEAND NONINFRINGEMENT OFTHIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NOEVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS ORCOPYRIGHT HOLDERS BELIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,WHETHER IN AN ACTION OFCONTRACT, TORT OROTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,OUT OF OR IN CONNECTIONWITH THE SOFTWARE OR THEUSE OR OTHER DEALINGS INTHE SOFTWARE.

Except as contained in this notice,the name of a copyright holder shallnot be used in advertising orotherwise to promote the sale, useor other dealings in this Softwarewithout prior written authorization ofthe copyright holder.

unzip:

This is version 2005-Feb-10 of theInfo-ZIP copyright and license. Thedefinitive version of this document


OnStar 14-9

should be available atftp://ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/license.html indefinitely.

Copyright (c) 1990-2005 Info-ZIP.All rights reserved.

For the purposes of this copyrightand license, “Info-ZIP” is defined asthe following set of individuals:

Mark Adler, John Bush, Karl Davis,Harald Denker, Jean-Michel Dubois,Jean-loup Gailly, Hunter Goatley,Ed Gordon, Ian Gorman, ChrisHerborth, Dirk Haase, Greg Hartwig,Robert Heath, Jonathan Hudson,Paul Kienitz, David Kirschbaum,Johnny Lee, Onno van der Linden,Igor Mandrichenko, Steve P. Miller,Sergio Monesi, Keith Owens,George Petrov, Greg Roelofs,Kai Uwe Rommel, Steve Salisbury,Dave Smith, Steven M. Schweda,Christian Spieler, Cosmin Truta,Antoine Verheijen, Paul von Behren,Rich Wales, Mike White

This software is provided “as is,”without warranty of any kind,express or implied. In no event shall

Info-ZIP or its contributors be heldliable for any direct, indirect,incidental, special or consequentialdamages arising out of the use of orinability to use this software.

Permission is granted to anyone touse this software for any purpose,including commercial applications,and to alter it and redistribute itfreely, subject to the followingrestrictions:

1. Redistributions of source codemust retain the above copyrightnotice, definition, disclaimer, andthis list of conditions.

2. Redistributions in binary form(compiled executables) mustreproduce the above copyrightnotice, definition, disclaimer, andthis list of conditions indocumentation and/or othermaterials provided with thedistribution. The sole exceptionto this condition is redistributionof a standard UnZipSFX binary(including SFXWiz) as part of aself-extracting archive; that is

permitted without inclusion ofthis license, as long as thenormal SFX banner has notbeen removed from the binary ordisabled.

3. Altered versions–including, butnot limited to, ports to newoperating systems, existing portswith new graphical interfaces,and dynamic, shared, or staticlibrary versions–must be plainlymarked as such and must not bemisrepresented as being theoriginal source. Such alteredversions also must not bemisrepresented as beingInfo-ZIP releases–including, butnot limited to, labeling of thealtered versions with the names“Info-ZIP” (or any variationthereof, including, but not limitedto, different capitalizations),“Pocket UnZip,” “WiZ” or“MacZip” without the explicitpermission of Info-ZIP. Suchaltered versions are furtherprohibited from


14-10 OnStar

misrepresentative use of theZip-Bugs or Info-ZIP e-mailaddresses or of theInfo-ZIP URL(s).

4. Info-ZIP retains the right to usethe names “Info-ZIP,” “Zip,”“UnZip,” “UnZipSFX,” “WiZ,”“Pocket UnZip,” “Pocket Zip,”and “MacZip” for its own sourceand binary releases.


INDEX i-1

AAccessories andModifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2

Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-19Active EmergencyBraking System . . . . . . . . 1-17, 9-53

Adaptive Cruise Control . . . . . . . 9-39Add-On ElectricalEquipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-71

Additional InformationOnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-5

AdjustmentsLumbar, Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4Thigh Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5

Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . 10-13Air Filter, PassengerCompartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8

Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7Airbag SystemCheck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-31How Does an AirbagRestrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-23

Passenger SensingSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-25

What Makes an AirbagInflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-23

Airbag System (cont'd)What Will You See after anAirbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-24

When Should an AirbagInflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-22

Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . .3-21AirbagsAdding Equipment to theVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-30

Passenger Status Indicator . . .5-16Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-16Servicing Airbag-EquippedVehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-30

System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-19AlarmVehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-15

AlertSide Blind Zone (SBZA) . . . . . .9-54

Antilock BrakeSystem (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-29Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21

Appearance CareExterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-80Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-85

Assistance Systems forDriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-50

Assistance Systems forParking and Backing . . . . . . . . . 9-47

AutomaticDoor Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-13Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4

BBattery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23Exterior Lighting BatterySaver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8

Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-12High Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-12Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-70Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8

Battery and ChargingMessages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-41

Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . 10-25BrakeParking, Electric . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-30System Warning Light . . . . . . . .5-20

Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-29Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21Regenerative Braking . . . . . . . . .9-32System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-41

Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6


i-2 INDEX

Braking SystemActive Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . .1-17

Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . 9-16Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27License Plate Lamps . . . . . . . 10-27

Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-56

CCalibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5CaliforniaFuel Requirements . . . . . . . . . . .9-67Perchlorate MaterialsRequirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2

Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2Canadian Vehicle Owners . . . . . . . . iiiCapacities andSpecifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2

Carbon MonoxideEngine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-27Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-13Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-10

Cautions, Danger, andWarnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii

Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . 4-2

Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-61Charge Cord . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-64ChargingDelay Override . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-59Electrical Requirements . . . . . .9-66Plug-In . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-58Programmable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-29Utility Interruption . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-65

Charging Status Screens . . . . . . 9-60Charging System Light . . . . . . . . 5-17CheckEngine Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17

Child RestraintsInfants and YoungChildren . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-34

Lower Anchors andTethers for Children . . . . . . . . .3-39

Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-32Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-45, 3-47Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-36

CleaningExterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-80Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-85

Climate Control SystemsDual Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1

Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5

Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . 13-8CompartmentsStorage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-42

Compressor Kit, TireSealant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-62

ConnectionsOnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-3

Continuous DampingControl (CDC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-36

ControlTraction and ElectronicStability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-33

Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17CoolantEngine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16Engine TemperatureWarning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-23

Cooling System . . . . . . . .10-14–10-16Engine Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-44

Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6Courtesy TransportationProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-7


INDEX i-3

Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-36Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-26Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-42

Cruise Control, Active . . . . . . . . . 9-39Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . 13-4Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-3Text Telephone (TTY)Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-4

Customer InformationService PublicationsOrdering Information . . . . . . .13-11

Customer SatisfactionProcedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-1

DDamage Repair, Collision . . . . . . 13-8Danger, Warnings, andCautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii

Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . 13-14Daytime RunningLamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4

Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5Delayed Charging Override . . . . 9-59Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4

Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6DoorAjar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-26Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-43Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10Power Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11

Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . 12-3Drive Mode Messages . . . . . . . . . 5-43Drive UnitElectric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-28

Driver Assistance Systems . . . . 9-47Driver Efficiency Gauge . . . . . . . 5-13Driver InformationCenter (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-38

Driver Mode Control . . . . . . . . . . . 9-35Driver Selected OperatingModes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-22

DrivingAssistance Systems . . . . . . . . . .9-50Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5Drunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5Highway Hypnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . 9-9If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . . 9-11Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7

Driving (cont'd)Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . .9-12Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-10

Driving for BetterEnergy Efficiency . . . . . . . 1-25, 9-2

Dual Automatic ClimateControl System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1

EEasy Entry Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3Electric Drive Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-28Electric Drive UnitMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-44

Electric Drive Unit ShiftLock Control FunctionCheck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-25

Electric Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-21Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . 9-30Electric Parking Brake Light . . . 5-20Electrical Equipment,Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-71

Electrical Requirements forBattery Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-66


i-4 INDEX

Electrical SystemEngine CompartmentFuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-29

Instrument PanelFuse Block . . . . . . . . . 10-33, 10-36

Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28Rear Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-39

EmergencyOnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-2

Energy EfficiencyDriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-25, 9-2

Energy Information . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-37EngineAir Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13Check and Service EngineSoon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17

Compartment Overview . . . . . . .10-8Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16Coolant TemperatureWarning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-23

Cooling System . . . . . . 10-14–10-16Cooling System Messages . . .5-44Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . .12-3

Engine (cont'd)Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-27Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12Oil Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-44Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-24Running While Parked . . . . . . . .9-27

Engine UnavailableOut of Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-24

Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . 13-14Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8Extended Range Mode . . . . . . . . 9-22Extender, Safety Belt . . . . . . . . . . 3-17Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . 6-1Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . 6-3Exterior Lighting BatterySaver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8

FFeaturesMemory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9

Filter,Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . 10-13

Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . 6-5

Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-61Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-88FluidBrakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19

Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18Forward Collision Alert(FCA) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-50

Front SeatsHeated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8

Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-66Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-68Filling a Portable FuelContainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-70

Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-68Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . .9-68Gasoline Specifications . . . . . . .9-67Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . .5-25Requirements, California . . . . .9-67System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-44

Function CheckElectric Drive Unit ShiftLock Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-25


INDEX i-5

FusesEngine CompartmentFuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-29

Instrument PanelFuse Block . . . . . . . . . 10-33, 10-36

Rear Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-39

GGarage Door Opener . . . . . . . . . . 5-59Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-59

GasolineSpecifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-67

GaugesBattery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-12Driver Efficiency . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-12Power Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-14Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-12Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-12Warning Lights andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7

General InformationService and Maintenance . . . . . 11-1Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-71Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2

Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

HHazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . 6-5Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2HeadlampsAiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-27Daytime RunningLamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4

Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . .5-25High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . . 6-3Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . .5-26

HeatedSteering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2

Heated Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18High Voltage Battery Gauge . . . 5-12High Voltage Devices andWiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28

High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25Highway Hypnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . 9-9Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3How to Wear Safety BeltsProperly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13

IImmobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16IndicatorVehicle Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22

Infants and Young Children,Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34

InformationEnergy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-37

Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 13-15Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7Instrument PanelStorage Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

Instrument Panel Overview . . . . . 1-2Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . 2-18Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii


i-6 INDEX

JJump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-70

KKey and Lock Messages . . . . . . . 5-45Keyless EntryRemote (RKE) System . . . . . . . . 2-2

Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1

LLabeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . 10-44LampsCourtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6Daytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . . 6-4Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1Exterior Lamps OffReminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3

Exterior Lighting BatterySaver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8

License Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27Malfunction Indicator . . . . . . . . .5-17

Lamps (cont'd)Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-46On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-26Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7

Lane DepartureWarning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-56

Lane Departure WarningLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22

Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14LATCH SystemReplacing Parts after aCrash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-44

LATCH, Lower Anchors andTethers for Children . . . . . . . . . . 3-39

LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27Lifting the Vehicle, Tires . . . . . . . 10-3LightReady Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25Vehicle Ready . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25

LightingEntry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27

LightsAirbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-16Antilock Brake System(ABS) Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21

Brake System Warning . . . . . . .5-20Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-26Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-26Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . .5-20Engine CoolantTemperature Warning . . . . . . .5-23

Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . .5-24Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . . 6-3Lane Departure Warning . . . . . .5-22Low Fuel Warning . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . .5-14Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25Service Electric ParkingBrake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21

StabiliTrak® OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-24Traction Control System(TCS)/StabiliTrak® . . . . . . . . . .5-23

Traction Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22


INDEX i-7

LocksAutomatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-13Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . .2-13Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11

Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . 5-25Lower Anchors and Tethersfor Children (LATCHSystem) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-39

Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4

MMaintenanceRecords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-14

Maintenance Modes . . . . . . . . . . . 9-25Maintenance ScheduleRecommended Fluidsand Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-12

Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . 5-17Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6

MessagesAirbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-49Brake System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-41Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-42Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-43Drive Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-43Electric Drive Unit . . . . . . . . . . . .5-44Engine Cooling System . . . . . . .5-44Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-44Fuel System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-44Key and Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-45Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-46Object Detection System . . . . .5-46Propulsion Power . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-48Ride Control System . . . . . . . . . .5-48Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-49Service Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-49Starting the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . .5-50Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-50Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-40Vehicle Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-51Vehicle Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-51Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-51Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-51

MirrorsAutomatic DimmingRearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-18

Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-17Folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-18Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-18Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-17Tilt in Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-18

Mirrors, Interior Rearview . . . . . . 2-18Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-35Driver Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-35Electric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-21Extended Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-22

ModesDriver Selected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-22Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-25

Monitor System, TirePressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-49

NNavigationOnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-2

New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . 9-16


i-8 INDEX

OObject Detection SystemMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-46

Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-12

Off-RoadRecovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7

OilEngine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-9Engine Oil Life System . . . . . 10-12Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-44Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-24

Older Children, Restraints . . . . . 3-32Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . 13-4OnStar®

System, In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-28OnStar® AdditionalInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-5

OnStar® Connections . . . . . . . . . . 14-3OnStar® Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2OnStar® Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2OnStar® Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1OnStar® Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2OnStar® VehicleDiagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-5

OrderingService Publications . . . . . . . . .13-11

Out of Fuel/EngineUnavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-24

OutletsPower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6

Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . 10-19

PParkShifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-19Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-20

ParkingBrake and P (Park)Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . 10-25

Over Things That Burn . . . . . . .9-21Parking or BackingAssistance Systems . . . . . . . . . .9-47

Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16

Passenger Compartment AirFilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8

Passenger Sensing System . . . 3-25Perchlorate MaterialsRequirements, California . . . . . 10-2

PersonalizationVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-51

Plug-In Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-58PowerButton . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-16Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11Flows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27Indicator Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-14Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-17Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8Retained Accessory (RAP) . . .9-19Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-19

Pregnancy, Using SafetyBelts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17

PrivacyRadio FrequencyIdentification (RFID) . . . . . . . 13-15

ProgramCourtesy Transportation . . . . . .13-7

Programmable Charging . . . . . . . 5-29Proposition 65 Warning,California . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2

Propulsion PowerMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-48


INDEX i-9

RRadio FrequencyIdentification (RFID) . . . . . . . . 13-15Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-15

Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7Ready Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10Rearview MirrorsAutomatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . .2-18

Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5Recommended Fluids andLubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-12

RecordsMaintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-14

Recreational VehicleTowing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-78

Regenerative Braking . . . . . . . . . . 9-32Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2

Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28Replacement PartsAirbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-31Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-13

Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . 3-31

Replacing LATCH SystemParts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . 3-44

Replacing Safety BeltSystem Parts after a Crash . . . 3-18

Reporting Safety DefectsCanadian Government . . . . . . 13-13General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . 13-12

RequirementsElectrical Battery Charging . . .9-66

RestraintsWhere to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-38

Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-19

Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18Ride Control SystemsMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-48

RoadsDriving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8

Roadside Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-54Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . 12-3Running the Vehicle WhileParked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-27

SSafety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-18Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-17How to Wear Safety BeltsProperly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-13

Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . .3-14Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-14Replacing after a Crash . . . . . .3-18Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . .3-17

Safety Defects ReportingCanadian Government . . . . . . 13-13General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . 13-12

Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . 3-18Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . 13-7Sealant Kit, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-62SeatsEasy Entry Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2Heated Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8Lumbar Adjustment, Front . . . . . 3-4Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6Power Adjustment, Front . . . . . . 3-4Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-10Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5


i-10 INDEX

Securing ChildRestraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-45, 3-47

SecurityLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-49OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-2Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-15Vehicle Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-15

Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8Accessories andModifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2

Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . .10-5Engine Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17Maintenance Records . . . . . . .11-14Maintenance, GeneralInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1

Parts Identification Label . . . . .12-1Publications OrderingInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-11

Scheduling Appointments . . . . .13-7Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-49

Service Electric ParkingBrake Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21

Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30

ShiftingInto Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-19Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-20

Side Blind ZoneAlert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-54

Signals, Turn andLane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5

Specifications andCapacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2

Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12StabiliTrakOFF Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22

StartRemote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8

Starting and Stopping theVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-18

Starting the VehicleMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-50

Status ScreensCharging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-60

Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6Heated Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2

Storage AreasCenter Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . 4-1Storing the Tire Sealantand Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . 10-69

Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ivSystemActive Emergency Braking . . . .9-53Forward CollisionAlert (FCA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-50

Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . .7-1, 13-15System Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-21SystemsDriver Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-47

TText Telephone (TTY) Users . . . 13-4Theft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . . . 2-16Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-16

Thigh Support Adjustment . . . . . . 3-5Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5


INDEX i-11

TiresBuying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 10-56Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-61Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-45Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-57If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . 10-61Inflation Monitor System . . . . 10-50Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-54Lifting the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-3Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-50Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-24Pressure Monitor System . . . 10-49Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-54Sealant andCompressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . 10-62

Sealant and CompressorKit, Storing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-69

Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . 10-44Terminology andDefinitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-45

Uniform Tire QualityGrading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-58

Wheel Alignment and TireBalance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-59

Tires (cont'd)Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . 10-60When It Is Time for NewTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-55

Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-43TowingGeneral Information . . . . . . . . . .9-71Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . 10-78Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-76

TractionControl System (TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light . . . . . . . . . . . .5-23

Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-33

Transportation Program,Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-7

Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5

UUniform Tire QualityGrading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-58

Universal Remote System . . . . . 5-59Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-62Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-59

Using This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iiiUtility Interruption ofCharging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-65

VVehicleAlarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-15Canadian Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iiiControl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6IdentificationNumber (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-1

Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-12Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-40Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-51Reminder Messages . . . . . . . . . .5-51Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-15Speed Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-51Starting and Stopping . . . . . . . . .9-18Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-76

Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . 5-22


i-12 INDEX

Vehicle CareStoring the Tire Sealantand Compressor Kit . . . . . . . 10-69

Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-48Vehicle DiagnosticsOnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-5

Vehicle Ready Light . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21Voltage Devices andWiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28

WWarningBrake System Light . . . . . . . . . . .5-20Lane Departure (LDW) . . . . . . .9-56

Warning Lights, Gauges, andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7

Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iiiCautions and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . . iiiHazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5

Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-51

WheelsAlignment and TireBalance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-59

Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-57Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-60

When It Is Time for NewTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-55

Where to Put the Restraint . . . . 3-38Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-51Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-19

WindshieldWiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3

WinterDriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-10

Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-43Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 10-25Wiring, High VoltageDevices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28

2014 cadillac elr owner manual mback of the manual. it is an alphabetical list of what is in the...

Documents